2015 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual 2nd Printing

2k15cadillac_srx_22933433B.
ai
Color = Black
Spine Size = NEEDED - Est. .66 inch
09/03/14
NO RECYCLABLE LOGO ON BACK COVERS FOR CADILLAC

ONLY CADILLAC 2013 - 12/14/11
22933433 B
Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- Black plate (1,1)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
2015 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Performance and
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Keys, Doors, and Warning Lights, Gauges, and Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-14
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-22
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Drive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-39 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-46 Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-30
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-43
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-68
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
2015 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1

Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 10-82 Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12
Vehicle Data Recording and
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Cadillac Premium Care OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-3 OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Special Application OnStar Additional
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
Additional Maintenance Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-12
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-14
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Introduction iii
This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that Propriétaires Canadiens
was not purchased on the vehicle, A French language manual can be
model variants, country obtained from your dealer, at
specifications, features/applications www.helminc.com, or from:
that may not be available in your
The names, logos, emblems, region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
slogans, vehicle model names, and the printing of this owner manual. ce guide en français auprès du
vehicle body designs appearing in concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
this manual including, but not limited Refer to the purchase savant:
to, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC, documentation relating to your
the CADILLAC Emblem, and SRX specific vehicle to confirm the Helm, Incorporated
are trademarks and/or service features. Attention: Customer Service
marks of General Motors LLC, its 47911 Halyard Drive
Keep this manual in the vehicle for Plymouth, MI 48170
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. quick reference.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, Using this Manual
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Limited” for To quickly locate information about
Cadillac Motor Car Division the vehicle, use the Index in the
wherever it appears in this manual. back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 22933433 B Second Printing 2014 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
iv Introduction
Danger, Warnings, and Symbols

Cautions
{ Caution
The vehicle has components and
Warning messages found on vehicle Caution indicates a hazard that labels that use symbols instead of
labels and in this manual describe could result in property or vehicle text. Symbols are shown along with
hazards and what to do to avoid or damage. the text describing the operation or
reduce them. information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.
{ Danger M : This symbol is shown when
Danger indicates a hazard with a you need to see your owner manual
high level of risk which will result for additional instructions or
in serious injury or death. information.
A circle with a slash through it is a

* : This symbol is shown when
you need to see a service manual
safety symbol which means “Do
{ Warning Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
for additional instructions or
information.
this happen.”
Warning indicates a hazard that
could result in injury or death.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart + : Fuses

Here are some additional symbols 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
that may be found on the vehicle Changer
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to (: Heated Steering Wheel
the Index. j: LATCH System Child
9 : Airbag Readiness Light Restraints
# : Air Conditioning * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) : : Oil Pressure
g : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls g : Outside Power Foldaway
or OnStar Mirrors
$ : Brake System Warning Light O: Power
" : Charging System /: Remote Vehicle Start
I : Cruise Control >: Safety Belt Reminders
B : Engine Coolant Temperature 7: Tire Pressure Monitor
O : Exterior Lamps d: Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
# : Fog Lamps M: Windshield Washer Fluid
. : Fuel Gauge
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
vi Introduction
2 NOTES
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Steering Wheel Rear Vision

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Throttle and Brake Pedal Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Instrument Panel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 (RCTA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
Initial Drive Information Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-12 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Active Emergency Braking
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Storage Compartments . . . . . . 1-18
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Vehicle Features Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Universal Remote System . . . 1-18
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-15
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Performance and Maintenance
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Driver Information Traction Control/Electronic
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Heated and Ventilated Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-19
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-20
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-9 Lane Departure Driving for Better Fuel
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Passenger Sensing Side Blind Zone Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
In Brief 1-3
1. Air Vents on page 8-7. 10. Exterior Lamp Controls on 18. Heated and Ventilated Front
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and page 6-1. Seats on page 3-8 (If
Lane-Change Signals on Front Fog Lamps on page 6-6 Equipped).
page 6-6. (If Equipped). 19. CD Player. See Infotainment
3. Cruise Control on page 9-33. Instrument Panel Illumination on page 7-1.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Control on page 6-7. Blu-Ray® Optical Drive (If
System on page 9-48. 11. Hood Release. See Hood on Equipped). See Infotainment
page 10-4. on page 7-1.
4. Instrument Cluster on page 5-9.
12. Data Link Connector (DLC) 20. Parking Brake on page 9-27.
5. Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5-2. (Out of View). See Malfunction 21. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Indicator Lamp on page 5-15. Transmission on page 9-22.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls. See Driver Information 13. Steering Wheel Adjustment on 22. Lane Departure Warning
Center (DIC) on page 5-25. page 5-2. Button (If Equipped). See Lane
14. Horn on page 5-3. Departure Warning (LDW) on
6. Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 9-54.
page 5-3. 15. Pedal Adjust Switch (Out of
View) (If Equipped). See Parking Assist (If Equipped).
Rear Window Wiper/Washer on See Driver Assistance Systems
page 5-4. Adjustable Throttle and Brake
Pedal on page 9-14. on page 9-43.
7. Infotainment on page 7-1. eco Button (If Equipped). See
16. ENGINE START/STOP Button.
8. Light Sensor. See Twilight See Ignition Positions on Fuel Economy Mode on
Sentinel on page 6-5. page 9-15. page 9-25.
9. Dual Automatic Climate Control 17. Hazard Warning Flashers on 23. Front Storage on page 4-2.
System on page 8-1. page 6-6. 24. Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-30.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1-4 In Brief
Initial Drive b : Press twice to open or close

the liftgate. Press once to stop the
Information liftgate from moving.
This section provides a brief Press the key release button near
overview about some of the the bottom of the transmitter to
important features that may or may remove the key. The key can be
not be on your specific vehicle. used for the driver door and the
For more detailed information, refer glove box.
to each of the features which can be See Keys on page 2-1 and Remote
found later in this owner manual. Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2-3.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Q: Press to lock all doors. Remote Vehicle Start
The RKE transmitter may be used K: Press to unlock the driver door If available, this feature allows the
to lock and unlock the doors from up or all doors depending on the engine to be started from outside of
to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle personalization settings. the vehicle.
vehicle. Lock and unlock feedback can be Starting the Vehicle
personalized.
See “Remote Lock, Unlock, Start”
1. Press and release Q on the
RKE transmitter.
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-39. 2. Immediately press and hold /
7: Press and release one time to for at least four seconds or until
initiate vehicle locator. the turn signal lamps flash.
Press and hold 7 for three seconds

to sound the panic alarm.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
In Brief 1-5
When the vehicle starts, the parking Door Locks Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
lamps will remain on as long as the
Keyless Access To lock or unlock the doors from the
engine is running. The doors will be
locked and the climate control outside, press Q or K on the RKE
system may come on. transmitter. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation on
The engine will continue to run for page 2-3.
10 minutes. After 30 seconds,
repeat the steps if a 10-minute Key
extension is desired. Remote start
To lock or unlock the door, use the
can be extended only once.
key in the driver door. Turn the key
Canceling a Remote Start counterclockwise once to unlock the
driver door; turning the key again
To cancel a remote start, do any of will unlock the passenger doors.
the following:
Inside the Vehicle
. Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off. To unlock a door from the inside,
When the Remote Keyless Entry pull once on the door handle to
. Turn on the hazard warning (RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) unlock it, and a second time to
flashers. of the driver door, pressing the lock/ open it.
unlock button on that door handle
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
will lock/unlock the doors. If the
See Remote Vehicle Start on lock/unlock button is pressed again
page 2-9. within five seconds, all passenger
doors will unlock. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1-6 In Brief
Power Door Locks Power Liftgate Operation The three modes are:
There is a power door lock switch MAX: The liftgate opens to the full
on the front door panels. open height.
Q: Press to lock the doors. 3/4: The liftgate opens to a reduced
height that can be set by the vehicle
K: Press to unlock the doors.
operator in a range of approximately
See Power Door Locks on three-quarters open to full open.
page 2-12.
OFF: The liftgate only operates
manually in this position.
Liftgate
See Liftgate on page 2-14.
Manual Liftgate Operation
For vehicles without Keyless Windows
Access, unlock the vehicle before
opening the liftgate. On vehicles with a power liftgate,
the switch is on the driver door. The
Press the touch pad in the handle of vehicle must be in P (Park) to use
the liftgate above the license plate the power feature. The taillamps
and lift up to open. flash when the power liftgate
Do not press the touch pad while moves.
closing the liftgate. This will cause Choose a power liftgate mode by
the liftgate to be unlatched. turning the dial on the switch until
the indicator lines up with the
desired position. Press the center of
the switch.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
In Brief 1-7
Press or pull the switch part of the Seat Adjustment 4. Try to move the seat back and
way to open or close the window. forth to be sure it is locked in
Fully press the front of the switch
Manual Seats place.
down and release it to To raise or recline the seatback, use
express-down the window. the lever on the outboard side of
If equipped, the front windows have the seat.
an express-up feature. Fully pull the See Seat Adjustment on page 3-3
switch up and release it. and Reclining Seatbacks on
Press Z { to activate the window page 3-5.
lockout on the rear doors. Power Seats
See Power Windows on page 2-24.
Remote Window Operation
If equipped, remote operating
windows will open all the windows
from outside the vehicle by pressing To adjust a manual seat:
and holding K on the Remote 1. Pull the handle at the front of the
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. seat cushion.
See Power Windows on page 2-24. 2. Move the seat forward or
rearward to adjust the seat
position.
3. Release the handle to stop the
seat from moving. 1. Seat Position Control
2. Seatback Adjustment Control
3. Lumbar Adjustment Control
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1-8 In Brief
To adjust a power seat, if equipped: Memory Features Heated and Ventilated

. Move the seat forward or Seats
rearward by sliding the
control (1) forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control (1) up
or down.
. Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control (1)
up or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3-4.
. Raise or recline the seatback by If equipped, the “1,” “2,” and MEM Heated and Ventilated Seat
tilting control (2) forward or buttons on the outboard side of the
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat
rearward. driver seat are used to manually
save and recall the positions of the Buttons Similar
See Reclining Seatbacks on driver seat, outside mirrors, and If available, the buttons are near the
page 3-5. adjustable throttle and brake pedal climate controls on the center stack.
. Increase or decrease the lumbar positions. To operate, the ignition must be in
support by pressing and holding See Memory Seats on page 3-6 and ON/RUN/START.
the front or rear of the Vehicle Personalization on
control (3). See Lumbar Press J or z to heat the driver or
page 5-39. passenger seat.
Adjustment on page 3-4.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
In Brief 1-9
Press C or {, if available, to Head Restraint Safety Belts

ventilate the driver or passenger Adjustment
seat. A ventilated seat has a fan
that pulls or pushes air through the Do not drive until the head restraints
seat. The air is not cooled. for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of To achieve a comfortable seating
the button, the seat will change to position, change the seatback
the next lower setting, and then to recline angle as little as necessary
the off setting. The indicator lights while keeping the seat and the head
next to the buttons indicate three for restraint height in the proper
the highest setting and one for the position.
lowest. If the front heated seats are See Head Restraints on page 3-2
on high, the level may automatically and Seat Adjustment on page 3-3.
be lowered after approximately Refer to the following sections for
30 minutes. important information on how to use
See Heated and Ventilated Front safety belts properly:
Seats on page 3-8. . Safety Belts on page 3-12.
The heated and ventilated front . How to Wear Safety Belts
seats can also be programmed to Properly on page 3-13.
come on during a remote start. See
Vehicle Personalization on
. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-14.
page 5-39. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-40.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1-10 In Brief
Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status To adjust the mirror:

indicator will be visible on the
System overhead console when the vehicle
1. Move the selector switch to L
(Left) or R (Right) to choose the
is started. See Passenger Sensing driver or passenger mirror.
System on page 3-26.
2. Press the arrows on the control
Mirror Adjustment pad to move each mirror to the
desired position.
Exterior 3. Return the selector switch to the
United States center position.
See Folding Mirrors on page 2-21.
Automatic Dimming Mirror
If equipped, the driver outside mirror
and the inside rearview mirror
automatically adjust for the glare of
Canada and Mexico headlamps behind you. See
Automatic Dimming Mirror on
The passenger sensing system will page 2-22 or Automatic Dimming
turn off the front outboard Rearview Mirror on page 2-23.
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag Manual Folding Mirrors Shown,
is affected by the passenger Power Folding Similar
sensing system.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
In Brief 1-11
Steering Wheel Throttle and Brake Pedal See Adjustable Throttle and Brake
Pedal on page 9-14.
Adjustment Adjustment
If the vehicle has this feature, the Interior Lighting
position of the throttle and brake
pedals can be adjusted. Dome Lamp
To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up To change the dome lamp settings,
or down. The switch used to adjust the
pedals is located on the right side of press the following:
3. Pull or push the steering wheel the steering column, below the * : Turns the lamp off, even when
closer or away from you. wiper stalk. Pull the switch toward a door is open.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the you to move the pedals further from
the floor, or push the switch away 1 : The lamp comes on when a
steering wheel in place. door is opened.
from you to move the pedals closer
Do not adjust the steering wheel to the floor. +: Turns the dome lamp on.
while driving.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1-12 In Brief
Reading Lamps Exterior Lighting 3 : Turns on the headlamps

There are reading lamps on the together with the parking lamps and
overhead console and over the rear instrument panel lights. A warning
passenger doors. These lamps chime sounds if the driver door is
come on when any door is opened. opened when the ignition switch is
off and the headlamps are on.
To manually turn the reading lamps
on or off: # : If equipped with fog lamps,
press to turn the lamps on or off.
. For the overhead console
reading lamps, press the m or See:
n next to each lamp. . Exterior Lamp Controls on
The exterior lamp control is on the page 6-1.
. For the rear passenger reading
instrument panel to the left of the . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
lamps, press the lamp lens.
steering column. on page 6-3.
For more information on interior
Turn the control to the following
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control on page 6-7.
positions: Windshield Wiper/Washer
O : Briefly turn to this position to
turn the automatic light control off or
on again.
AUTO: Automatically turns the
exterior lamps on and off,
depending on outside lighting.
; : Turns on the parking lamps With the ignition in ACC/
including all lamps, except the
headlamps. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
move the windshield wiper lever to
select the wiper speed.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
In Brief 1-13
HI: Use for fast wipes. 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move INT: Press the lower portion of the
LO: Use for slow wipes. the wiper lever down. For several button to set a delay between
wipes, hold the wiper lever down. wipes.
Windshield Washer a: Push the windshield wiper
lever forward to spray washer fluid
Pull the windshield wiper lever on the rear window.
toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5-3 and Rear Window Wiper/
Rear Window Wiper/Washer Washer on page 5-4.
The rear wiper controls are on the
INT: Use for intermittent wipes. To end of the windshield wiper lever.
adjust wipe frequency, turn the x
INT band up for more frequent
wipes or down for less frequent
wipes. If the vehicle has
Rainsense™, see Windshield
Wiper/Washer on page 5-3.
. Turn the band up for more
sensitivity to moisture.
. Turn the band down for less ON: Press the upper portion of the
sensitivity to moisture. button for continuous rear window
wipes.
. Move the windshield wiper lever
out of the INT position to OFF: The rear wiper turns off when
deactivate Rainsense. the button is returned to the middle
position.
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1-14 In Brief
Climate Controls
The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the
heating, cooling, and ventilation.
Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Outside Temperature Display
2. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls
Climate Control Buttons
3. Fan Control
1. Driver and Passenger 6. Defrost 4. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature Controls 7. Rear Window Defogger Temperature)
2. Fan Control 8. Recirculation 5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)
3. OFF (Fan) 6. Climate Control Selection
4. Driver and Passenger Heated (Application Tray Button)
and Ventilated Seats 7. Rear (Rear Climate Control
5. AUTO (Automatic Operation) Touch Screen)
8. Air Delivery Mode Control
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
In Brief 1-15
See Dual Automatic Climate Control Vehicle Features Cruise Control

System on page 8-1 and Rear
Climate Control System on page 8-6
(if equipped). Infotainment System
See the infotainment manual for
Transmission information on the radio, audio
players, phone, navigation system,
Driver Shift Control (DSC) and voice or speech recognition.
DSC allows you to shift an It also includes information on
automatic transmission similar to a settings and downloadable
manual transmission. To use the applications (if equipped).
DSC feature:
1. Move the shift lever to the left Steering Wheel Controls
from D (Drive) to Sport Mode. The infotainment system can be
2. To enter M (Manual Mode), press operated by using the steering
the shift lever forward to upshift wheel controls. See "Steering J: Press to turn the system on
Wheel Controls" in the infotainment and off. A white indicator appears in
or rearward to downshift.
manual. the instrument cluster when cruise
See Manual Mode on page 9-24. is turned on.
+RES: If there is a set speed in
memory, press the control up briefly
to resume to that speed or press
and hold to accelerate. If cruise
control is already active, use to
increase vehicle speed.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1-16 In Brief
SET−: Press the control down Forward Collision Alert

briefly to set the speed and activate
cruise control or to decrease vehicle
(FCA) System
speed if the cruise control is already If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
activated. reduce the harm caused by
*: Press to disengage cruise front-end crashes. FCA provides a
control without erasing the set green indicator, V, when a vehicle
speed from memory. is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
See Cruise Control on page 9-33 or
vehicle much too closely. When
Adaptive Cruise Control on
approaching a vehicle ahead too
page 9-35 (if equipped).
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red
alert on the windshield and rapidly
Driver Information y or z : Move SEL up or down to beeps or pulses the driver seat.
Center (DIC) go to the previous or next selection.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
The DIC display is in the instrument S or T : Press to move between System on page 9-48.
cluster. It shows the status of many the interactive display zones in the
vehicle systems. cluster. Press S to go back to the Lane Departure
previous menu. Warning (LDW)
SEL: Press to open a menu or If equipped, LDW may help avoid
select a menu item. Press and hold unintentional lane departures at
to reset values on certain screens. speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
See Driver Information Center (DIC) greater. LDW uses a camera sensor
on page 5-25. to detect the lane markings. The
LDW light, @, is green if a lane
marking is detected. If the vehicle
departs the lane, the light will
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
In Brief 1-17
change to amber and flash. In See Assistance Systems for Parking addition, multiple beeps or seat
addition, beeps will sound or the or Backing on page 9-44. pulses may occur if very close to an
driver seat will pulse. object.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Rear Cross Traffic Alert The vehicle may also have the Front
on page 9-54. (RCTA) System Parking Assist system.
If equipped, the RCTA system uses See Assistance Systems for Parking
Side Blind Zone a triangle with an arrow displayed or Backing on page 9-44.
Alert (SBZA) on the RVC screen to warn of traffic
If equipped, SBZA will detect behind your vehicle that may cross Rear Automatic Braking
vehicles in the next lane over in the your vehicle's path while in (RAB) System
vehicle's side blind zone area. R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will
sound, or the driver seat will pulse. If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise
When this happens, the SBZA Control (ACC) it also has the Rear
display will light up in the See Assistance Systems for Parking Automatic Braking (RAB) system,
corresponding outside side mirror or Backing on page 9-44. which is designed to help avoid or
and will flash if the turn signal is on. reduce the harm caused by backing
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Parking Assist crashes when the vehicle is shifted
on page 9-52. If equipped, Rear Parking into R (Reverse). If the system
Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the detects the vehicle is backing too
Rear Vision rear bumper to assist with parking fast to avoid a crash with a detected
and avoiding objects while in object behind your vehicle in your
Camera (RVC) path, it may automatically brake
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
If equipped, RVC displays a view of less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may hard to a stop.
the area behind the vehicle on the display a warning triangle on the See Assistance Systems for Parking
center stack display when the Rear Vision Camera screen and a or Backing on page 9-44.
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to graphic on the instrument cluster to
aid with parking and low-speed provide the object distance. In
backing maneuvers.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1-18 In Brief
Active Emergency Power Outlets See Power Outlets on page 5-6.

Braking System The accessory power outlets can be Universal Remote System
If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise used to plug in electrical equipment,
Control (ACC) it also has the Active such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
Emergency Braking System, which The vehicle may have up to five
includes Intelligent Brake accessory power outlets.
Assist (IBA) and the Automatic
The accessory power outlets are:
Collision Preparation (ACP) System.
These systems can provide a boost . Below the climate control system
to braking or automatically brake the inside the front storage bin.
vehicle to help avoid or lessen the If available, this system provides a
. Inside the center floor console. way to replace up to three remote
severity of crashes when driving in a
forward gear. . On the rear of the center floor control transmitters used to activate
console. For vehicles with a rear devices such as garage door
See Active Emergency Braking climate control system, there will openers, security systems, and
System on page 9-51. be two accessory power outlets home automation devices.
on the rear of the center floor Read the instructions completely
Storage Compartments console. before attempting to program the
The glove box is air conditioned and . In the rear cargo area. Universal Remote system. Because
can be used to store items at a of the steps involved, it may be
lower temperature. Move the slide These are powered while the
vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or helpful to have another person
control to open or close the opening available to assist you with
to adjust the air flow. See Glove Box ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until
the driver door is opened within programming the Universal Remote
on page 4-1. system.
10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.
The power outlet located in the rear See Universal Remote System on
cargo area is powered at all times. page 5-46.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
In Brief 1-19
Performance and . Press and release g again to Tire Pressure Monitor

turn traction control back on. i
Maintenance goes out in the instrument
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
cluster. The appropriate
Traction Control/ message is displayed in the DIC.
Electronic Stability See Ride Control System
Messages on page 5-36.
Control
. To turn off both traction control
The Traction Control System (TCS)
and StabiliTrak, press and
limits wheel spin. The system turns
on automatically when the vehicle is hold g on the center stack
started. until g and i illuminate in the The low tire pressure warning light
instrument cluster. The alerts to a significant loss in
The StabiliTrak system assists with pressure of one of the vehicle's
directional control of the vehicle in appropriate message is
displayed in the DIC. See Ride tires. If the warning light comes on,
difficult driving conditions. The stop as soon as possible and inflate
system turns on automatically when Control System Messages on
page 5-36. the tires to the recommended
the vehicle is started. pressure shown on the Tire and
. To turn off traction control, press . Press g again to turn on both Loading Information label. See
and release g on the center systems. g and i go out in the Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9.
instrument cluster. The The warning light will remain on until
stack. i illuminates in the the tire pressure is corrected.
instrument cluster. The appropriate message is
appropriate message is displayed in the DIC. See Ride The low tire pressure warning light
displayed in the DIC. See Ride Control System Messages on may come on in cool weather when
Control System Messages on page 5-36. the vehicle is first started, and then
page 5-36. See Traction Control/Electronic turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
Stability Control on page 9-30. may be an early indicator that the
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1-20 In Brief
tire pressures are getting low and ENGINE OIL SOON message See Engine Oil Life System on
the tires need to be inflated to the will appear on the display. See page 10-9.
proper pressure. Engine Oil Messages on
The TPMS does not replace normal page 5-31. Driving for Better Fuel
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain 2. Press SEL on the DIC controls Economy
the correct tire pressures. and hold SEL down for a few
Driving habits can affect fuel
See Tire Pressure Monitor System seconds to clear the CHANGE
mileage. Here are some driving tips
on page 10-50. ENGINE OIL SOON message
to get the best fuel economy
and reset the oil life at 100%.
possible.
Engine Oil Life System Be careful not to reset the oil life . Avoid fast starts and accelerate
display accidentally at any time
The engine oil life system calculates smoothly.
other than after the oil is
engine oil life based on vehicle use changed. It cannot be reset . Brake gradually and avoid
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE accurately until the next oil abrupt stops.
OIL SOON message when it is time change.
to change the engine oil and filter.
. Avoid idling the engine for long
The oil life system should be reset The oil life system can also be reset periods of time.
to 100% only following an oil as follows: . When road and weather
change. 1. Turn the ignition on with the conditions are appropriate, use
Resetting the Oil Life System engine off. cruise control.
1. Using the DIC controls on the 2. Fully press and release the . Always follow posted speed
right side of the steering wheel, accelerator pedal three times limits or drive more slowly when
display REMAINING OIL LIFE within five seconds. conditions require.
on the DIC. See Driver If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL . Keep vehicle tires properly
Information Center (DIC) on SOON message is not on, the inflated.
page 5-25. When remaining oil system is reset. . Combine several trips into a
life is low, the CHANGE
single trip.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
In Brief 1-21
Replace the vehicle's tires with

OnStar®
.
the same TPC Spec number

molded into the tire's sidewall This vehicle may be equipped with a
near the size. comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live OnStar
. Follow recommended scheduled
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
maintenance.
Navigation, Connection, and
Diagnostic Services. OnStar
Roadside Service services may require a paid
U.S.: 1-800-224-1400 subscription. See OnStar Overview
on page 14-1.
Canada: 1-800-882-1112
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
New Cadillac owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Service Program.
See Roadside Service on
page 13-5.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1-22 In Brief
2 NOTES
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Keys and Locks
Windows Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-21
2-21 Keys
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Keys and Locks Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . 2-22 { Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Interior Mirrors a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . 2-23
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is dangerous and
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-23 children or others could be
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Automatic Dimming Rearview
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-9 seriously injured or killed. They
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 could operate the power windows
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Windows or other controls or make the
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 vehicle move. The windows will
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . 2-12 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 function with the RKE transmitter
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 in the vehicle, and children or
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 others could be caught in the path
Roof of a closing window. Do not leave
Doors Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 children in a vehicle with an RKE
transmitter.
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-17
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-19
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
With an active OnStar subscription,

an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview on page 14-1.
Remote Keyless Entry

(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-12.
If there is a decrease in the RKE
operating range:
The key, inside the Remote Keyless To remove the key, press the button . Check the distance. The
Entry (RKE) transmitter, is used for near the bottom of the transmitter, transmitter may be too far from
the driver door and glove box. and pull the key out. Never pull the the vehicle.
key out without pressing the button. . Check the location. Other
If it becomes difficult to turn the key, vehicles or objects may be
inspect the key blade for debris. blocking the signal.
See your dealer if a new key is . Check the transmitter's battery.
needed. See “Battery Replacement” later
Contact Roadside Service if locked in this section.
out of the vehicle. See Roadside . If the transmitter is still not
Service on page 13-5. working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Remote Keyless Entry vehicle personalization. If the

(RKE) System Operation passenger door is open when Q is
pressed, all doors lock.
The Keyless Access system allows
for vehicle entry when the Pressing Q may also arm the
transmitter is within range. See theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
“Keyless Access Operation” Alarm System on page 2-17.
following.
If equipped, pressing Q will also
The RKE transmitter functions may lock the fuel door.
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle. K (Unlock): Press to unlock the
driver door or all doors. See
Keep in mind that other conditions, “Remote Lock, Unlock, Start” under
With Remote Start and Power
such as those previously stated, can Vehicle Personalization on
Liftgate Shown, Without Similar
impact the performance of the page 5-39. When remotely
transmitter. Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors. unlocking the vehicle at night the
The turn signal indicators may flash fog lamps and back-up lamps will
and/or the horn may sound on the come on for about 20 seconds to
second press to indicate locking. light your approach to the vehicle.
See “Remote Lock, Unlock, Start” The turn signal indicators may flash
under Vehicle Personalization on to indicate unlocking. See “Remote
page 5-39. Lock, Unlock, Start” under Vehicle
If the driver door is open when Q is Personalization on page 5-39.
pressed, all doors lock except the Memory seat positions may be
driver door, if Unlocked Door Anti recalled when unlocking the vehicle.
Lock Out is enabled through the See “Remote Lock, Unlock, Start”
page 5-39.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Pressing K will disarm the the turn signal lamps flash for Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle 30 seconds, or until 7 is pressed the Driver Door
Alarm System on page 2-17. again or the vehicle is started. When the doors are locked and the
On some models, pressing and b (Remote Liftgate Release): RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of
Press twice to open or close the the driver door handle, pressing the
holding K will open all of the
liftgate. lock/unlock button on the driver door
windows. handle will unlock the driver door.
Press once to stop the liftgate from If the lock/unlock button is pressed
If equipped, pressing K will also moving.
unlock the fuel door. again within five seconds, all
Keyless Access Operation passenger doors will unlock.
/ (Remote Start): For vehicles
with this feature, press and release With the Keyless Access system,
Q and then immediately press and you can lock and unlock the doors
hold / for at least four seconds to and access the hatch without
start the engine from outside the removing the RKE transmitter from
vehicle using the RKE transmitter. your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc.
See Remote Vehicle Start on The RKE transmitter should be
page 2-9. within 1 m (3 ft) of the door or hatch
being opened.
7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic
Alarm): Press and release one Keyless Access can be
time to initiate vehicle locator. The programmed to unlock all doors on
exterior lamps flash and the horn the first lock/unlock press from the
chirps three times. Press and hold driver door. See Vehicle
7 for three seconds to sound the Personalization on page 5-39.
panic alarm. The horn sounds and
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from If other electronic devices interfere

Passenger Doors with the RKE transmitter signal, the
When the doors are locked and the vehicle may not detect the RKE
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of transmitter inside the vehicle.
the door handle, pressing the lock/ If passive locking is enabled, the
unlock button on that door handle doors may lock with the RKE
will unlock all doors. Pressing the transmitter inside the vehicle. Do
lock/unlock button will cause all not leave the RKE transmitter in an
doors to lock if any of the following unattended vehicle.
occur: Temporary Disable Passive
. The lock/unlock button was used Locking Feature
to unlock all doors. Temporarily disable the passive
Passenger Shown, Driver Similar
. Any vehicle door has opened locking by pressing and holding K
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
and all doors are now closed. on the interior door switch with a
cause all doors to lock if any of the
door open for at least four seconds,
following occur: Passive Locking
or until three chimes are heard.
. It has been more than If equipped with Keyless Access, Passive locking will then remain
five seconds since the first lock/ this vehicle will lock several disabled until Q on the interior door
unlock button press. seconds after all doors are closed if is pressed, or until the vehicle is
. Two lock/unlock button presses the vehicle is off and at least one turned on.
were used to unlock all doors. RKE transmitter has been removed
or none remain in the interior. To customize the doors to
. Any vehicle door has opened automatically lock when exiting the
and all doors are now closed. If equipped with a locking fuel door, vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,
the fuel door will also lock at Start” under Vehicle Personalization
this time. on page 5-39.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Keyless Liftgate Opening 1. Place the recognized 3. Place the new transmitter into
Press the touch pad on the liftgate transmitter(s) in the cupholder. the transmitter pocket. The
handle to open the liftgate if the 2. Insert the vehicle key of the transmitter pocket is inside the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). transmitter into the key lock center console storage area
cylinder on the driver door between the driver and front
Programming Transmitters to handle and turn the key, passenger seats. The storage
the Vehicle counterclockwise, to the unlock area will need to be opened and
position five times within the storage tray lifted up to
Only RKE transmitters programmed access the transmitter pocket.
to the vehicle will work. If a 10 seconds.
transmitter is lost or stolen, a The Driver Information Center 4. Press the ENGINE START/
replacement can be purchased and (DIC) displays READY FOR STOP button. When the
programmed through your dealer. REMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC. transmitter is learned the DIC
The vehicle can be reprogrammed display will show that it is ready
so that lost or stolen transmitters no to program the next transmitter.
longer work. Each vehicle can have 5. Remove the transmitter from the
up to eight transmitters matched transmitter pocket and press the
to it.
transmitter K or Q button.
Programming with a Recognized To program additional
Transmitter transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.
A new transmitter can be When all additional transmitters
programmed to the vehicle when are programmed, press and hold
there is one recognized transmitter. the ENGINE START/STOP
To program, the vehicle must be off button for 12 seconds to exit
and all of the transmitters, both programming mode.
currently recognized and new, must
be with you.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Programming without a 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC

Recognized Transmitter displays PRESS ENGINE
If there are no currently recognized START BUTTON TO LEARN
transmitters available, follow this and then press the ENGINE
procedure to program up to eight START/STOP button.
transmitters. This feature is not The DIC displays will again
available in Canada. This procedure show REMOTE LEARN
will take approximately 30 minutes PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
to complete. The vehicle must be off 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional
and all of the transmitters you wish times. After the third time all
to program must be with you. previously known transmitters
1. Insert the vehicle key of the will no longer work with the
transmitter into the key lock vehicle. Remaining transmitters 4. Place the new transmitter into
cylinder on the driver door can be relearned during the next the transmitter pocket. The
handle and turn the key, steps. transmitter pocket is inside the
counterclockwise, to the unlock center console storage area
The DIC display should now between the driver and front
position five times within show READY FOR REMOTE
10 seconds. passenger seats. The storage
# 1. area will need to be opened and
The Driver Information Center the storage tray lifted up to
(DIC) displays REMOTE LEARN access the transmitter pocket.
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
5. Press the ENGINE START/
STOP button. When the
transmitter is learned the DIC
display will show that it is ready
to program the next transmitter.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
6. Remove the transmitter from the To start the vehicle: Battery Replacement
transmitter pocket and press the 1. Open the center console storage
transmitter K or Q button. area and the storage tray. { Caution
To program additional
When replacing the battery, do
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.
not touch any of the circuitry on
When all additional transmitters the transmitter. Static from your
are programmed, press and hold body could damage the
the ENGINE START/STOP transmitter.
button for 12 seconds to exit
programming mode.
Replace the battery if the REPLACE
Starting the Vehicle with a Low BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
Transmitter Battery message displays in the DIC.
When the vehicle is started, if the
transmitter battery is weak, the DIC
may display NO REMOTE
DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY 2. Place the transmitter in the
WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN transmitter pocket.
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
START YOUR VEHICLE. The N (Neutral), press the brake
REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE pedal and the ENGINE START/
KEY message may also be STOP button.
displayed at this time.
Replace the transmitter battery
as soon as possible.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1. Press the button on the side of / (Remote Vehicle Start): This

the transmitter near the bottom button will be on the RKE
and pull the key out. transmitter if the vehicle has remote
start.
The climate control system will use
the previous settings during a
remote start. The rear defog may
come on during remote start based
on cold ambient conditions. The
rear fog indicator light does not
come on during remote start.
If the vehicle has heated seats, they
3. Remove the old battery. Do not
may come on during a remote start.
use a metal object.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
4. Insert the new battery on the Seats on page 3-8
back housing, positive side
2. Separate the two halves of the Laws in some local communities
facing down. Replace with a
transmitter using a flat tool may restrict the use of remote
CR2032 or equivalent battery.
inserted into the bottom center starters. For example, some laws
of the transmitter. Do not use the 5. Align the front and back housing may require a person using remote
key slot. then snap the transmitter start to have the vehicle in view.
together. Check local regulations for any
requirements.
Remote Vehicle Start Other conditions can affect the
If available, this feature allows the performance of the transmitter. See
engine to be started from outside of Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
the vehicle. System on page 2-2 for additional
information.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Starting the Engine Using Remote Extending Engine Run Time Shutting the Engine Off After a
Start The engine run time can also be Remote Start
1. Press and release Q on the extended by another 10-minutes, To cancel a remote start, do any of
RKE transmitter. if during the first 10 minutes the following:
Steps 1–2 are repeated while the
2. Immediately press and hold / engine is still running. An extension
. Press and hold / until the
for at least four seconds or until can be requested, 30 seconds after parking lamps turn off.
the turn signal lamps flash. The starting. This provides a total of . Turn on the hazard warning
turn signal lamps flashing 20 minutes. flashers.
confirms the request to remote The remote start can only be
start the vehicle has been
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
extended once.
received. Conditions in Which Remote Start
When the remote start is extended, Will Not Work
During the remote start the the second 10-minute period is
doors will be locked and the added on to the first 10 minutes for The remote start will not operate if
parking lamps will remain on as a total of 20 minutes. any of the following occur:
long as the engine is running.
A maximum of two remote starts,
. The transmitter is in the vehicle.
The engine will shut off after or a remote start with an extension, . The hood is not closed.
10 minutes unless a time are allowed between ignition cycles.
extension is done or the ignition . The hazard warning flashers
is put in ON/RUN/START. The vehicle's ignition must be are on.
changed to ON/RUN/START and
3. With the remote in the vehicle, . There is an emission control
then back to OFF before the remote
press the brake pedal and select system malfunction.
start procedure can be used again.
the ON/RUN/START ignition . The engine coolant temperature
mode to drive. is too high.
. The oil pressure is low.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14

. Two remote vehicle starts or a Keyless Access
start with an extension have Warning (Continued)
already been used.
. Young children who get into
. The vehicle is not in P (Park). unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child can
Door Locks be overcome by extreme heat
and can suffer permanent
{ Warning injuries or even death from
heat stroke. Always lock the
Unlocked doors can be vehicle whenever leaving it.
dangerous. . Outsiders can easily enter
. Passengers, especially through an unlocked door
children, can easily open the when slowing or stopping the
doors and fall out of a moving vehicle. Lock the doors to When the Remote Keyless Entry
vehicle. The chance of being help prevent this from (RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
thrown out of the vehicle in a happening. of the driver door, pressing the lock/
crash is increased if the unlock button on that door handle
doors are not locked. So, all will lock/unlock the doors. If the
passengers should wear lock/unlock button is pressed again
safety belts properly and the within five seconds, all passenger
doors should be locked doors will unlock. See Remote
whenever the vehicle is Keyless Entry (RKE) System
driven. Operation on page 2-3.
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Key Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors. This feature can also be
To lock or unlock the door, use the programmed. See Vehicle
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the Personalization on page 5-39.
key in the driver door. Turn the key doors.
counterclockwise once to unlock the
driver door; turning the key again Automatic Door Locks
Delayed Locking
will unlock the passenger doors. The doors will lock automatically
This feature delays the locking of when all doors are closed, the
Inside the Vehicle the doors until five seconds after all ignition is on, and the shift lever is
To unlock a door from the inside, doors are closed. moved out of P (Park). The doors
pull once on the door handle to will automatically unlock when the
When Q is pressed on the power
unlock it, and a second time to vehicle is stopped and the shift
open it. door lock switch while the door is
open, a chime will sound three lever is moved into P (Park).
times indicating delayed locking is Use the manual or power door locks
Power Door Locks active. to unlock the doors if someone
The doors will lock automatically needs to exit, and to lock the doors
five seconds after all doors are again.
closed. If a door is reopened before The power door locks can be
that time, the five-second timer will programmed through the Driver
reset when all doors are closed Information Center (DIC). See
again. Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-39.
Press Q on the door lock switch
again or press Q on the RKE
transmitter to lock doors
immediately.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Lockout Protection Safety Locks The rear door power windows are
also disabled. See Power Windows
Lockout protection decreases the The rear door safety locks prevent on page 2-24.
chances that the keys may be passengers from opening the rear
accidentally locked in the vehicle. doors from inside the vehicle. Press Z { again to deactivate the
When door locking is requested by safety locks and power windows.
pressing Q on the front door panels If a rear door handle is being pulled
or the RKE transmitter and the when the safety lock is deactivated,
driver door is open, all doors will that door will remain locked and the
lock and the driver door will indicator light may flash. Release
immediately unlock. The driver door the handle, then press the safety
lock twice to deactivate the safety
must be closed when Q is pressed
locks.
for all doors to remain locked.
This feature can be programmed to
provide the lockout protection
feature only when the ignition mode
is ACC/ACCESSORY, or ON/RUN/
START. See “Power Door Locks” in Press Z { to activate the safety
locks. The indicator light comes on
page 5-39.
when activated.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Doors Manual Liftgate

Warning (Continued)
For vehicles without Keyless
Liftgate . Adjust the climate control Access, unlock the vehicle before
system to a setting that opening the liftgate.
{ Warning brings in only outside air and
set the fan speed to the
Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See “Climate
vehicle if it is driven with the Control Systems” in the
liftgate or trunk/hatch open, Index.
or with any objects that pass . If the vehicle is equipped with
through the seal between the a power liftgate, disable the
body and the trunk/hatch or power liftgate function.
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains See Engine Exhaust on
carbon monoxide (CO) which page 9-21.
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
{ Caution Press the touch pad in the handle of
the liftgate, above the license plate,
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: To avoid damage to the liftgate or and lift up to open.
. Close all of the windows. liftgate glass, make sure the area Do not press the touch pad while
above and behind the liftgate is closing the liftgate. This will cause
. Fully open the air outlets on
clear before opening it. the liftgate to be unlatched.
or under the instrument
panel. Always close the liftgate before
(Continued) driving.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Power Liftgate Choose the power liftgate mode and

. Press the touch pad on the
press the center of the switch. liftgate outside handle after
unlocking all doors.
The modes are:
MAX: Opens to maximum height.
3/4: Opens to a reduced height
that can be set from 3/4 to fully
open. Use to prevent the liftgate
from opening into overhead objects
such as a garage door or
roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate can
be opened all the way manually.
OFF: Opens manually only.
Manual operation of a liftgate that
If equipped, the power liftgate also has power operation requires
switch is on the driver door. The more effort than with a standard
vehicle must be in P (Park). The Press and release 8 on the
manual liftgate.
taillamps flash when the power liftgate next to the latch to close the
liftgate moves. To open or close the liftgate, select liftgate.
MAX or the 3/4 mode and then:
Pressing any liftgate button, or the
{ Warning . Press b twice on the RKE touch pad while the liftgate is
transmitter. moving, stops it. Pressing again
You, or others, could be injured if reverses the direction. There is a
caught in the path of the power . Press 8 on the center of the minimum distance that the power
liftgate. Make sure there is no one liftgate mode switch on the liftgate must already be open for the
in the way of the liftgate as it is driver door, with the driver door
opening and closing. unlocked.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
system to hold it open. If movement open temporarily, then slowly Setting the 3/4 Mode
is stopped below that minimum, the closes. See your dealer for service
To change the liftgate stop position:
liftgate closes. before using the liftgate.
1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and
Do not force the liftgate open or Obstacle Detection Features open the liftgate.
closed during a power cycle.
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle 2. Stop the liftgate movement at
The power liftgate may be during a power open or close cycle, the desired height by pressing
temporarily disabled under extreme a warning chime will sound and the any liftgate switch. Manually
temperatures or low battery liftgate will automatically reverse adjust the liftgate position if
conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate direction to the full closed or open needed.
can still be operated manually. position. After removing the
If you shift the transmission out of obstruction, the power liftgate 3. Press and hold 8 on the
P (Park) while the power function is operation can be used again. If the liftgate next to the latch until the
in progress, the liftgate power liftgate encounters multiple turn signals flash and a beep
function will continue to completion. obstacles on the same power cycle, sounds. This indicates the
If you shift the transmission out of the power function will deactivate. setting has been recorded.
P (Park) and accelerate before the After removing the obstructions, the The liftgate cannot be set below a
power liftgate latch is closed, the liftgate will resume normal power minimum programmable height.
liftgate may reverse to the open operation. If there is no light flash or sound,
position. Cargo could fall out of the The vehicle has pinch sensors on then the height adjustment may be
vehicle. Always make sure the the side edges of the liftgate. If an too low.
power liftgate is closed and latched object is caught between the liftgate
before you drive away. and the body and presses against Manual Operation of Power
If you power open the liftgate and one of these sensors, the liftgate will Liftgate
the liftgate support struts have lost reverse direction and open fully. The To change the liftgate to manual
pressure, the turn signals flash and liftgate will remain open until it is operation, turn the mode switch to
a chime sounds. The liftgate stays activated again or closed manually. the OFF position.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
With the power liftgate disabled and Vehicle Security On Solid: Vehicle is secured
all of the doors unlocked, the liftgate during the delay to arm the system.
can be manually opened and This vehicle has theft-deterrent
Fast Flash: Vehicle is unsecured.
closed. The effort required to features; however, they do not make
A door, the hood, or the liftgate
operate a power liftgate is greater the vehicle impossible to steal.
is open.
than the effort required to operate a
non-power liftgate. Vehicle Alarm System Slow Flash: Alarm system is
armed.
To open the liftgate, press the touch This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
pad on the handle on the outside of system. Arming the Alarm System
the liftgate, and lift the gate open. To
1. Close the liftgate and the hood.
close the liftgate, use the pull cup to
Turn off the vehicle.
lower the liftgate and close. With the
power liftgate disabled, the liftgate 2. Lock the vehicle in one of
electric latch will still power latch three ways:
once contact is made with the . Use the RKE transmitter.
striker. Always close the liftgate
before driving. . Use the Keyless Access
system.
If the RKE button is pressed while
power operation is disabled, the turn . With a door open, press the
signals flash and the liftgate will inside Q.
not move.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm
The liftgate has an electric latch. system will arm, and the
If the battery is disconnected or has The indicator light, on the indicator light will begin to slowly
low voltage, the liftgate will not instrument panel near the flash indicating the alarm system
open. The liftgate will resume windshield, indicates the status of is operating. Pressing Q on the
operation when the battery is the system.
RKE transmitter a second time
reconnected and charged. Off: Alarm system is disarmed.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
will bypass the 30-second delay Disarming the Alarm System How to Detect a Tamper
and immediately arm the alarm Condition
To disarm the alarm system or turn
system.
off the alarm if it has been activated: If K is pressed and the horn chirps
The vehicle alarm system will not
. Press K on the RKE transmitter. and the lights flash three times, the
arm if the doors are locked with
alarm was activated while the alarm
the key. . Unlock the vehicle using the system was armed.
If the driver door is opened without Keyless Access system.
If the alarm system has been
first unlocking with the RKE . Start the vehicle. activated, a message will appear on
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
To avoid setting off the alarm by the DIC. See Security Messages on
the lights will flash to indicate
accident: page 5-37.
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked . Lock the vehicle after all Power Sounder, Inclination
by pressing K on the RKE occupants have left the vehicle Sensor, and Intrusion Sensor
transmitter during the 10-second and all doors are closed.
In addition to the standard
pre-alarm, the alarm will be . Always unlock a door with the theft-deterrent system features, this
activated. RKE transmitter or use the system also has an inclination
The alarm will also be activated if a Keyless Access system. sensor and intrusion sensor.
passenger door, the liftgate, or the Unlocking the driver door with the The power sounder provides an
hood is opened without first key will not disarm the system or audible alarm which is different from
disarming the system. When the turn off the alarm. the vehicle’s horn. It has its own
alarm is activated, the turn signals power source, and can sound an
flash and the horn sounds for about alarm when the vehicle’s battery is
30 seconds. The alarm system will compromised.
then re-arm to monitor for the next
unauthorized event.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
The inclination sensor can set off Inclination, and Intrusion The vehicle is automatically
the alarm if it senses movement of Sensors Disable Switch immobilized when the vehicle is
the vehicle, such as a change in turned off.
vehicle orientation. It is recommended that the
inclination and intrusion sensors be The immobilization system is
The intrusion sensor monitors the deactivated if pets are left in the disarmed when the pushbutton start
vehicle interior, and can set off the vehicle or the vehicle is being is activated to enter the ACC/
alarm it if senses an unauthorized transported. ACCESSORY mode or the ON/
entry into the vehicle’s interior. Do RUN/START mode and a valid
not allow passengers or pets to With the vehicle turned off, press transmitter is present in the vehicle.
remain in the vehicle when the o in the overhead console. The
intrusion sensor is activated. indicator light will come on
momentarily, indicating that the
Before arming the theft-deterrent sensor has been disabled until the
system and activating the intrusion next time the alarm system is
sensor: armed.
. Make sure all doors and
windows are completely closed. Immobilizer The security light, in the instrument
. Secure any loose items such as See Radio Frequency Statement on cluster, comes on if there is a
a sunshades. page 13-12. problem with arming or disarming
. Make sure there are no the theft-deterrent system.
obstructions blocking the Immobilizer Operation The system has one or more RKE
sensors in the front overhead This vehicle has a passive transmitters matched to an
console. theft-deterrent system. immobilizer control unit in your
vehicle. Only a correctly matched
The system does not have to be RKE transmitter will start the
manually armed or disarmed.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
vehicle. If the transmitter is ever theft-deterrent system and have a Exterior Mirrors
damaged, you may not be able to new RKE transmitter programmed to
start your vehicle. the vehicle.
Convex Mirrors
When trying to start the vehicle, the It is possible for the immobilizer
security light comes on briefly when system to learn new or replacement
the ignition is turned on. RKE transmitters. Up to eight { Warning
If the engine does not start and the transmitters can be programmed for A convex mirror can make things,
security light stays on, there is a the vehicle. To program additional like other vehicles, look farther
problem with the system. Turn the transmitters, see “Programming
away than they really are. If you
ignition off and try again. Transmitters to the Vehicle” under
cut too sharply into the right lane,
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
If the vehicle will not change ignition System Operation on page 2-3. you could hit a vehicle on the
modes (ACC/ACCESSORY, ON/ right. Check the inside mirror or
RUN/START, OFF), and the RKE Do not leave the key or device that glance over your shoulder before
transmitter appears to be disarms or deactivates the changing lanes.
undamaged, try another transmitter. theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Or, you may try placing the The passenger side mirror is convex
transmitter in the transmitter pocket shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
located in the center console. See curved so more can be seen from
“NO REMOTE DETECTED” under the driver seat.
Key and Lock Messages on
page 5-32.
If the ignition mode will not change
with the other transmitter, your
vehicle needs service. If the ignition
does change modes, the first
transmitter may be faulty. See your
dealer who can service the
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Power Mirrors Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Power Folding Mirrors
The vehicle may have side blind
zone alert. See Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) on page 9-52.
Memory Mirrors
If equipped, the vehicle may have
memory mirrors. See Memory Seats
on page 3-6.
Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding Mirrors Shown, If equipped, manually fold the
Power Folding Similar mirrors inward toward the vehicle to To fold the mirrors, if equipped:
prevent damage when going
To adjust the mirror: 1. With the selector switch in the )
through an automatic car wash.
Push the mirror outward to return it position, press the down arrow
1. Move the selector switch to L
to the original position. on the control pad. Both mirrors
(Left) or R (Right) to choose the
will automatically fold.
driver or passenger mirror.
2. Press the down arrow again to
2. Press the arrows on the control
return the mirrors to their original
pad to move each mirror in the
position.
desired direction.
3. Return the selector switch to the
center position.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Resetting the Power Folding Heated Mirrors Reverse Tilt Mirrors

Mirrors
1 (Rear Window Defogger): If equipped with memory seats, the
Reset the power folding mirrors if: Press to heat the mirrors. passenger and/or driver mirror tilts
. The mirrors are accidentally See “Rear Window Defogger” under to a preselected position when the
obstructed while folding. Dual Automatic Climate Control vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
System on page 8-1. allows the curb to be seen when
. They are accidentally manually parallel parking.
folded/unfolded.
Automatic Dimming The mirror(s) return to the original
. The mirrors do not stay in the position when:
unfolded position. Mirror
. The vehicle is shifted out of
. The mirrors vibrate at normal If the vehicle has the automatic
R (Reverse), or remains in
driving speeds. dimming mirror, the driver outside
R (Reverse) for about
mirror automatically adjusts for the
Fold and unfold the mirrors one time 30 seconds.
glare of headlamps behind you.
using the mirror controls to reset . The ignition is turned off.
them to their normal position.
A noise may be heard during the
. The vehicle is driven in
resetting of the power folding R (Reverse) above a set speed.
mirrors. This sound is normal after a To turn this feature on or off, see
manual folding operation. Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-39.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming Windows

Rearview Mirror
Interior Rearview Mirrors If equipped, automatic dimming { Warning
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear reduces the glare of headlamps
from behind. The dimming feature Never leave a child, a helpless
view of the area behind your
comes on when the vehicle is adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
vehicle.
started. especially with the windows
If equipped with OnStar, there are closed in warm or hot weather.
three buttons at the bottom of the They can be overcome by the
mirror. See your dealer for more extreme heat and suffer
information on the system and how permanent injuries or even death
to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar from heat stroke.
Overview on page 14-1.
To avoid accidental OnStar calls,
clean the mirror with the ignition off.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Manual Rearview Mirror

Push the tab forward for daytime
use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
headlamps from behind.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
The vehicle aerodynamics are Express-Down/Up Windows

designed to improve fuel economy
Windows that have the
performance. This may result in a
express-down/up feature allow the
pulsing sound when either rear
windows to be lowered and raised
window is down and the front
fully without holding the window
windows are up. To reduce the
switch. Press the window switch
sound, open either a front window
fully and release it to activate the
or the sunroof, if equipped.
express-down feature. Pull the
window switch fully up and release it
Power Windows to activate the express-up feature.
The express mode can be canceled
{ Warning The power windows:
at any time by briefly pressing or
pulling the switch.
Children could be seriously . Can be operated with the
injured or killed if caught in the Programming the Power
ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or
path of a closing window. Never ON/RUN/START.
Windows
leave the Remote Keyless Entry Programming the power windows
(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle with
. Can be operated within
10 minutes of switching the may be necessary if the vehicle's
children. When there are children battery has been disconnected or
in the rear seat, use the window ignition off. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on discharged.
lockout switch to prevent
page 9-19. If the window will not express up
operation of the windows. See after power has been restored and a
Keys on page 2-1. . Will stop operation when any
door is opened. message is displayed in the Driver
Information Center:
Press or pull the switch part of the
way to open or close the window. 1. Close all doors.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
2. Place the ignition in ACC/ auto-reverse. The window will return Remote Window Operation
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/ to normal operation once the object
If equipped, the remote operating
START. or condition is removed.
windows will open all the windows
3. From any partial open position, If conditions prevent the window from outside the vehicle by pressing
close the window and continue from closing and the window and holding K on the Remote
to pull the switch briefly after the continues to auto-reverse, it is Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
window has fully closed. possible to close the window with
the ignition in ON/RUN/START by Window Lockout
Obstacle Detection Feature holding the window switch in the
The Obstacle Detection Feature is partially or fully pulled up position.
part of the express-up feature and is Release of the switch from the
active: partially pulled up position will cause
the window to stop. Release of the
. In the middle and upper portions
switch from the fully pulled up
of the window opening.
position will activate the express-up
. During window up movements. and related obstacle detection
. In ignition OFF during all window features.
up movements and during Overload
express-up window movements
in ignition ON/RUN/START. If the windows are repeatedly
operated within a short time, the
If there is something blocking the window operation is disabled for a
window during automatic closing, short time. This feature prevents the rear
the window will reverse direction for passenger windows from operating
a short distance. Weather conditions except from the driver position.
such as extreme cold and/or ice
Press Z { to activate the rear
may cause the window to
window lockout. The indicator light
in the switch illuminates.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
The rear door safety locks are also Sun Visors Roof
enabled. See Safety Locks on
page 2-13.
Sunroof
Press Z { again to deactivate the
On vehicles with a sunroof, the
rear window lockout. switches are on the overhead
If an inside rear door handle is console.
being pulled at the same time a The sunroof only operates when the
safety lock is deactivated, only that ignition is in ON/RUN/START or
door will remain locked and the ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained
indicator light may flash. Release Accessory Power (RAP). See
the handle, then press the safety Pull the sun visor down to block Ignition Positions on page 9-15 and
lock twice to deactivate the safety glare. Detach the sun visor from the Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
locks. center mount to pivot to the side on page 9-19.
window or, if equipped, extend
along the rod.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1. Sunroof Switch Sunshade Switch

2. Sunshade Switch Open/Close: To open or close the
Sunroof Switch sunshade, press the front or back of
the sunshade switch (2) to the first
Vent: To vent the sunroof, press detent and hold to open or close the
the rear of the sunroof switch (1) to sunshade to a desired position.
the first detent and release. The
sunroof will open to the vent Express Open/Express Close: To
position. express open or close the
sunshade, press the sunshade Dirt and debris may collect on the
Open/Close: To open or close the switch (2) to the second detent and
sunroof, press the front or rear of sunroof seal or in the track. This
release. could cause an issue with sunroof
the sunroof switch (1) to the first
detent and hold to open or close the Fully close the sunroof before fully operation or noise. It could also plug
sunroof to a desired position. closing the sunshade. the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
Comfort Stop: The sunroof has a Anti-Pinch Feature remove any obstacles or loose
comfort stop feature that stops the debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
If an object is in the path of the
sunroof from opening to the roof sealing area using a clean
sunroof when it is closing, the
full-open position. Press the rear of cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
anti-pinch feature detects the object
the sunroof switch (1) to the second remove grease from the sunroof.
and stops the sunroof from closing
detent and release to open the
at the point of the obstruction. The
sunroof to the comfort open
sunroof then returns to the full-open
position. Press and release the rear
position.
of the sunroof switch (1) again to
fully open the sunroof. Press the
front of the sunroof switch (1) to the
second detent and release to
express close the sunroof.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
2 NOTES
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Safety Belts Passenger Sensing

Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Restraints How to Wear Safety Belts Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Adding Equipment to the
Head Restraints Safety Belt Use During Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-31
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-32
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Replacing Airbag System
Front Seats
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-19 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4 Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Replacing Safety Belt System Child Restraints
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . 3-5 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Infants and Young
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Airbag System Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-37
Heated and Ventilated Front Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-22 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-39
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 When Should an Airbag Lower Anchors and Tethers
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 for Children (LATCH
Rear Seats
What Makes an Airbag System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Replacing LATCH System
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
How Does an Airbag Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Rear Seat
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Securing Child Restraints
Pass-Through Door . . . . . . . . 3-12
What Will You See after an (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-51
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the

top of the restraint is at the same
head restraint down, and release
the button. Pull and push on the
height as the top of the occupant's head restraint after the button is
{ Warning head. This position reduces the released to make sure that it is
chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly, Front Seats The front seat outboard head
there is a greater chance that restraints are not removable.
The vehicle's front seats have
occupants will suffer a neck/ adjustable head restraints in the Rear Seats
spinal injury in a crash. Do not outboard seating positions.
drive until the head restraints for The vehicle's rear seats have
all occupants are installed and adjustable head restraints in the
adjusted properly. outboard seating positions.
The height of the head restraint can

be adjusted. To raise or lower the
head restraint, press the button
located on the side of the head
restraint, and pull up or push the
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
The height of the head restraint can The vehicle's rear seat has an Front Seats
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint adjustable headrest in the center
up to raise it. Try to move the head seating position that can be
restraint to make sure that it is adjusted the same way as the Seat Adjustment
locked in place. outboard head restraints.
To lower the head restraint, press If you are installing a child restraint { Warning
the button, located on the top of the in the rear seat, see “Securing a You can lose control of the
seatback, and push the head Child Restraint Designed for the vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
restraint down. Try to move the LATCH System” under Lower
seat while the vehicle is moving.
head restraint after the button is Anchors and Tethers for Children
Adjust the driver seat only when
released to make sure that it is (LATCH System) on page 3-40.
locked in place. the vehicle is not moving.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
To adjust a manual seat: To adjust a power seat, if equipped: Lumbar Adjustment

1. Pull the handle at the front of the . Move the seat forward or
seat cushion. rearward by sliding the control
Power Lumbar
2. Move the seat forward or forward or rearward.
rearward to adjust the seat . Raise or lower the front part of
position. the seat cushion by moving the
3. Release the handle to stop the front of the control up or down.
seat from moving. . Raise or lower the entire seat by
4. Try to move the seat back and moving the rear of the control up
forth to be sure it is locked in or down.
place. To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-5.
Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment on page 3-4.
Some vehicles are equipped with a If available, press and hold the front
feature that activates a vibration in or rear of the control to increase or
the driver seat to help the driver decrease lumbar support. Release
avoid crashes. See Driver the control when the seatback
Assistance Systems on page 9-43. reaches the desired level of lumbar
support.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Thigh Support Reclining Seatbacks

Adjustment
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if
could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving.
other injuries.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
The lap belt could go up over
If available, adjust the manual leg
your abdomen. The belt forces
extension by pulling up on the lever,
and then pulling or pushing on the would be there, not at your pelvic { Warning
support to lengthen or shorten it. bones. This could cause serious
If either seatback is not locked, it
Release the lever to lock it in place. internal injuries.
could move forward in a sudden
For proper protection when the stop or crash. That could cause
vehicle is in motion, have the injury to the person sitting there.
seatback upright. Then sit well Always push and pull on the
back in the seat and wear the seatbacks to be sure they are
safety belt properly. locked.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
2. Push and pull on the seatback to Memory Seats

make sure it is locked.
Power Reclining Seatbacks
To recline a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.
If equipped, the “1,” “2,” and MEM
2. Move the seatback to the
buttons on the outboard side of the
desired position, and then
To adjust a power seatback, driver seat are used to manually
release the lever to lock the
if available: save and recall the positions of the
seatback in place.
driver seat, outside mirrors, and
3. Push and pull on the seatback to . Tilt the top of the control adjustable throttle and brake pedal
make sure it is locked. rearward to recline. positions (if equipped).
To return the seatback to the upright . Tilt the top of the control forward
position: to raise.
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Storing Memory Positions the ignition in OFF before the stored handle and open the driver door.
To save positions to the “1” and “2” positions are reached stops the The RKE transmitter must be
buttons: recall. present for the recall to activate.
1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback Automatically Recalling Memory . If the driver door is already
recliner, both outside mirrors, Positions (Auto Memory Recall) open, press K on the RKE
and adjustable pedals (if The Auto (Automatic) Memory transmitter to activate the recall.
equipped) to the desired driving Recall feature automatically recalls To activate the recall when On - At
positions. the current driver’s previously stored Ignition On is selected in the vehicle
2. Press and hold MEM (Memory). “1” or “2” position when entering the personalization menu:
A beep will sound. vehicle. . Place the ignition in ON/RUN/
3. Press “1” until two beeps sound. Depending upon the Auto Memory START.
Recall feature enabled in the vehicle
4. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a personalization menu, memory “1” See Vehicle Personalization on
second driver using “2.” or “2” positions are recalled in the page 5-39.
Manually Recalling Memory following ways: To stop recall movement, press one
Positions To activate the recall when On - of the memory, power mirror,
Driver Door Open is selected in the or power seat controls; or press the
If the vehicle is OFF or not in adjustable pedal switch (if
P (Park), press and hold "1" or "2" vehicle personalization menu:
equipped). If On - At Ignition On is
to manually recall the previously . On vehicles with RKE, press K selected in the vehicle
stored memory positions. Releasing on the RKE transmitter and open personalization menu, placing the
"1” or "2" before the stored positions the door. ignition in OFF also stops the recall.
are reached stops the recall.
. On vehicles with Keyless
If the vehicle is ON and in P (Park), Access, press the lock/unlock
press and release “1” or “2” to button on the outside driver door
manually recall the previously
stored memory positions. Placing
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Easy Exit Recall Obstructions If the memory position is still not

If programmed on in the vehicle If something has blocked the driver recalling, see your dealer for
personalization menu, this feature seat and adjustable pedals (if service.
moves the seat approximately 7 cm equipped) while recalling a memory
(3 in) rearward automatically position, the recall may stop. Heated and Ventilated
allowing the driver more room to exit Remove the obstruction. Then do Front Seats
the vehicle. one of the following:
Easy Exit recall activates when one . If manually recalling the position, { Warning
of the following occurs: press and hold the appropriate
manual control for the memory If you cannot feel temperature
. The vehicle is turned off and the change or pain to the skin, the
driver door is opened within a item that is not recalling for
two seconds. Try recalling again seat heater may cause burns. To
short time.
by pressing the appropriate reduce the risk of burns, people
. The vehicle is turned off with the memory button. with such a condition should use
driver door open. care when using the seat heater,
. If automatically recalling the
See Vehicle Personalization on position, press and hold the especially for long periods of
page 5-39. appropriate manual control for time. Do not place anything on
the memory item that is not the seat that insulates against
To stop recall movement, press one
recalling for two seconds. Try heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
of the memory, power mirror, power
seat controls, or the adjustable recalling again by opening the cover, or similar item. This may
pedal switch (if equipped). driver door and pressing K on cause the seat heater to
the RKE transmitter. overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
. If recalling the exit position, damage the seat.
press and hold the power seat
control rearward for
two seconds. Then try recalling
the exit position again.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
When this feature is off, the symbols Remote Start Heated and
on the buttons are white. When a Ventilated Seats
heated seat is turned on, the symbol
turns red. When a ventilated seat (if During a remote start, the heated or
available) is turned on, the symbol ventilated seats can be turned on
turns blue. automatically. When it is cold
outside, the heated seats turn on,
Press the button once for the and when it is hot outside the
highest setting. With each press of ventilated seats turn on. This
the button, the seat will change to feature is canceled when the
the next lower setting, and then to ignition is turned on. Press the
the off setting. The indicator lights button to use the heated or
next to the buttons indicate three for ventilated seats after the vehicle is
Heated and Ventilated Seat the highest setting and one for the started.
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat lowest. If the front heated seats are
on high, the level may automatically The heated or ventilated seat
Buttons Similar
be lowered after approximately indicator lights on the button do not
If available, the buttons are near the turn on during a remote start.
30 minutes.
climate controls on the center stack.
The passenger seat may take The temperature performance of an
To operate, the ignition must be in
longer to heat up. unoccupied seat may be reduced.
ON/RUN/START.
This is normal.
Press J or z to heat the driver or The heated or ventilated seats will
passenger seat. not turn on during a remote start
Press C or {, if available, to unless they are enabled in the
vehicle personalization menu. See
ventilate the driver or passenger
Remote Vehicle Start on page 2-9
seat. A ventilated seat has a fan
and Vehicle Personalization on
that pulls or pushes air through the
page 5-39.
seat. The air is not cooled.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Rear Seats 2. Make sure that there is nothing Raising the Seatbacks
under, in front of, or on the seat.
Split Folding Seatbacks { Warning
With this feature, either side of the
rear seatback can be folded down If either seatback is not locked, it
for more cargo space. could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
Folding the Seatbacks injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
{ Caution seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety { Warning
belts and return them to their 3. Lift the lever on the top of the
A safety belt that is improperly
normal stowed position before seatback. A tab near the
routed, not properly attached,
folding a rear seat. seatback lever raises when the
seatback is unlocked. or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
To fold the seatback: 4. Fold the seatback forward. A tab person wearing the belt could be
near the seatback lever retracts seriously injured. After raising the
1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts when the seatback is locked in
and move the front seatbacks to rear seatback, always check to be
place. sure that the safety belts are
the upright position. See
Reclining Seatbacks on Keep the seatback in the upright, properly routed and attached, and
page 3-5. locked position when not in use. are not twisted.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
To raise the seatback: 2. Tilt the seatback rearward, and

1. Lift the lever on top of the then release the lever when the
seatback. Raise the seatback seatback is in the desired
and release the lever. A tab near position. A tab near the seatback
the seatback lever raises when lever retracts when the seatback
the seatback is unlocked. is locked in place.
2. Push the seatback rearward until Heated Rear Seats

it locks in the upright position.
A tab near the seatback lever
retracts when the seatback is { Warning
locked in place.
If you cannot feel temperature
3. Make sure the rear safety belts change or pain to the skin, the If available, the buttons are on the
are not twisted or caught seat heater may cause burns. rear climate control panel on the
between the seat cushion and See the Warning under Heated rear of the center console.
the seatback. and Ventilated Front Seats on
With the ignition in ON/RUN/START,
Reclining the Seatbacks page 3-8.
press M or L to heat the left or right
To recline the seatback: outboard seat cushion and
seatback. An indicator on the
1. Lift and hold the lever on top of
climate control display appears
the seatback. A tab near the
when this feature is on.
seatback lever raises when the
seatback is unlocked. Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the heated seat changes
to the next lower setting, and then
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
the off setting. Three lights indicate Safety Belts

the highest setting, and one light Warning (Continued)
indicates the lowest. This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
Rear Seat properly. It also describes some
passengers to ride in any area of
things not to do with safety belts.
Pass-Through Door the vehicle that is not equipped
{ Warning with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and
Do not let anyone ride where a check that all passenger(s) are
safety belt cannot be worn restrained properly too.
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much This vehicle has indicators as a
worse than if you are wearing reminder to buckle the safety belts.
safety belts. You can be seriously See Safety Belt Reminders on
page 5-12.
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
There is a rear seat pass-through buckled up can strike other
door in the center of the rear
passengers in the vehicle.
seatback. Fold down the center
armrest and push down on the latch It is extremely dangerous to ride
to open the door. in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. That is why wearing Also, in nearly all states and in
safety belts makes such good all Canadian provinces, the law
sense. requires wearing safety belts.
Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts
Safety Belts
Properly
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a This section is only for people of
safety belt? adult size.
A: You could be — whether you are There are special things to know
wearing a safety belt or not. about safety belts and children. And
Your chance of being conscious there are different rules for smaller
during and after a crash, so you children and infants. If a child will be
can unbuckle and get out, is riding in the vehicle, see Older
When riding in a vehicle, you travel much greater if you are belted. Children on page 3-33 or Infants
as fast as the vehicle does. If the and Young Children on page 3-35.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Follow those rules for everyone's
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep should I have to wear safety
going until something stops you. protection.
belts?
It could be the windshield, the It is very important for all occupants
instrument panel, or the safety belts! A: Airbags are supplemental to buckle up. Statistics show that
systems only; so they work with unbelted people are hurt more often
When you wear a safety belt, you safety belts — not instead of
and the vehicle slow down together. in crashes than those who are
them. Whether or not an airbag wearing safety belts.
There is more time to stop because is provided, all occupants still
you stop over a longer distance and, have to buckle up to get the There are important things to know
when worn properly, your strongest most protection. about wearing a safety belt properly.
bones take the forces from the
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14

. Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
These parts of the body are best All seating positions in the vehicle
able to take belt restraining have a lap-shoulder belt.
forces. The shoulder belt locks if The following instructions explain
there is a sudden stop or crash. how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
{ Warning 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
You can be seriously injured, adjustable, so you can sit up
or even killed, by not wearing straight. To see how, see “Seats”
your safety belt properly. in the Index.
. Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become the belt across you. Do not let it
of you. loose or twisted. get twisted.
. Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
for your seating position. under both arms or behind you pull the belt across you very
your back. quickly. If this happens, let the
. Wear the lap part of the belt low belt go back slightly to unlock it.
and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or Then pull the belt across you
touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an more slowly.
this applies force to the strong armrest.
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
If the shoulder portion of a 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt

passenger belt is pulled out all height adjuster, move it to the
the way, the child restraint height that is right for you. See
locking feature may be engaged. “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
If this happens, let the belt go later in this section for
back all the way and start again. instructions on use and
important safety information.
3. Push the latch plate into the

buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the belt
is not long enough, see Safety
Belt Extender on page 3-19.
If the webbing locks in the latch Position the release button on
plate before it reaches the the buckle so that the safety belt 5. To make the lap part tight, pull
buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to could be quickly unbuckled if up on the shoulder belt.
unlock. necessary.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Adjust the height so that the After the height adjuster is set to the
shoulder portion of the belt is on the desired position, try to move it down
shoulder and not falling off of it. The without pressing the release button
belt should be close to, but not to make sure it has locked into
contacting, the neck. Improper position. Press the release button to
shoulder belt height adjustment lower the height adjuster.
could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How Safety Belt Pretensioners
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on This vehicle has safety belt
page 3-13. pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
To unlatch the belt, just push the
They can help tighten the safety
button on the buckle.
belts during the early stages of a
Before a door is closed, be sure the moderate to severe frontal, near
safety belt is out of the way. If a frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
door is slammed against a safety conditions for pretensioner
belt, damage can occur to both the activation are met. Safety belt
safety belt and the vehicle. pretensioners can also help tighten
the safety belts in a side crash or a
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster rollover event.
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
Move the height adjuster up to the
front outboard passenger seating
desired position by pushing up on
positions.
the height adjuster.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Pretensioners work only once. If the To install:

pretensioners activate in a crash, 1. Remove the guide from its
they will need to be replaced, and storage pocket on the side of
the vehicle's safety belt system will the seat.
probably need other new parts. See
Replacing Safety Belt System Parts
after a Crash on page 3-19.
Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides
Rear safety belt comfort guides may
provide added safety belt comfort
for older children who have 3. Be sure that the belt is not
outgrown booster seats and for twisted and it lies flat. The
some adults. When installed on a elastic cord must be behind the
shoulder belt, the comfort guide belt with the plastic guide on the
positions the shoulder belt away front.
from the neck and head.
2. Place the guide over the belt,
This vehicle has rear safety belt and insert the two edges of the
comfort guides in the rear outboard belt into the slots of the guide.
seating positions.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
4. Buckle, position, and release the

{ Warning safety belt as described
previously in this section. Make
A safety belt that is not properly sure the shoulder portion of the
worn may not provide the belt is on the shoulder and not
protection needed in a crash. The falling off of it. The belt should
person wearing the belt could be be close to, but not contacting,
seriously injured. The shoulder the neck.
belt should go over the shoulder
To remove and store the comfort
and across the chest. These parts
guide, squeeze the belt edges
of the body are best able to take
together so that the safety belt can
belt restraining forces. be removed from the guide. Slide
the guide back into its storage A pregnant woman should wear a
pocket on the side of the seatback. lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
Safety Belt Use During possible, below the rounding,
Pregnancy throughout the pregnancy.
Safety belts work for everyone, The best way to protect the fetus is
including pregnant women. Like all to protect the mother. When a safety
occupants, they are more likely to belt is worn properly, it is more likely
be seriously injured if they do not that the fetus will not be hurt in a
wear safety belts. crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Safety Belt Extender to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Replacing Safety Belt
safety belts may not protect you in a
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten crash. They can rip apart under
System Parts after a
around you, you should use it. impact forces. If a belt is torn or Crash
But if a safety belt is not long frayed, get a new one right away.
enough, your dealer will order you Make sure the safety belt reminder { Warning
an extender. When you go in to light is working. See Safety Belt
order it, take the heaviest coat you Reminders on page 5-12. A crash can damage the safety
will wear, so the extender will be belt system in the vehicle.
long enough for you. To help avoid Keep safety belts clean and dry. A damaged safety belt system
personal injury, do not let someone See Safety Belt Care on page 3-19. may not properly protect the
else use it, and use it only for the person using it, resulting in
seat it is made to fit. The extender Safety Belt Care serious injury or even death in a
has been designed for adults. Never Keep belts clean and dry. crash. To help make sure the
use it for securing child seats. To safety belt systems are working
wear it, attach it to the regular safety
belt. See the instruction sheet that { Warning properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
comes with the extender. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacements made as soon as
It may severely weaken them. In possible.
Safety System Check a crash, they might not be able to
Now and then, check that the safety provide adequate protection. After a minor crash, replacement of
belt reminder light, safety belts, Clean safety belts only with mild safety belts may not be necessary.
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and soap and lukewarm water. But the safety belt assemblies that
anchorages are all working properly. were used during any crash may
Look for any other loose or have been stressed or damaged.
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from doing its job. See your dealer
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
See your dealer to have the safety Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word
belt assemblies inspected or AIRBAG is on the center of the
replaced. The vehicle has the following steering wheel for the driver and on
airbags: the instrument panel for the front
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt . A frontal airbag for the driver. outboard passenger.
system was not being used at the . A frontal airbag for the front For seat-mounted side impact
time of the crash. outboard passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
Have the safety belt pretensioners side of the seatback closest to
. A seat-mounted side impact the door.
checked if the vehicle has been in a airbag for the driver.
crash, or if the airbag readiness light For roof-rail airbags, the word
stays on after you start the vehicle . A seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
or while you are driving. See Airbag airbag for the front outboard
passenger. Airbags are designed to supplement
Readiness Light on page 5-13. the protection provided by safety
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags
and for the second row are also designed to help reduce
passenger seated directly the risk of injury from the force of an
behind the driver. inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
. A roof-rail airbag for the front very quickly to do their job.
outboard passenger and the
second row passenger seated
directly behind the front outboard
passenger.
All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on an
attached label near the deployment
opening.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Here are the most important things

to know about the airbag system: { Warning { Warning
Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against,
{ Warning force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when
You can be severely injured or an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured
killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to any or killed. Always secure children
wearing your safety belt, even airbag when it inflates can be properly in the vehicle. To read
with airbags. Airbags are seriously injured or killed. Do not how, see Older Children on
designed to work with safety sit unnecessarily close to any page 3-33 or Infants and Young
belts, not replace them. Also, airbag, as you would be if sitting Children on page 3-35.
airbags are not designed to inflate on the edge of the seat or leaning
in every crash. In some crashes forward. Safety belts help keep
safety belts are the only restraint. you in position before and during
See When Should an Airbag a crash. Always wear a safety
Inflate? on page 3-23. belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of
crash helps reduce the chance of the vehicle.
hitting things inside the vehicle or There is an airbag readiness light
being ejected from it. Airbags are Occupants should not lean on or
on the instrument cluster, which
“supplemental restraints” to the sleep against the door or side
shows the airbag symbol.
safety belts. Everyone in the windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags The system checks the airbag
vehicle should wear a safety belt electrical system for malfunctions.
properly, whether or not there is and/or roof-rail airbags.
The light tells you if there is an
an airbag for that person. electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5-13 for
more information.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Where Are the Airbags?
The front outboard passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger

frontal airbag is in the passenger Side Similar
The driver frontal airbag is in the side instrument panel. The driver and front outboard
center of the steering wheel. passenger seat-mounted side
impact airbags are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Warning (Continued)
When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
or even death. The path of an This vehicle is equipped with
inflating airbag must be kept airbags. See Airbag System on
clear. Do not put anything page 3-20. Airbags are designed to
between an occupant and an inflate if the impact exceeds the
airbag, and do not attach or put specific airbag system's deployment
anything on the steering wheel threshold. Deployment thresholds
hub or on or near any other are used to predict how severe a
airbag covering. crash is likely to be in time for the
Do not use seat accessories that airbags to inflate and help restrain
Driver Side Shown, Passenger block the inflation path of a the occupants. The vehicle has
Side Similar electronic sensors that help the
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
airbag system determine the
The roof-rail airbags for the driver, Never secure anything to the roof severity of the impact. Deployment
right front passenger, and second of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags thresholds can vary with specific
row outboard passengers are in the by routing a rope or tie‐down vehicle design.
ceiling above the side windows. through any door or window Frontal airbags are designed to
opening. If you do, the path of an inflate in moderate to severe frontal
{ Warning inflating roof-rail airbag will be or near frontal crashes to help
blocked. reduce the potential for severe
If something is between an
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
occupant and an airbag, the front outboard passenger's head
airbag might not inflate properly and chest.
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
(Continued) on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
It depends on what is hit, the A seat-mounted side impact airbag inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
direction of the impact, and how is designed to inflate on the side of airbag causing the bag to break out
quickly the vehicle slows down. the vehicle that is struck. of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
Frontal airbags may inflate at Roof-rail airbags are designed to and related hardware are all part of
different crash speeds depending on inflate in moderate to severe side the airbag module.
whether the vehicle hits an object crashes depending on the location For airbag locations, see Where Are
straight on or at an angle, and of the impact. In addition, these the Airbags? on page 3-22.
whether the object is fixed or roof-rail airbags are designed to
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow inflate during a rollover or in a How Does an Airbag
or wide. severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
Restrain?
Frontal airbags are not intended to
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags In moderate to severe frontal or
inflate during vehicle rollovers, in
will inflate when either side of the near frontal collisions, even belted
rear impacts, or in many side
vehicle is struck, if the sensing occupants can contact the steering
impacts.
system predicts that the vehicle is wheel or the instrument panel. In
In addition, the vehicle has about to roll over on its side, or in a moderate to severe side collisions,
advanced technology frontal severe frontal impact. even belted occupants can contact
airbags. Advanced technology the inside of the vehicle.
frontal airbags adjust the restraint In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have Airbags supplement the protection
according to crash severity.
inflated simply because of the provided by safety belts by
Seat-mounted side impact airbags vehicle damage or repair costs. distributing the force of the impact
are designed to inflate in moderate more evenly over the
to severe side crashes depending What Makes an Airbag occupant's body.
on the location of the impact.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags Inflate? Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
are not designed to inflate in frontal In a deployment event, the sensing head and chest of occupants in the
impacts, near frontal impacts, system sends an electrical signal outboard seating positions in the
rollovers, or rear impacts. triggering a release of gas from the
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
first and second rows. The rollover several minutes. For location of the
capable roof-rail airbags are airbags, see Where Are the Warning (Continued)
designed to help reduce the risk of Airbags? on page 3-22.
full or partial ejection in rollover airbag inflates, then get fresh air
The parts of the airbag that come by opening a window or a door.
events, although no system can into contact with you may be warm,
prevent all such ejections. If you experience breathing
but not too hot to touch. There may problems following an airbag
But airbags would not help in many be some smoke and dust coming deployment, you should seek
types of collisions, primarily from the vents in the deflated medical attention.
because the occupant's motion is airbags. Airbag inflation does not
not toward those airbags. See When prevent the driver from seeing out of
Should an Airbag Inflate? on the windshield or being able to steer The vehicle has a feature that may
page 3-23. the vehicle, nor does it prevent automatically unlock the doors, turn
people from leaving the vehicle. on the interior lamps and hazard
Airbags should never be regarded
warning flashers, and shut off the
as anything more than a supplement
to safety belts. { Warning fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate,
When an airbag inflates, there without airbag inflation, after an
What Will You See after may be dust in the air. This dust event that exceeds a predetermined
an Airbag Inflates? could cause breathing problems threshold. You can lock the doors,
for people with a history of and turn off the interior lamps, and
After the frontal airbags and
asthma or other breathing trouble. turn off the hazard warning flashers
seat-mounted side impact airbags
To avoid this, everyone in the by using the controls for those
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
features.
quickly that some people may not vehicle should get out as soon as
even realize an airbag inflated. it is safe to do so. If you have
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least breathing problems but cannot
partially inflated for some time after get out of the vehicle after an
they inflate. Some components of
(Continued)
the airbag module may be hot for
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
parts for the airbag system. Passenger Sensing

{ Warning If you do not get them, the
System
airbag system will not be there
A crash severe enough to inflate to help protect you in another The vehicle has a passenger
the airbags may have also crash. A new system will include sensing system for the front
damaged important functions in airbag modules and possibly outboard passenger position. The
the vehicle, such as the fuel other parts. The service manual passenger airbag status indicator
system, brake and steering for the vehicle covers the need will light on the overhead console
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle to replace other parts. when the vehicle is started.
appears to be drivable after a . The vehicle has a crash sensing
moderate crash, there may be
and diagnostic module which
concealed damage that could records information after a
make it difficult to safely operate crash. See Vehicle Data
the vehicle. Recording and Privacy on
Use caution if you should attempt page 13-13 and Event Data
to restart the engine after a crash Recorders on page 13-14. United States
has occurred. . Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
In many crashes severe enough to Improper service can mean that
inflate the airbag, windshields are an airbag system will not work
broken by vehicle deformation. properly. See your dealer for
Additional windshield breakage may service.
also occur from the front outboard Canada and Mexico
passenger airbag.
The words ON and OFF, or the
. Airbags are designed to inflate symbol for on and off, are visible
only once. After an airbag during the system check. When the
inflates, you will need some new system check is complete, either the
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for Never put a rear-facing child seat in
on or off, will be visible. See the front. This is because the risk to Warning (Continued)
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator the rear-facing child is so great,
on page 5-14. if the airbag deploys. inflate under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
The passenger sensing system airbag is off.
turns off the front outboard { Warning
passenger frontal airbag under Secure rear-facing child restraints
certain conditions. No other airbag A child in a rear-facing child in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is affected by the passenger restraint can be seriously injured is off. If you secure a
sensing system. or killed if the passenger frontal forward-facing child restraint in
airbag inflates. This is because the front outboard passenger
The passenger sensing system the back of the rear-facing child
works with sensors that are part of seat, always move the seat as far
restraint would be very close to back as it will go. It is better to
the front outboard passenger seat.
the inflating airbag. A child in a secure the child restraint in a
The sensors are designed to detect
the presence of a properly-seated forward-facing child restraint can rear seat.
occupant and determine if the front be seriously injured or killed if the
outboard passenger frontal airbag passenger frontal airbag inflates
The passenger sensing system is
should be allowed to inflate or not. and the passenger seat is in a
designed to turn off the front
forward position. outboard passenger airbag if:
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly Even if the passenger sensing . The front outboard passenger
secured in a rear seat in the correct system has turned off the seat is unoccupied.
child restraint for their weight passenger frontal airbag, no
and size. system is fail-safe. No one can
. The system determines that an
guarantee that an airbag will not infant is present in a child
Whenever possible, children aged restraint.
12 and under should be secured in (Continued)
a rear seating position.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14

. A front outboard passenger For some children, including If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
takes his/her weight off of the children in child restraints, and for Child Restraint
seat for a period of time. very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn The passenger sensing system is
. There is a critical problem with designed to turn off the front
the airbag system or the off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, depending upon the outboard passenger frontal airbag if
passenger sensing system. the system determines that an infant
person’s seating posture and body
When the passenger sensing build. Everyone in the vehicle who is present in a child restraint. If a
system has turned off the front has outgrown child restraints should child restraint has been installed
outboard passenger frontal airbag, wear a safety belt properly — and the on indicator is lit:
the off indicator will light and stay lit whether or not there is an airbag for 1. Turn the vehicle off.
as a reminder that the airbag is off. that person.
See Passenger Airbag Status 2. Remove the child restraint from
Indicator on page 5-14. the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system is
{ Warning 3. Remove any additional items
designed to turn on the front If the airbag readiness light ever from the seat such as blankets,
outboard passenger frontal airbag comes on and stays on, it means cushions, seat covers, seat
anytime the system senses that a that something may be wrong heaters, or seat massagers.
person of adult size is sitting with the airbag system. To help 4. Reinstall the child restraint
properly in the front outboard avoid injury to yourself or others, following the directions provided
passenger seat. have the vehicle serviced right by the child restraint
When the passenger sensing away. See Airbag Readiness manufacturer and refer to
system has allowed the airbag to be Light on page 5-13 for more Securing Child Restraints (Rear
enabled, the on indicator will light information, including important Seat) on page 3-48 or Securing
and stay lit as a reminder that the safety information. Child Restraints (Front
airbag is active. Passenger Seat) on page 3-51.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material
restraint and restarting the Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as blankets,
vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, cushions, seat covers, seat
turn the vehicle off. Then slightly heaters, or seat massagers. Also
recline the vehicle seatback and remove laptops or other
adjust the seat cushion, electronic devices.
if adjustable, to make sure that 3. Place the seatback in the fully
the vehicle seatback is not upright position.
pushing the child restraint into
the seat cushion. 4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
Also make sure the child cushion, with legs comfortably
restraint is not trapped under the extended.
vehicle head restraint. If this
happens, adjust the head 5. Restart the vehicle and have the
restraint. See Head Restraints person remain in this position for
on page 3-2. two to three minutes after the on
If a person of adult size is sitting in
indicator is lit.
6. Restart the vehicle. the front outboard passenger seat,
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
The passenger sensing system may
or may not turn off the airbags for a
because that person is not sitting { Warning
properly in the seat. Use the
child in a child restraint depending If the front outboard passenger
following steps to allow the system
upon the child's size. It is better to airbag is turned off for an
to detect that person and enable the
secure a child restraint in a adult-sized occupant, the airbag
front outboard passenger frontal
rear seat. will not be able to inflate and help
airbag:
protect that person in a crash,
1. Turn the vehicle off. resulting in an increased risk of
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
operates. We recommend that you the seat. If the passenger airbag

Warning (Continued) not use seat covers or other is turned on, the on indicator will
aftermarket equipment except when be lit.
serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific
adult-sized occupant should not If the front passenger seat gets wet,
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to dry it immediately. If the airbag
ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
passenger seat, if the passenger readiness light is lit, do not install a
page 3-31 for more information child restraint or allow anyone to
airbag off indicator is lit. about modifications that can affect occupy the seat. See Airbag
how the system operates. Readiness Light on page 5-13 for
Additional Factors Affecting A wet seat can affect the important safety information.
System Operation performance of the passenger The on indicator may be lit if an
sensing system. Here’s how: object, such as a briefcase,
Safety belts help keep the
passenger in position on the seat . The passenger sensing system handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
during vehicle maneuvers and may turn off the passenger or other electronic device, is put on
braking, which helps the passenger airbag when liquid is soaked into an unoccupied seat. If this is not
sensing system maintain the the seat. If this happens, the off desired, remove the object from
passenger airbag status. See indicator will be lit, and the the seat.
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” airbag readiness light will also
in the Index for additional
information about the importance of
be lit. { Warning
. Liquid pooled on the seat that
proper restraint use. has not soaked in may make it Stowing of articles under the
A thick layer of additional material, more likely that the passenger passenger seat or between the
such as a blanket or cushion, sensing system will turn on the passenger seat cushion and
or aftermarket equipment such as passenger airbag while a child seatback may interfere with the
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat restraint or child occupant is on proper operation of the passenger
massagers can affect how well the sensing system.
passenger sensing system
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Servicing the Warning (Continued)

Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle of the airbag sensors, sensing and
Airbags affect how the vehicle proper service procedures, and diagnostic module, and airbag
should be serviced. There are parts make sure the person performing wiring.
of the airbag system in several work for you is qualified to do so.
In addition, the vehicle has a
places around the vehicle. Your passenger sensing system that
dealer and the service manual have Adding Equipment to the includes sensors as part of the front
information about servicing the outboard passenger seat. The
vehicle and the airbag system. To Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
passenger sensing system may not
purchase a service manual, see Adding accessories that change the operate properly if the original seat
Service Publications Ordering vehicle's frame, bumper system, trim is replaced with non-GM
Information on page 13-10. height, front end, or side sheet covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
metal may keep the airbag system GM covers, upholstery, or trim
{ Warning from working properly. designed for a different vehicle. Any
The operation of the airbag system object, such as an aftermarket seat
For up to 10 seconds after the heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
can also be affected by changing or
vehicle is turned off and the or device, installed under or on top
moving any parts of the front seats,
battery is disconnected, an airbag safety belts, airbag sensing and of the seat fabric, could also
can still inflate during improper diagnostic module, steering wheel, interfere with the operation of the
service. You can be injured if you instrument panel, any of the airbag passenger sensing system. This
are close to an airbag when it modules, ceiling or pillar garnish could either prevent proper
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. trim, overhead console, front deployment of the passenger
They are probably part of the sensors, side impact sensors, airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
airbag system. Be sure to follow rollover sensor module, airbag sensing system from properly
(Continued) wiring, or cargo restraint system and turning off the passenger airbag(s).
convenience net. See Passenger Sensing System on
page 3-26.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail

airbags, see Different Size Tires { Caution Warning (Continued)
and Wheels on page 10-58 for
additional important information. If an airbag covering is damaged, protect you and your
opened, or broken, the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
If you have to modify your vehicle may not work properly. Do not in serious injury or even death. To
because you have a disability and open or break the airbag help make sure the airbag
you have questions about whether coverings. If there are any systems are working properly
the modifications will affect the opened or broken airbag after a crash, have them
vehicle's airbag system, or if you
coverings, have the airbag inspected and any necessary
have questions about whether the
covering and/or airbag module replacements made as soon as
airbag system will be affected if the
vehicle is modified for any other replaced. For the location of the possible.
reason, call Customer Assistance. airbags, see Where Are the
See Customer Assistance Offices Airbags? on page 3-22. See your If an airbag inflates, you will need to
on page 13-3. dealer for service. replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System If the airbag readiness light stays on
The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash after the vehicle is started or comes
regularly scheduled maintenance or on when you are driving, the airbag
replacement. Make sure the airbag system may not work properly. Have
readiness light is working. See { Warning the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light on Airbag Readiness Light on
A crash can damage the airbag
page 5-13. page 5-13.
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not work properly and may not
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14

. Can proper safety belt fit be
Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no,
Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to
passes the fit test below: wear safety belts?
. Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a
Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder
return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just
If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs.
belt comfort guide, if available. This applies belt force to the
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort child's pelvic bones in a crash.
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt It should never be worn over the
Older children who have outgrown abdomen, which could cause
on page 3-14. If a comfort guide
booster seats should wear the severe or even fatal internal
is not available, or if the
vehicle safety belts. injuries in a crash.
shoulder belt still does not rest
on the shoulder, then return to Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
the booster seat. Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
. Does the lap belt fit low and page 3-14.
snug on the hips, touching the According to accident statistics,
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, children are safer when properly
return to the booster seat. restrained in a rear seating position.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
In a crash, children who are not

buckled up can strike other people Warning (Continued)
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older belt. The belt force would then be
children need to use safety belts applied right on the abdomen.
properly. That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
{ Warning the chest.
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and { Warning
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person Never allow a child to wear the
at a time. safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Infants and Young

Children
Warning (Continued) { Warning
Everyone in a vehicle needs the way back into the retractor, Never hold an infant or a child
protection! This includes infants and but it cannot do this if it is while riding in a vehicle. Due to
all other children. Neither the wrapped around a child’s neck. crash forces, an infant or a child
distance traveled nor the age and If the shoulder belt is locked and will become so heavy it is not
size of the traveler changes the tightened around a child’s neck, possible to hold it during a crash.
need, for everyone, to use safety the only way to loosen the belt is For example, in a crash at only
restraints. In fact, the law in every to cut it. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
state in the United States and in Never leave children unattended infant will suddenly become a
every Canadian province says in a vehicle and never allow 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
children up to some age must be children to play with the safety arms. An infant should be
restrained while in a vehicle. secured in an appropriate
belts.
restraint.
{ Warning Every time infants and young
Children can be seriously injured children ride in vehicles, they should
or strangled if a shoulder belt is have the protection provided by
wrapped around their neck. The appropriate child restraints. Neither
shoulder belt can tighten but the vehicle's safety belt system nor
cannot be loosened if it is locked. its airbag system is designed
The shoulder belt locks when it is for them.
pulled all the way out of the Children who are not restrained
retractor. It unlocks when the properly can strike other people,
shoulder belt is allowed to go all or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
weight, height, and age but also

Warning (Continued) whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
the front outboard seat, always vehicle in which it will be used.
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go. For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
{ Warning The restraint manufacturer
Children who are up against, instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
or very close to, any airbag when
height limitations for a particular
it inflates can be seriously injured
child restraint. In addition, there
or killed. Never put a rear-facing are many kinds of restraints
child restraint in the front available for children with
outboard seat. Secure a Q: What are the different types of
special needs.
rear-facing child restraint in a rear add-on child restraints?
seat. It is also better to secure a A: Add-on child restraints, which
forward-facing child restraint in a are purchased by the vehicle
rear seat. If you must secure a owner, are available in four basic
forward-facing child restraint in types. Selection of a particular
(Continued) restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Child Restraint Systems

{ Warning { Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and A young child's hip bones are still
head injury during a crash, infants so small that the vehicle's regular
need complete support. In a safety belt may not remain low on
crash, if an infant is in a the hip bones, as it should.
rear-facing child restraint, the Instead, it may settle up around
crash forces can be distributed the child's abdomen. In a crash,
across the strongest part of an the belt would apply force on a
infant's body, the back and body area that is unprotected by
shoulders. Infants should always any bony structure. This alone
be secured in rear-facing child could cause serious or fatal
restraints. injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat
crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat provides
always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
child restraints. against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Securing an Add-On Child

Restraint in the Vehicle
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats instructions that came with that
A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions
restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the in this manual.
harness. vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury,
to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3-40.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Children can be endangered in a Administration (NHTSA) website to Whenever possible, children aged
crash if the child restraint is not locate the nearest child safety seat 12 and under should be secured in
properly secured in the vehicle. inspection station. For CPST a rear seating position.
When securing an add-on child availability in Canada, check with Never put a rear-facing child seat in
restraint, refer to the instructions Transport Canada or the Provincial the front. This is because the risk to
that come with the restraint which Ministry of Transportation office. the rear-facing child is so great if the
may be on the restraint itself or in a Securing the Child Within the airbag deploys.
booklet, or both, and to this manual. Child Restraint
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not
{ Warning
available, obtain a replacement { Warning A child in a rear-facing child
copy from the manufacturer. A child can be seriously injured or restraint can be seriously injured
Keep in mind that an unsecured killed in a crash if the child is not or killed if the front passenger
child restraint can move around in a properly secured in the child airbag inflates. This is because
collision or sudden stop and injure restraint. Secure the child the back of the rear-facing child
people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly following the instructions restraint would be very close to
properly secure any child restraint in that came with that child restraint. the inflating airbag. A child in a
the vehicle — even when no child is forward-facing child restraint can
in it. be seriously injured or killed if the
In some areas of the United States Where to Put the front passenger airbag inflates
and Canada, Certified Child Restraint and the passenger seat is in a
Passenger Safety Technicians forward position.
According to accident statistics,
(CPSTs) are available to inspect children and infants are safer when Even if the passenger sensing
and demonstrate how to correctly properly restrained in a child system has turned off the front
use and install child restraints. In restraint system or infant restraint passenger frontal airbag, no
the U.S., refer to the National system secured in a rear seating
Highway Traffic Safety (Continued)
position.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Warning (Continued)
Child restraints and booster seats Lower Anchors and
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
Tethers for Children
system is fail-safe. No one can better than others. (LATCH System)
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual Depending on where you place the The LATCH system secures a child
circumstance, even though it is child restraint and the size of the restraint during driving or in a crash.
turned off. child restraint, you may not be able LATCH attachments on the child
to access adjacent safety belt restraint are used to attach the child
Secure rear-facing child restraints assemblies or LATCH anchors for restraint to the anchors in the
in a rear seat, even if the airbag additional passengers or child vehicle. The LATCH system is
is off. If you secure a restraints. Adjacent seating designed to make installation of a
forward-facing child restraint in positions should not be used if the child restraint easier.
the front seat, always move the child restraint prevents access to or In order to use the LATCH system in
front passenger seat as far back interferes with the routing of the your vehicle, you need a child
as it will go. It is better to secure safety belt. restraint that has LATCH
the child restraint in a rear seat. Wherever a child restraint is attachments. LATCH-compatible
See Passenger Sensing System installed, be sure to secure the child rear-facing and forward-facing child
on page 3-26 for additional restraint properly. seats can be properly installed
information. using either the LATCH anchors or
Keep in mind that an unsecured
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
child restraint can move around in a
use both the safety belts and the
When securing a child restraint in a collision or sudden stop and injure
LATCH anchorage system to secure
rear seating position, study the people in the vehicle. Be sure to
a rear-facing or forward-facing
instructions that came with the child properly secure any child restraint in
child seat.
restraint to make sure it is the vehicle — even when no child is
in it. Booster seats use the vehicle’s
compatible with this vehicle.
safety belts to secure the child in
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
recommends that the booster seat The following explains how to attach Top Tether Anchor
be secured with the LATCH system, a child restraint with these
this can be done as long as the attachments in the vehicle.
booster seat can be positioned Not all vehicle seating positions or
properly and there is no interference child restraints have lower anchors
with the proper positioning of the and attachments or top tether
lap-shoulder belt on the child. anchors and attachments.
Make sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint, Lower Anchors
and also the instructions in this
manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
child restraint. A child restraint must the child restraint to the vehicle.
never be installed using only the top A top tether anchor is built into the
tether and anchor. vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
The LATCH anchorage system can connects to the top tether anchor in
be used until the combined weight the vehicle in order to reduce the
of the child plus the child restraint is forward movement and rotation of
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt Lower anchors (1) are metal bars the child restraint during driving or in
alone instead of the LATCH built into the vehicle. There are two a crash.
anchorage system once the lower anchors for each LATCH
combined weight is more than seating position that will
29.5 kg (65 lbs). accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
The child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether To assist in locating the lower
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Anchor Locations anchors, each seating position with
Either will have a single lower anchors has two labels, near
attachment (2) to secure the top the crease between the seatback
tether to the anchor. and the seat cushion.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be To assist in locating the top tether
attached. Be sure to read and follow anchors, the top tether anchor
the instructions for your child symbol is located on the cover.
Rear Seat
restraint.
I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
H (Lower Anchor): Seating
positions with two lower anchors.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
the instructions that come with the

child restraint say that the top tether Warning (Continued)
must be attached.
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
According to accident statistics, belts to secure the restraint,
children and infants are safer when following the instructions that
properly restrained in a child came with the child restraint and
restraint system or infant restraint the instructions in this manual.
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint on page 3-39 for
additional information. { Warning
Top Tether Anchors Securing a Child Restraint To reduce the risk of serious or
Designed for the LATCH fatal injuries during a crash, do
The top tether anchors for each rear
System not attach more than one child
seating position are located under
the covers, on the back of the rear restraint to a single anchor.
seatback. Be sure to use an anchor { Warning Attaching more than one child
located on the same side of the restraint to a single anchor could
vehicle as the seating position If a LATCH-type child restraint is cause the anchor or attachment
where the child restraint will be not attached to anchors or with to come loose or even break
placed. the safety belt, the child restraint during a crash. A child or others
will not be able to protect the child could be injured.
Do not secure a child restraint in a correctly. In a crash, the child
position without a top tether anchor could be seriously injured or
if a national or local law requires
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
that the top tether be attached, or if
restraint properly using the
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
secure the restraints. Some

{ Warning { Caution restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether.
Children can be seriously injured Do not let the LATCH
or strangled if a shoulder belt is attachments rub against the 1. Attach and tighten the lower
wrapped around their neck. The vehicle’s safety belts. This may attachments to the lower
shoulder belt can tighten but damage these parts. If necessary, anchors. If the child restraint
cannot be loosened if it is locked. move buckled safety belts to does not have lower
The shoulder belt locks when it is avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
pulled all the way out of the attachments.
lower anchors, secure the child
retractor. It unlocks when the Do not fold the empty rear seat restraint with the top tether and
shoulder belt is allowed to go all with a safety belt buckled. This the safety belts. Refer to your
the way back into the retractor, could damage the safety belt or child restraint manufacturer
but it cannot do this if it is the seat. Unbuckle and return the instructions and the instructions
wrapped around a child’s neck. safety belt to its stowed position, in this manual.
If the shoulder belt is locked and before folding the seat.
tightened around a child’s neck, 1.1. Find the lower anchors for
the desired seating
the only way to loosen the belt is
If you need to secure more than one position.
to cut it.
child restraint in the rear seat, see 1.2. Put the child restraint on
Buckle any unused safety belts Where to Put the Restraint on the seat.
behind the child restraint so page 3-39.
children cannot reach them. Pull For the outboard rear
the shoulder belt all the way out This system is designed to make seating positions, if the
installation of child restraints easier. head restraint interferes
of the retractor to set the lock,
When using lower anchors, do not with the proper installation
and tighten the belt behind the
use the vehicle's safety belts. of the child restraint, the
child restraint after the child Instead use the vehicle's anchors head restraint may be
restraint has been installed. and child restraint attachments to removed. See “Head
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Restraint Removal and 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten If you are using a dual
Reinstallation” at the end of the top tether according to tether in the rear outboard
this section. your child restraint seating position with an
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower instructions and the adjustable head restraint,
attachments on the child following instructions: route the dual tether around
restraint to the lower the head restraint.
anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether
be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether to the top tether
anchor, if equipped. Refer to the
child restraint instructions and
the following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether anchor
and open its cover to
expose the anchor.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
If you are using a dual If you are using a single If you are using a single
tether in the rear outboard tether in the rear outboard tether in the rear outboard
seating position and the seating position with an seating position and the
head restraint has been adjustable head restraint, head restraint has been
removed, route the dual route the single tether removed, route the single
tether over the seatback. under the head restraint tether over the seatback.
and in between the head
restraint posts.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
If you are using a dual LATCH path and attempt to

tether in the rear center move it side to side and back
seating position, lower the and forth. There should be no
adjustable headrest down more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
to its stowed position and movement for proper installation.
route the dual tether over
the headrest. Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation
The rear outboard head restraints
can be removed if they interfere with
the proper installation of the child
restraint. The headrest in the rear
center seating position is not 2. Press both buttons on the head
removable and should be lowered to restraint posts at the same time,
the stowed position for child and pull up on the head
restraint installation. restraint.
To remove the head restraint: 3. Store the head restraint in the
If you are using a single
tether in the rear center 1. Partially fold the seatback cargo area of the vehicle.
seating position, lower the forward. See Rear Seats on 4. When the child restraint is
adjustable headrest down page 3-10 for additional removed, reinstall the head
to its stowed position and information. restraint before the seating
route the single tether over position is used.
the headrest.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1. Insert the head restraint posts

{ Warning into the holes in the top of the Warning (Continued)
seatback. The notches on the
With head restraints that are not posts must face the driver side death in a crash. To help make
installed and adjusted properly, of the vehicle. sure the LATCH system is
there is a greater chance that working properly after a crash,
occupants will suffer a neck/ 2. Push the head restraint down. see your dealer to have the
spinal injury in a crash. Do not If necessary, press the height system inspected and any
drive until the head restraints for adjustment release button to necessary replacements made as
all occupants are installed and further lower the head restraint. soon as possible.
adjusted properly. See Head Restraints on
page 3-2.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
To reinstall the head restraint: 3. Try to move the head restraint to and it was being used during a
make sure that it is locked in crash, new LATCH system parts
place. may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
Replacing LATCH System necessary even if the LATCH
Parts After a Crash system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
{ Warning
Securing Child Restraints
A crash can damage the LATCH (Rear Seat)
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly When securing a child restraint in a
secure the child restraint, rear seating position, study the
resulting in serious injury or even instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
(Continued) compatible with this vehicle.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
If the child restraint has the LATCH this position. Be sure to follow the
system, see Lower Anchors and instructions that came with the child
Tethers for Children (LATCH restraint. Secure the child in the
System) on page 3-40 for how and child restraint when and as the
where to install the child restraint instructions say.
using LATCH. If a child restraint is If more than one child restraint
secured in the vehicle using a needs to be installed in the rear
safety belt and it uses a top tether, seat, be sure to read Where to Put
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for the Restraint on page 3-39.
page 3-40 for top tether anchor 1. Put the child restraint on
locations. the seat.
Do not secure a child seat in a If the head restraint interferes 3. Push the latch plate into the
position without a top tether anchor with the proper installation of the buckle until it clicks.
if a national or local law requires child restraint, the head restraint
that the top tether be anchored, or if may be removed. See “Head Position the release button on
the instructions that come with the Restraint Removal and the buckle so that the safety belt
child restraint say that the top strap Reinstallation” under Lower could be quickly unbuckled if
must be anchored. Anchors and Tethers for necessary.
In Canada, the law requires that page 3-40.
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
attached. the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
If the child restraint or vehicle seat or around the restraint. The child
position does not have the LATCH restraint instructions will show
system, you will be using the safety you how.
belt to secure the child restraint in
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
6. If the child restraint has a top

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-40.
safety belt path and attempt to
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down move it side to side and back
out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the and forth. When the child
lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to restraint is properly installed,
set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, there should be no more than
not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
into the retractor. When installing To remove the child restraint,
a forward-facing child restraint, it unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
may be helpful to use your knee let it return to the stowed position.
to push down on the child If the top tether is attached to a top
restraint as you tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it. If the
Try to pull the belt out of the head restraint was removed,
retractor to make sure the reinstall it before the seating
retractor is locked. If the position is used. See “Head
retractor is not locked, repeat Restraint Removal and
Steps 4 and 5. Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
System) on page 3-40 for additional

information on installing the head { Warning Warning (Continued)
restraint properly.
A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints
restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the airbag
Securing Child Restraints or killed if the front outboard is off. If you secure a
(Front Passenger Seat) passenger frontal airbag inflates. forward-facing child restraint in
This vehicle has airbags. A rear This is because the back of the the front seat, always move the
seat is a safer place to secure a rear-facing child restraint would front passenger seat as far back
forward-facing child restraint. See be very close to the inflating as it will go. It is better to secure
Where to Put the Restraint on airbag. A child in a forward-facing the child restraint in a rear seat.
page 3-39. child restraint can be seriously See Passenger Sensing System
In addition, the vehicle has a injured or killed if the front on page 3-26 for additional
passenger sensing system which is outboard passenger frontal airbag information.
designed to turn off the front inflates and the passenger seat is
outboard passenger frontal airbag in a forward position.
under certain conditions. See If the vehicle does not have a rear
Even if the passenger sensing seat that will accommodate a
Passenger Sensing System on system has turned off the front
page 3-26 and Passenger Airbag rear-facing child restraint, a
outboard passenger frontal rear-facing child restraint should not
Status Indicator on page 5-14 for airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
more information, including be installed in the vehicle, even if
one can guarantee that an airbag the airbag is off.
important safety information.
will not deploy under some
Never put a rear-facing child seat in If the child restraint uses a top
unusual circumstance, even
the front. This is because the risk to tether, see Lower Anchors and
though it is turned off. Tethers for Children (LATCH
the rear-facing child is so great,
(Continued) System) on page 3-40 for top tether
if the airbag deploys.
anchor locations.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Do not secure a child seat in a when you start the vehicle. See
position without a top tether anchor Passenger Airbag Status
if a national or local law requires Indicator on page 5-14.
that the top tether be anchored, or if 2. Put the child restraint on
the instructions that come with the the seat.
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
In Canada, the law requires that the vehicle's safety belt through
forward-facing child restraints have or around the restraint. The child
a top tether, and that the tether be restraint instructions will show
attached. you how.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this 4. Push the latch plate into the
position, follow the instructions that buckle until it clicks.
came with the child restraint and the Position the release button on
following instructions: the buckle, so that the safety
1. Move the seat as far back as it belt could be quickly unbuckled
will go before securing the if necessary.
forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, the off indicator on the
passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay lit Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt if needed.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14

safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
the passenger airbag status
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 6. To tighten the belt, push down indicator will come on and stay on
out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the when the vehicle is started.
lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to If a child restraint has been installed
set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back On Indicator is Lit for a Child
into the retractor. When installing Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
a forward-facing child restraint, it System on page 3-26.
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child To remove the child restraint,
restraint as you tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
2 NOTES
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage
Compartments
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 4-1 { Warning
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Do not store heavy or sharp
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 objects in storage compartments.
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 In a crash, these objects may
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-3 cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
The glove box is air conditioned and
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Glove Box can be used to store items at a
Cargo Management
Lift the glove box handle up to open lower temperature. The vehicle air
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
it. Use the key to lock and unlock conditioning must be turned on for
Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
the glove box. the maximum cool air to enter the
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
glove box. Move the slide control to
Roof Rack System allow cool air into the glove box.
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 After opening the air flow, close the
glove box door to keep the cold air
from entering the vehicle.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
4-2 Storage
Cupholders Front Storage
A storage area is located in front of

the shift lever. Push upward on the
The front cupholder has a divider There is storage behind the climate top of the door and release; the
that can be adjusted to control system. Touch the chrome door automatically opens.
accommodate large or small bar at the bottom of the climate There is an accessory power outlet
containers. control system panel to open. There inside. See Power Outlets on
For large containers, press the is a USB port inside. See “USB/SD page 5-6.
button to move aside the divider and Port” in the infotainment manual.
make the cupholder deeper. For Keep the storage area door closed Armrest Storage
small containers, push down on the while driving. For vehicles with a rear seat
top edge of the divider to lock it Touch the chrome bar at the bottom armrest, pull the rear seat armrest
back in place and make the of the climate control system panel forward to access cupholders with
cupholder shorter. again to close. removable liners. For vehicles with
a rear storage area, pull the lever to
access.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Storage 4-3
Center Console Storage Additional Storage

The center console has an armrest, Features
upper storage tray, and lower
storage area.
Cargo Cover
The armrest can be adjusted. Slide
For vehicles with the dual position
the top of the armrest to adjust to
cargo cover, it can be used to cover
the desired position.
items in the cargo area of the
Press the driver side button to vehicle.
access the upper storage tray.
Press the passenger side button to
access the lower storage area.
There are two USB ports and an Press the button to open the
accessory power outlet inside the storage area on the rear of the
center console. There may be an center console. If equipped with
SD card reader and auxiliary jack. Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE), the
See Power Outlets on page 5-6 and audio/video jacks, USB port, and
the infotainment manual. SD card reader may be inside. See
the infotainment manual.
The shade can be set in two

positions. It can be set in a halfway
open (1) position for loading objects
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
4-4 Storage
into the rear compartment, or the

lower (2) position to conceal objects
in the rear compartment.
Install the Cargo Cover
1. Hold the cartridge so that the
pull-out shade faces the rear of
the vehicle.
5. Insert the shade pins in the 2. Slide the button on the top to
channels (3) on both sides. release the cartridge.
6. Slide the shade to the lower (2) 3. Pull up to remove the cartridge
position, or the halfway open (1) from the pins.
position.
Remove the Cargo Cover { Warning
1. Remove the cover from the An unsecured cargo cover could
channels and carefully roll it strike people in a sudden stop or
2. Align the cartridge over the pins back up.
on the trim panels of the vehicle. turn, or in a crash. Store the
cargo cover securely or remove it
3. Push down on the cartridge to from the vehicle.
snap it into place.
4. Unroll the shade toward the rear
of the vehicle.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Storage 4-5
Cargo Tie-Downs
For vehicles equipped with cargo
tie‐downs, the four tie-downs are
located in the rear compartment of
the vehicle. Use the tie-downs to
secure small loads.
Cargo Management
System
A prop rod locks to hold the cover Press the red button on the prop rod
up when opened. to close the cover.
Four hooks are located on the Rear Storage Area
inside cover and can be used for
storing items.
{ Warning
There may be additional storage
compartments on each side of the An improperly latched and closed
cargo management system. Lift the cargo cover, or cargo cover left in
panel up to open. the open position, could be
thrown about the vehicle during a
To open the cargo management crash or sudden maneuver.
system, press the rear of the handle Someone could be injured. Be
to unlatch it and then lift the sure to return the cover to the
handle up. (Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
4-6 Storage
Warning (Continued)
closed position and latch before
driving. If the cover is removed,
always store it outside of the
vehicle. When it is replaced,
always be sure that it is securely
reattached.
To access the rear storage areas of

the cargo management system, and
the tire sealant and compressor kit: 3. Release the prop rod from the 4. Store the cargo management
1. Remove the cargo cover, inside cover by sliding the red system cover by hooking it onto
if equipped. clip down. the weatherstrip.
2. Open the cargo management Unhook the prop rod from the
system cover. pin on the inside cover. Store the
unhooked prop rod by folding it
into the cargo management
compartment.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Storage 4-7
U-Rail 3. Reinstall the fence and lock both

latches (1) by turning to align Q
with the arrow on the
adapter (2).
Press both adapter buttons to move

the adapters (2) on the straight part
If equipped with a u-rail system, the of the u-rail.
fence can be moved to different To move the fence around the u-rail,
positions on the u-rail track to disconnect one side:
secure cargo. Use the fence to secure items in
1. Unlock by turning the latch (1) to
place.
align K with the arrow on the
adapter (2). Removing the Fence
2. Press the adapter button to Unlock by turning both latches (1) to
move the adapters (2) to the align K with the arrow on the
desired position. adapter (2). Lift and remove the
fence.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
4-8 Storage
Installing the Fence
3. Insert the top of the fence into Insert the D-ring sliders (1) into the
the lower two clips (1). channel (2) located in the middle of
Insert the fence into the adapters the rail. Press the button to move
and lock both latches (1) by turning 4. Turn the bottom of the fence up
and insert it into the upper two the D-ring slider along the rail.
to align Q with the arrow on the
clips (2).
adapter (2).
D-Ring Sliders
Storing the Fence
If equipped with a D-ring system,
1. Lift the cargo management
there are four D-ring sliders that
system cover.
move along rails. These can be
2. Release the cover from the prop used as tie-downs when storing
rod as described in the previous cargo.
steps.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Storage 4-9
Warning (Continued)
net. If items are not properly
stored, damage to the net could
occur and items can be thrown
about the vehicle. You or others
could be injured. Always store
items behind the net.
If equipped, the cargo net can be

used to store light loads, keeping
The loop of the D-ring slider must them from falling over or being 1. Insert the top corners of the
be facing inward toward the storage thrown into the cabin during heavy cargo net into the large openings
area and the ring must be in the up braking. in the headliner and secure by
position for proper usage. The net should not be overloaded or sliding them into the small
used to store heavy loads. openings.
Cargo Net There are four openings in the 2. The rear seatbacks should be
headliner: two behind the front seats folded down when the net is
{ Warning and two behind the rear seats. installed in the headliner
opening behind the front seats.
Do not stack items higher than
the upper end of the cargo net or
hang anything from the net. Avoid
items that have sharp edges or
that apply excessive force to the
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
4-10 Storage
3. Mount the cargo net to the rear 5. Mount the cargo net to the cargo 6. Pull on the straps to tighten
seat tethers on the back of the tie-downs on the lower side the net.
folded down rear seats and pull panels.
on the straps to tighten the net. Cargo Net Storage
4. When the net is installed in the The cargo net can be removed from
headliner opening behind the the vehicle and stored in the cargo
rear seats, the rear seatbacks management system.
should be upright. 1. Disconnect the net from the roof
openings and the tethers.
2. Press the red button on the
center of the net to fold it in half.
3. Roll up the cargo net and store it
in the attached vinyl bag.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Storage 4-11
4. Open the cargo management Roof Rack System

system cover. { Caution
5. If equipped with a tire sealant
and compressor kit, store the
{ Warning Loading cargo on the roof rack
that weighs more than 100 kg
cargo net in the available space If something is carried on top of (220 lb) or hangs over the rear or
next to the kit. the vehicle that is longer or wider sides of the vehicle may damage
than the roof rack — like paneling, the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
Convenience Net plywood, or a mattress — the rests evenly between the
This vehicle may have a wind can catch it while the vehicle crossrails, making sure to fasten
convenience net located in the rear is being driven. The item being cargo securely.
of the vehicle. Attach it to the cargo carried could be violently torn off,
tie‐downs for storing small loads. and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
Do not use the net to store heavy
loads. carry something longer or wider
than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
certified accessory carrier.
If equipped, the roof rack can be

used to load items. For roof racks
that do not have crossrails included,
GM Certified crossrails can be
purchased as an accessory. See
your dealer for additional
information.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
4-12 Storage
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden

braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
otherwise it may result in loss of
control. If driving for a long distance,
on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place. Do not exceed the maximum
vehicle capacity when loading the
vehicle. For more information on
vehicle capacity and loading, see
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
when driving, check to make sure
crossrails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
rack will make the vehicle’s center
of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . .
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-23
5-23
Controls Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-12
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-13
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . .
Adaptive Forward Lighting
5-24
Passenger Airbag Status (AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Controls Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-24
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-15 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2 Malfunction Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 5-2 Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Brake System Warning Information Displays
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Driver Information
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Electric Parking Brake Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Rear Window Wiper/
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Vehicle Messages
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Service Electric Parking Brake Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Battery Voltage and Charging
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-28
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Lane Departure Warning Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-29
(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-29
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 5-20 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Indicators Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Engine Cooling System
Warning Lights, Gauges, and StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-20 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Traction Control System Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-31
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-21 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-31
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Engine Coolant Temperature Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-32
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-32
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-22
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Fuel Economy Light . . . . . . . . . 5-23
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Object Detection System Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33 while driving.
Ride Control System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36 Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls
Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-36 Adjustment
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-37 The infotainment system can be
Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-37 operated by using the steering
Starting the Vehicle wheel controls. See "Steering
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37 Wheel Controls" in the infotainment
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37 manual.
Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-38
Vehicle Reminder Heated Steering Wheel
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . 5-38
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-38
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-39
Universal Remote System
To adjust the steering wheel:
Universal Remote System . . . 5-46
Universal Remote System 1. Pull the lever down.
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46 2. Move the steering wheel up
Universal Remote System or down.
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48 ( (Heated Steering Wheel):
3. Pull or push the steering wheel If equipped with a heated steering
closer or away from you. wheel, press to turn on or off. An
indicator next to the button is lit
4. Pull the lever up to lock the when the feature is turned on.
steering wheel in place.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
The steering wheel takes about Heavy snow or ice can overload the
three minutes to start heating. wiper motor.
Wipe Parking
Horn
If the ignition is changed to
Press a on the steering wheel pad STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF
to sound the horn. mode while the wipers are on LO,
INT (Intermittent Wipes/Rainsense HI, or INT, they will
Windshield Wiper/Washer Wipe Sensitivity Control): Use for immediately stop.
intermittent wipes. To adjust wipe If the windshield wiper lever is then
frequency, turn the x INT band moved to off before the driver door
up for more frequent wipes or down is opened or within 10 minutes, the
for less frequent wipes. If the wipers will restart and move to the
vehicle has Rainsense™, see the base of the windshield.
following Rainsense information. If the ignition is changed to
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off. STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF
With the ignition in ACC/ while the wipers are performing
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, 1X (Mist): For a single wipe, briefly wipes due to windshield washing,
move the windshield wiper lever to move the wiper lever down. For the wipers continue to run until they
select the wiper speed. several wipes, hold the wiper reach the base of the windshield.
lever down.
HI: Use for fast wipes. Rainsense™
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
LO: Use for slow wipes. blades before using them. If frozen If equipped, there is a sensor near
to the windshield, carefully loosen or the top center of the windshield that
thaw them. Damaged blades should detects the amount of water on the
be replaced. See Wiper Blade windshield and automatically
Replacement on page 10-23. controls the frequency of the
windshield wiper.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Keep this area of the windshield Wiper Arm Assembly Protection activated. See Washer Fluid on
clear of debris to allow for best When using an automatic car wash, page 10-18 for information on filling
system performance. move the windshield wiper lever to the windshield washer fluid
OFF. This disables the automatic reservoir.
Rainsense windshield wipers and/or
manual windshield wipers. { Warning
With Rainsense, if the transmission In freezing weather, do not use
is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle the washer until the windshield is
speed is very slow, the wipers will warmed. Otherwise the washer
automatically stop at the base of the fluid can form ice on the
windshield. windshield, blocking your vision.
INT (Rainsense Wipe Sensitivity
Control): Move the windshield The wiper operations return to
wiper lever to INT. Turn the x INT normal when the transmission is no
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle Rear Window Wiper/
band on the wiper lever to adjust the
sensitivity. speed has increased. Washer
. Turn the band up for more Windshield Washer The rear wiper controls are on the
sensitivity to moisture. end of the windshield wiper lever.
Pull the windshield wiper lever
. Turn the band down for less toward you to spray windshield
sensitivity to moisture. washer fluid and activate the wipers.
The wipers will continue until the
. Move the windshield wiper lever lever is released or the maximum
out of the INT position to wash time is reached. When the
deactivate Rainsense. windshield wiper lever is released,
additional wipes may occur
depending on how long the
windshield washer had been
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
ON: Press the upper portion of the The wiper operations return to Compass
button for continuous rear window normal when the transmission is no
wipes. longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle The vehicle may have a compass
speed has increased. display on the Driver Information
OFF: The rear wiper turns off when Center (DIC). The compass receives
the button is returned to the middle Reverse Gear Wipes its heading and other information
position. from the Global Positioning
If the rear wiper control is off, the
INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes): rear wiper will automatically operate System (GPS) antenna,
Press the lower portion of the button continuously when the shift lever is StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed
to set a delay between wipes. in R (Reverse), and the front information.
a (Rear Washer): Push the windshield wiper is performing low The compass system is designed to
windshield wiper lever forward to or high speed wipes. If the rear operate for a certain number of
spray washer fluid on the rear wiper control is off, the shift lever is miles or degrees of turn before
window. The lever automatically in R (Reverse), and the front needing a signal from the GPS
returns to its original position when windshield wiper is performing satellites. When the compass
released. interval wipes, then the rear wiper display shows CAL, drive the
automatically performs interval vehicle for a short distance in an
Rear Wiper Arm Assembly wipes. open area where it can receive a
Protection GPS signal. The compass system
This feature can be changed. See
When using an automatic car wash, Vehicle Personalization on will automatically determine when a
move the rear wiper control to OFF. page 5-39. GPS signal is restored and provide
This disables the rear wiper. a heading again. See Compass
The windshield washer reservoir is Messages on page 5-29 for the
If the transmission is in N (Neutral) used for the windshield and the rear messages that may be displayed for
and the vehicle speed is very slow, window. Check the fluid level in the the compass.
the rear wiper will automatically stop reservoir if either washer is not
at the base of the rear window. working. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-18.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Clock To set the date: be two accessory power outlets

1. Press the SETTINGS screen on the rear of the center floor
The infotainment system controls console.
are used to access the time and button and press Time and Date.
date settings through the menu 2. Press Set Date and press + or −
. In the rear cargo area.
system. See “Home Page” in the to increase or decrease month, These are powered while the
infotainment manual for information day, or year. vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or
about how to use the menu system. ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until
3. Press } to go back to the the driver door is opened within
Setting the Time previous menu. 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.
To set the time: The power outlet located in the rear
1. From the Home Page, press the
Power Outlets cargo area is powered at all times.
SETTINGS screen button and The accessory power outlets can be
There is a small cap that must be
press Time and Date. used to plug in electrical equipment,
removed to access the accessory
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
2. Press Set Time and press + or − power outlet. When not using the
to increase or decrease hours, The vehicle may have five outlet be sure to cover it with the
minutes, and AM or PM. Press accessory power outlets. protective cap.
12Hr or 24Hr for 12 or 24 hour The accessory power outlets are:
clock.
. Below the climate control system
{ Caution
3. Press } to go back to the inside the front storage bin. Leaving electrical equipment
previous menu. plugged in for an extended period
. Inside the center floor console.
If auto timing is set, the time of time while the vehicle is off will
. On the rear of the center floor
displayed on the clock may not drain the battery. Power is always
console. For vehicles with a rear
update immediately when driving supplied to the rear cargo outlet.
climate control system, there will
into a new time zone. Always unplug electrical
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

equipment when not in use and outlets are designed for element, or a fuse could be
do not plug in equipment that accessory power plugs only, such blown. Do not hold a cigarette
exceeds the maximum 20 ampere as cell phone charge cords. lighter in while it is heating.
rating.
Cigarette Lighter Ashtrays
Certain accessory power plugs may
not be compatible with the There may be a cigarette lighter There may be an ashtray under the
accessory power outlet and could under the climate control system, climate control system on the center
overload vehicle or adapter fuses. inside the front storage bin. stack. Press the door to release the
If a problem is experienced, see To activate the cigarette lighter, ashtray.
your dealer. push it into the heating element and To empty the ashtray, remove it from
When adding electrical equipment, let go. The lighter pops out when it the instrument panel by holding the
be sure to follow the proper is ready to be used. edges and pulling straight out. To
installation instructions included with reinstall, push the tray back into
the equipment. See Add-On { Caution place.
Electrical Equipment on page 9-68. There may also be ashtrays on the
Holding a cigarette lighter in while center floor console behind the shift
{ Caution it is heating does not let the
lighter back away from the
lever and in the rear doors.
Hanging heavy equipment from heating element when it is hot.

the power outlet can cause Damage from overheating can
damage not covered by the occur to the lighter or heating
vehicle warranty. The power (Continued)
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
{ Caution Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there

could be a problem with a vehicle
If papers, pins, or other
Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning
lights work together to indicate a
flammable items are put in the Indicators problem with the vehicle.
ashtray, hot cigarettes or other Warning lights and gauges can
smoking materials could ignite When one of the warning lights
signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while
them and possibly damage the before it becomes serious enough
vehicle. Never put flammable driving, or when one of the gauges
to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem,
items in the ashtray. replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what
warning lights and gauges could to do. Waiting to do repairs can be
prevent injury. costly and even dangerous.
Warning lights come on when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Some warning lights come
on briefly when the engine is started
to indicate they are working.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Instrument Cluster
English Shown, Metric Similar

7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Cluster Application Displays Audio Info Pages: Press SEL while Info
While the Audio application page is Pages is highlighted to select the
The cluster has three interactive
displayed, press SEL to enter the items to be displayed in the DIC
display zones.
Audio menu. In the Audio menu information displays. See Driver
Use the five-way control on the right Information Center (DIC) on
search for music, select from
steering wheel control to move page 5-25.
favorites, or change the audio
between the different display zones
source. Open Source Software: Press
and scroll through the different
SEL while Open Source Software is
displays. Phone highlighted to display open source
The left and right zones display While the Phone application page is software information.
Driver Information Center (DIC) displayed, press SEL to enter the
information. See Driver Information Phone menu. In the Phone menu, Speedometer
Center (DIC) on page 5-25. if there is no active phone call, view
recent calls, select from favorites, The speedometer shows the
The center zone displays vehicle's speed in either kilometers
application information for or scroll through contacts. If there is
an active call, mute the phone or per hour (km/h) or miles per
navigation, audio, phone, hour (mph).
or settings. A speedometer can also switch to handset operation.
be displayed in this center zone. Settings Odometer
Navigation Press SEL while the Settings The odometer shows how far the
If there is no active route, a application page is displayed to vehicle has been driven, in either
compass will be displayed. If there enter the Settings menu. kilometers or miles.
is an active route, press SEL to end Units: Press SEL while Units is
route guidance or turn the voice highlighted to enter the Units menu. Trip Odometer
prompts on or off. Choose English or metric units by
The trip odometer shows how far
pressing SEL while the desired item
the vehicle has been driven since
is highlighted. A checkmark will be
the trip odometer was last reset.
displayed next to the selected item.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
The trip odometer is accessed and Fuel Gauge Here are four things that some
reset through the Driver Information owners ask about. None of these
Center (DIC). See Driver show a problem with the fuel gauge:
Information Center (DIC) on . At the service station, the fuel
page 5-25. pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
Tachometer . It takes a little more or less fuel
The tachometer displays the engine to fill up than the gauge
speed in revolutions per indicated. For example, the
minute (rpm). gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
{ Caution took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
If the engine is operated with the the tank.
rpm’s in the warning area at the When the ignition is on, the fuel . The gauge moves a little while
high end of the tachometer, the gauge indicates about how much turning a corner or speeding up.
vehicle could be damaged, and fuel is left in the tank.
the damage would not be covered
. The gauge takes a few seconds
There is an arrow near the fuel to stabilize after the ignition is
by the vehicle warranty. Do not gauge pointing to the side of the
operate the engine with the rpm’s turned on, and goes back to
vehicle the fuel door is on. empty when the ignition is
in the warning area.
When the indicator nears empty, the turned off.
low fuel light comes on. There still is
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
should be refueled soon.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Engine Coolant Safety Belt Reminders

Temperature Gauge Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light
There is a driver safety belt
reminder light on the instrument
cluster.
English
This gauge measures the
temperature of the vehicle's engine. When the vehicle is started this light
Metric
While driving under normal flashes and a chime comes on to
operating conditions, if the needle remind drivers to fasten their safety
moves into the shaded area, the belt. Then the light stays on solid
engine is too hot. Pull off the road, until the belt is buckled. This cycle
stop the vehicle, and turn off the may continue several times if the
engine as soon as possible. driver remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving.
If the driver safety belt is buckled,
neither the light nor chime
comes on.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt that passengers may need to fasten
Reminder Light reminder light and chime may turn their safety belts. After the
on if an object is put on the seat passenger safety belt is buckled,
There is a passenger safety belt such as a briefcase, handbag, the corresponding safety belt
reminder light near the passenger grocery bag, laptop, or other symbol in the instrument cluster
airbag status indicator. See electronic device. To turn off the turns green. If a safety belt is not
Passenger Sensing System on reminder light and/or chime, remove initially buckled, the instrument
page 3-26. the object from the seat or buckle cluster displays a gray safety belt
the safety belt. symbol. While the vehicle is moving,
if a second row passenger that was
Second Row Passenger Belt previously buckled becomes
Reminder Light unbuckled, the corresponding safety
belt symbol will change to flashing
red and a chime may sound.
When the vehicle is started this light Airbag Readiness Light

flashes and a chime may come on
to remind the front passenger to This light shows if there is an
fasten their safety belt. Then the electrical problem with the airbag
light stays on solid until the belt is system. The system check includes
Second row seating positions
buckled. This cycle may continue the airbag sensor(s), passenger
monitored for safety belt use are
several times if the passenger sensing system, the pretensioners,
represented by a colored symbol in
remains or becomes unbuckled the airbag modules, the wiring, and
the Driver information Center (DIC)
while the vehicle is moving. the crash sensing and diagnostic
indicating safety belt status. When
module. For more information on the
If the front passenger safety belt is the vehicle is started, three safety
airbag system, see Airbag System
buckled, neither the chime nor the belt symbols come on and stay on
on page 3-20.
light comes on. for several seconds in the
instrument cluster to alert the driver
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
If there is a problem with the airbag

system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System Messages on
page 5-36.
The airbag readiness light comes on Passenger Airbag Status United States
for several seconds when the Indicator
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed The vehicle has a passenger
immediately. sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3-26 for
important safety information. The
{ Warning overhead console has a passenger
airbag status indicator. Canada and Mexico
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or When the vehicle is started, the
comes on while driving, it means passenger airbag status indicator
the airbag system might not be will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
working properly. The airbags in for on and off, for several seconds
the vehicle might not inflate in a as a system check. Then, after
crash, or they could even inflate several more seconds, the status
without a crash. To help avoid indicator will light either ON or OFF,
injury, have the vehicle serviced or either the on or off symbol to let
right away. you know the status of the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
If the word ON or the on symbol is system. Have it checked by your

lit on the passenger airbag status Warning (Continued) dealer. Driving while this light is on
indicator, it means that the front could drain the battery.
outboard passenger frontal airbag is away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5-13 for more When this light comes on, or is
allowed to inflate. flashing, the Driver Information
information, including important
If the word OFF or the off symbol is safety information. Center (DIC) also displays a
lit on the passenger airbag status message.
indicator, it means that the See Battery Voltage and Charging
passenger sensing system has Charging System Light Messages on page 5-28.
turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag. If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off
If, after several seconds, both status all accessories, such as the radio
indicator lights remain on, or if there and air conditioner.
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See Malfunction
your dealer for service. The charging system light comes on Indicator Lamp
briefly when the ignition is turned A computer system called OBD II
{ Warning on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working.
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second
Generation) monitors the operation
If the airbag readiness light ever It should go out when the engine is of the vehicle to ensure emissions
comes on and stays on, it means started. are at acceptable levels, helping to
that something may be wrong If the light stays on, or comes on maintain a clean environment. The
with the airbag system. To help while driving, there may be a malfunction indicator lamp comes
avoid injury to yourself or others, problem with the electrical charging on when the vehicle is placed in
have the vehicle serviced right ON/RUN for Key Access or Service
(Continued) Only Mode for Keyless Access, as a
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
check to show it is working. If it

does not, have the vehicle serviced { Caution Caution (Continued)
by your dealer. See Ignition
Positions on page 9-15 for more If the vehicle is continually driven could lead to costly repairs not
information. with this light on, the emission covered by the vehicle warranty.
controls might not work as well, This could also result in a failure
the vehicle fuel economy might to pass a required Emission
not be as good, and the engine Inspection/Maintenance test. See
might not run as smoothly. This Accessories and Modifications on
could lead to costly repairs that page 10-3.
might not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. This light comes on during a
If the malfunction indicator lamp malfunction in one of two ways:
comes on while the engine is
Light Flashing: A misfire condition
running, this indicates that the OBD
II system has detected a problem
{ Caution has been detected. A misfire
increases vehicle emissions and
and diagnosis and service might be Modifications made to the engine, could damage the emission control
required. transmission, exhaust, intake, system on the vehicle. Diagnosis
Malfunctions often are indicated by or fuel system of the vehicle or and service might be required.
the system before any problem is the replacement of the original
To prevent more serious damage to
apparent. Being aware of the light tires with other than those of the
the vehicle:
can prevent more serious damage same Tire Performance Criteria
to the vehicle. This system also (TPC) can affect the vehicle's . Reduce vehicle speed.
assists the dealer technician in emission controls and can cause . Avoid hard accelerations.
correctly diagnosing any this light to come on. . Avoid steep uphill grades.
malfunction. Modifications to these systems
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
If the light continues to flash, find a

. Check that good quality fuel is Emissions Inspection and
safe place to stop and park the used. Poor fuel quality causes Maintenance Programs
vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at the engine not to run as
least 10 seconds, and restart the efficiently as designed and may Depending on where you live, your
engine. If the light is still flashing, cause stalling after start-up, vehicle may be required to
follow the previous steps and see stalling when the vehicle is participate in an emission control
your dealer for service as soon as changed into gear, misfiring, system inspection and maintenance
possible. hesitation on acceleration, program. For the inspection, the
or stumbling on acceleration. emission system test equipment will
Light On Steady: An emission These conditions might go away likely connect to the vehicle's Data
control system malfunction has once the engine is warmed up. Link Connector (DLC).
been detected on the vehicle.
Diagnosis and service might be If one or more of these conditions
required. occurs, change the fuel brand used.
It may require at least one full tank
The following may correct an of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
emission control system
malfunction: See Fuel on page 9-56.
. Check that the fuel cap is fully If none of the above have made the
installed. See Filling the Tank on light turn off, your dealer can check The DLC is under the instrument
page 9-58. The diagnostic the vehicle. The dealer has the panel next to the steering wheel.
system can determine if the fuel proper test equipment and See your dealer if assistance is
cap has been left off or diagnostic tools to fix any needed.
improperly installed. A loose or mechanical or electrical problems
that might have developed. The vehicle may not pass
missing fuel cap allows fuel to inspection if:
evaporate into the atmosphere.
A few driving trips with the cap . The malfunction indicator lamp is
properly installed should turn the on while the engine is running,
light off. or the malfunction indicator lamp
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
is not on while the vehicle is in Brake System Warning

ON/RUN or Service Only Mode.
Light
{ Warning
See your dealer for assistance in
verifying proper operation of the The vehicle brake system consists The brake system might not be
malfunction indicator lamp. of two hydraulic circuits. If one working properly if the brake
circuit is not working, the remaining system warning light is on.
. The OBD II (On-Board Driving with the brake system
Diagnostics) system determines circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking warning light on can lead to a
that critical emission control crash. If the light is still on after
systems have not been performance, both circuits need to
be working. the vehicle has been pulled off
completely diagnosed by the
the road and carefully stopped,
system. If this were to occur, the If the warning light comes on, there
vehicle would be considered not have the vehicle towed for
is a brake problem. Have the brake
ready for inspection. This can system inspected right away. service.
happen if the 12-volt battery has
recently been replaced or Electric Parking Brake
run down.
Light
The diagnostic system is
designed to evaluate critical
emission control systems during
normal driving. This can take Metric English
several days of driving. If this
This light comes on briefly when the
has been done and the vehicle
vehicle is turned on. If it does not
still does not pass the inspection Metric English
come on then, have it fixed so it will
for lack of OBD II system
be ready to warn if there is a
readiness, your dealer can This light comes on when the
problem.
prepare the vehicle for parking brake is applied. If the light
inspection. If the light comes on and stays on, continues flashing after the parking
there is a base brake problem.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
brake is released, or while driving, the vehicle that is causing the If the light comes on while driving,
there is a problem with the Electric parking brake system to work at a stop as soon as it is safely possible
Parking Brake system or another reduced level. The vehicle can still and turn off the vehicle. Then start
system. A message may also be driven, but should be taken to a the engine again to reset the
display in the Driver Information dealer as soon as possible. See the system. If the ABS light stays on,
Center (DIC). See Brake System information for the Electric Parking or comes on again while driving, the
Messages on page 5-28. Brake under Parking Brake on vehicle needs service. A chime may
If the light does not come on, page 9-27. If a message displays in also sound when the light comes on
or remains flashing, see your dealer. the Driver Information Center (DIC), steady.
see Brake System Messages on If the ABS light is the only light on,
page 5-28.
Service Electric Parking the vehicle has regular brakes, but
the antilock brakes are not
Brake Light Antilock Brake System functioning.
(ABS) Warning Light If both the ABS and the brake
system warning light are on, the
vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
This light should come on briefly See Brake System Warning Light on
when starting the vehicle. If it does page 5-18 and Brake System
not come on, have it fixed so it will This light comes on briefly when the Messages on page 5-28.
be ready to warn if there is a engine is started.
problem. If the light does not come on, have it
If this light stays on, there is a fixed so it will be ready to warn if
problem with the Electric Parking there is a problem.
Brake system or another system on
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Lane Departure Warning Vehicle Ahead Indicator dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
(LDW) Light turns off.
The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
If equipped, this indicator will This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
If equipped, this light comes on display green when a vehicle is light come on when StabiliTrak is
briefly while starting the vehicle. detected ahead and amber when turned off.
you are following a vehicle ahead
If it does not come on, have the much too closely. If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
vehicle serviced. limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
This light is green if LDW is on and System on page 9-48. See Traction Control/Electronic
ready to operate. Stability Control on page 9-30.
This light changes to amber and Traction Off Light
flashes to indicate that the lane StabiliTrak® OFF Light
marking has been crossed without
using a turn signal in that direction.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
on page 9-54.
This light comes on briefly while

starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
This light comes on briefly while This light comes on briefly when the Engine Coolant
starting the engine. If it does not, engine is started.
have the vehicle serviced by your
Temperature Warning
If the light does not come on, have Light
dealer. the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
This light comes on when the If the system is working normally,
StabiliTrak system is turned off. the indicator light turns off.
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction If the light is on and not flashing, the
Control System (TCS) is also off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off, system have been disabled. A DIC
the system does not assist in message may display. Check the
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the DIC messages to determine which
This light comes on briefly while
TCS and the StabiliTrak systems feature(s) is no longer functioning
starting the vehicle.
and the warning light turns off. and whether the vehicle requires
service. If it does not, have the vehicle
See Traction Control/Electronic
serviced by your dealer. If the
Stability Control on page 9-30. If the indicator/warning light is on
system is working normally the
and flashing, the TCS and/or the
indicator light goes off.
Traction Control System StabiliTrak system is actively
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light working.
{ Caution
Stability Control on page 9-30. The engine coolant temperature
warning light indicates that the
vehicle has overheated. Driving
with this light on can damage the
engine and it may not be covered
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Caution (Continued)
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Engine Oil Pressure Light
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
by the vehicle warranty. See started. It provides information { Caution
Engine Overheating on about tire pressures and the TPMS.
page 10-16. Lack of proper engine oil
When the Light Is On Steady maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine
The engine coolant temperature This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly oil low can also damage the
warning light comes on when the engine. The repairs would not be
engine has overheated. underinflated.
covered by the vehicle warranty.
If this happens, pull over and turn A Driver Information Center (DIC) Check the oil level as soon as
off the engine as soon as possible. tire pressure message may also possible. Add oil if required, but if
See Engine Overheating on display. See Tire Messages on the oil level is within the operating
page 10-16. page 5-37. Stop as soon as range and the oil pressure is still
possible, and inflate the tires to the
low, have the vehicle serviced.
Tire Pressure Light pressure value shown on the Tire
Always follow the maintenance
and Loading Information label. See
Tire Pressure on page 10-48. schedule for changing engine oil.
When the Light Flashes First and

Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
This light should come on briefly as See Driving for Better Fuel Security Light
the engine is started. If it does not Economy on page 1-20 and Fuel
come on, have the vehicle serviced Economy Mode on page 9-25 for
by your dealer. more information.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through Low Fuel Warning Light
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See The security light should come on
your dealer. briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
Fuel Economy Light serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
This light is near the fuel gauge and indicator light turns off.
comes on briefly when the ignition is
If the light stays on and the engine
turned on as a check to show it is
does not start, there could be a
working.
problem with the theft-deterrent
It also comes on when the fuel tank system. See Immobilizer Operation
is low on fuel. The light turns off on page 2-19.
This light is in the Driver Information when fuel is added. If it does not,
Center (DIC) display. have the vehicle serviced.
For vehicles with the fuel economy
mode light, it comes on when the
eco (economy) button, located next
to the shift lever, is pressed. Press
the button again to turn off the light
and exit the fuel economy mode.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
High-Beam On Light Adaptive Forward Front Fog Lamp Light

Lighting (AFL) Light
This light comes on when the The fog lamp light comes on when
high-beam headlamps are in use. This light should come on briefly as the fog lamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam the vehicle is started. If it does not The light goes out when the fog
Changer on page 6-3. come on, have the vehicle serviced lamps are turned off. See Front Fog
by your dealer. Lamps on page 6-6 for more
IntelliBeam® Light information.
This light comes on solid when
there is a problem with the AFL
system. It flashes when the system Lamps On Reminder
is switching between lighting
modes. See Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL) on page 6-4.
This light comes on when the

IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is
enabled.
This light comes on when the
See Exterior Lamp Controls on exterior lamps are in use. See
page 6-1. Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6-1.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Cruise Control Light Information Displays S or T : Press the five-way control

to move between the interactive
Driver Information display zones in the cluster. Press
S to go back to the previous menu.
Center (DIC)
SEL (Select): Press the center to
The DIC displays are shown in the open a menu or select a menu item.
left and right interactive display Press and hold to reset values on
zones on the instrument cluster. The certain screens.
The cruise control light is white displays show the status of many
when the cruise control is on and vehicle systems. The controls for DIC Information Display
ready, and turns green when the the DIC are on the right steering Options
cruise control is set and active. wheel control. The information displays on the DIC
See Cruise Control on page 9-33. can be turned on or off through the
Settings menu.
Adaptive Cruise Control Light
1. Press SEL while viewing the
Settings page in the center
display zone on the cluster.
2. Scroll to Info Pages and
press SEL.
3. Press y or z to move through
the list of possible information
This light in the Driver Information displays.
Center (DIC) comes on when the
Adaptive Cruise Control (if
equipped) is active. See Adaptive
Cruise Control on page 9-35. y or z : Press the five-way
control to move up or down in a list.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
4. Press SEL while an item is range estimate is based on an that the vehicle has right now and
highlighted to select or deselect average of the vehicle's fuel changes frequently as driving
that item. When an item is economy over recent driving history conditions change.
selected, a checkmark will and the amount of fuel remaining in Average Speed: Shows the
appear next to it. the fuel tank. average speed of the vehicle in
DIC Information Displays Average Fuel Economy: Shows kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
the approximate average liters per per hour (mph). This average is
The following is the list of all 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles calculated based on the various
possible DIC information displays. per gallon (mpg). This number is vehicle speeds recorded since the
Some of the information displays calculated based on the number of last reset of this value. The average
may not be available for your L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the speed can be reset by pressing and
particular vehicle. last time this menu item was reset. holding SEL while this display is
Speed: Shows the vehicle speed in This number reflects only the active.
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or approximate average fuel economy Timer: This display can be used as
miles per hour (mph). that the vehicle has right now, and a timer. To start the timer, press SEL
will change as driving conditions while this display is active. The
Trip 1 and Trip 2: Shows the
change. The Average Fuel display will show the amount of time
current distance traveled, in either
Economy can be reset by pressing that has passed since the timer was
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
and holding SEL while this display last reset. To stop the timer, press
the trip odometer was last reset.
is active. SEL briefly while this display is
The trip odometer can be reset by
pressing and holding SEL while this Instantaneous Fuel Economy: active and the timer is running. To
display is active. Shows the current fuel economy in reset the timer to zero, press and
either liters per 100 kilometers hold SEL while this display is active.
Fuel Range: Shows the
(L/100 km) or miles per Compass: Shows the direction the
approximate distance the vehicle
gallon (mpg). This number reflects vehicle is driving.
can be driven without refueling.
only the approximate fuel economy
LOW will be displayed when the
vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Turn Arrow: Shows the next Cruise Set Speed: Shows the The Oil Life display must be reset
maneuver when using route speed the cruise control or Adaptive after each oil change. It will not
guidance. Cruise Control is set to. reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil
Travel Time: Shows the estimated Follow Distance: Shows the Life display accidentally at any time
time duration remaining for the current following distance to the other than when the oil has just
current route. vehicle ahead. been changed. It cannot be reset
accurately until the next oil change.
Distance to Destination: Shows Battery Voltage: Shows the To reset the engine oil life system,
the distance to the destination when current battery voltage. press and hold SEL for several
using route guidance. Oil Life: Shows an estimate of the seconds while the Oil Life display is
Speed Limit: Shows sign oil's remaining useful life. active. See Engine Oil Life System
information, which comes from a If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is on page 10-9.
roadway database in the onboard displayed, that means 99% of the Tire Pressure: Shows the
navigation. current oil life remains. approximate pressures of all four
Speed Warning: Allows the driver When the remaining oil life is low, tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
to set a speed that they do not want the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
to exceed. To set the Speed message will appear on the display. per square inch (psi). If the pressure
Warning, press SEL when Speed See Engine Oil Messages on is low, the value for that tire is
page 5-31. The oil should be shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
Warning is displayed. Press y or
changed as soon as possible. See Monitor System on page 10-50 and
z to adjust the value. This feature Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
can be turned off by pressing and Engine Oil on page 10-7. In addition
to the engine oil life system page 10-51.
holding SEL while viewing this
page. If the selected speed limit is monitoring the oil life, additional Blank Page: Allows for no
exceeded, a pop-up warning is maintenance is recommended in the information to be displayed in the
displayed with a chime. Maintenance Schedule. See DIC display zone(s).
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-3.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and TRANSPORT MODE ON

Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages This message is displayed when the
indicate the status of the vehicle or vehicle is in transport mode. Some
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE features can be disabled while in
some action that may be needed to
correct a condition. Multiple This message displays when the this mode, including Remote
messages may display one after the vehicle has detected that the battery Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start,
other. voltage is dropping beyond a and the vehicle alarm system. Take
reasonable point. The battery saver the vehicle to your dealer for service
The messages that do not require system starts reducing features of to turn transport mode off.
immediate action can be the vehicle that may be noticed. At
acknowledged and cleared by the point that features are disabled, Brake System Messages
pressing SET/CLR. The messages this message displays. Turn off
that require immediate action cannot unnecessary accessories to allow BRAKE FLUID LOW
be cleared until that action is the battery to recharge. This message is displayed when the
performed. All messages should be
brake fluid level is low. See Brake
taken seriously and clearing the LOW BATTERY Fluid on page 10-20.
messages does not correct the
This message is displayed when the
problem. STEP ON BRAKE TO
battery voltage is low. See Battery
The following are some of the on page 10-21. RELEASE PARK BRAKE
vehicle messages that may be This message is displayed if you
displayed depending on your SERVICE BATTERY
attempt to release the Electric
vehicle content. CHARGING SYSTEM Parking Brake without the brake
This message is displayed when pedal applied. See Parking Brake
there is a fault in the battery on page 9-27.
charging system. Take the vehicle to
your dealer for service.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE Compass Messages ADAPTIVE CRUISE

This message is displayed if the TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
CAL
Electric Parking Brake is on while This message displays when
the vehicle is in motion. See Parking This message is displayed when the attempting to activate Adaptive
Brake on page 9-27. compass needs to be calibrated. Cruise Control (ACC) when it is
See Compass on page 5-5. temporarily unavailable. The ACC
SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST system does not need service.
––
This message may be displayed This can occur under the following
when there is a problem with the Dashes will be displayed if the
compass needs service. See your conditions:
brake boost assist system. When
this message is displayed, the brake dealer for service. . The radar is not clean. Keep the
boost assist motor might be heard radar sensors free of mud, dirt,
operating and you might notice Cruise Control Messages snow, ice, and slush. Clean the
pulsation in the brake pedal. This is entire front and/or rear of the
normal under these conditions. Take ADAPTIVE CRUISE SET vehicle. For cleaning
the vehicle to your dealer for TO XXX instructions, see Exterior Care
service. This message displays when the on page 10-85.
SERVICE PARKING BRAKE Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) . Heavy rain or snow is interfering
speed is set. See Adaptive Cruise with the radar object detection or
This message is displayed when Control on page 9-35. camera performance.
there is a problem with the parking
brake. Take the vehicle to your CRUISE SET TO XXX
dealer for service. This message displays when the
cruise control speed is set. See
Cruise Control on page 9-33.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS Door Ajar Messages Engine Cooling System

PEDAL APPLIED Messages
DOOR OPEN
This message displays when
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is A door open symbol will be A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH
active and the driver is pressing the displayed on the DIC showing which ENGINE TEMP
gas pedal. When this occurs, ACC door is open. If the vehicle has been This message displays when the
will not brake. See Adaptive Cruise shifted out of P (Park), a DOOR engine coolant becomes hotter than
Control on page 9-35. OPEN message will also be the normal operating temperature.
displayed. Close the door To avoid added strain on a hot
SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISE completely. engine, the air conditioning
CONTROL compressor automatically turns off.
HOOD OPEN
This message displays when the When the coolant temperature
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) This message will display along with returns to normal, the air
needs service. Take the vehicle to a hood open symbol when the hood conditioning compressor turns back
your dealer. is open. Close the hood completely. on. The vehicle can continue to be
REAR ACCESS OPEN driven.
SHIFT TO PARK BEFORE
EXITING This message will display along with If this message continues to appear,
a symbol when the liftgate is open. have the system repaired by your
This message may display if dealer as soon as possible to avoid
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is Close the liftgate completely.
damage to the engine.
engaged holding the vehicle at a
stop, and the driver attempts to exit ENGINE OVERHEATED —
the vehicle. Put the vehicle in IDLE ENGINE
P (Park) before exiting. This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
idle until it cools down.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
ENGINE OVERHEATED — Center (DIC) on page 11-3, Engine corrected. Check the oil as soon as
STOP ENGINE Oil on page 10-7, and Maintenance possible and have the vehicle
Schedule on page 11-3. serviced by your dealer.
This message displays and a
continuous chime sounds if the ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE Engine Power Messages
engine cooling system reaches ENGINE
unsafe temperatures for operation. ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
Stop and turn off the vehicle as This message displays when the
soon as it is safe to do so to avoid engine oil temperature is too hot. This message displays when the
severe damage. This message Stop and allow the vehicle to idle vehicle's engine power is reduced.
clears when the engine has cooled until it cools down. Reduced engine power can affect
to a safe operating temperature. the vehicle's ability to accelerate.
ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL If this message is on, but there is no
HIGH COOLANT On some vehicles, this message reduction in performance, proceed
TEMPERATURE displays when the engine oil level to your destination. The
may be too low. Check the oil level performance may be reduced the
This message displays if the coolant
before filling to the recommended next time the vehicle is driven. The
temperature is hot. See Engine
level. If the oil is not low and this vehicle may be driven at a reduced
Overheating on page 10-16.
message remains on, take the speed while this message is on, but
vehicle to your dealer for service. maximum acceleration and speed
Engine Oil Messages See Engine Oil on page 10-7. may be reduced. Anytime this
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message stays on, the vehicle
OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP should be taken to your dealer for
This message displays when the ENGINE service as soon as possible.
engine oil needs to be changed. This message displays if low oil
When you change the engine oil, be pressure levels occur. Stop the
sure to reset the oil life system. See vehicle as soon as safely possible
Engine Oil Life System on and do not operate it until the cause
page 10-9, Driver Information of the low oil pressure has been
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Fuel System Messages NO REMOTE KEY WAS REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

DETECTED PLACE KEY IN This message displays when
FUEL LEVEL LOW TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN leaving the vehicle with the RKE
This message displays when the START YOUR VEHICLE transmitter still inside.
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as This message displays when trying
soon as possible. REPLACE BATTERY IN
to start the vehicle if an RKE REMOTE KEY
TIGHTEN GAS CAP transmitter is not detected. The
transmitter battery may be weak. This message displays when the
This message displays when the See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low battery in the RKE transmitter needs
fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the Transmitter Battery” under Remote to be replaced.
fuel cap. Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2-3. Lamp Messages
Key and Lock Messages
NO REMOTE PRESS BRAKE AFL (ADAPTIVE FORWARD
NO REMOTE DETECTED TO RESTART LIGHTING) LAMPS NEED
This message displays when the This message is displayed if the SERVICE
transmitter battery may be weak. remote is no longer detected in the This message displays when the
See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low vehicle. Press the brake pedal to AFL system is disabled and needs
Transmitter Battery” under Remote restart the vehicle. service. See your dealer. See
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) on
Operation on page 2-3. NUMBER OF KEYS
page 6-4.
PROGRAMMED
programming new keys to the
vehicle.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
AUTOMATIC LIGHT Object Detection System braking functions of the Auto

CONTROL ON Collision Preparation feature. Some
Messages last-second automatic braking
This message is displayed when the capability is still provided with the
exterior lamp control is in AUTO and 24 GHz RADARS OFF
Alert setting, but braking is less
the lights have turned on. See This message displays when driving likely to occur. See Active
Twilight Sentinel on page 6-5. in certain areas where there may be Emergency Braking System on
radar interference. Adaptive Cruise page 9-51.
AUTOMATIC LIGHT Control (ACC), Forward Collision
CONTROL OFF Alert (FCA), and the Active AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP
This message is displayed when the Emergency Braking System may not UNAVAILABLE
exterior lamp control is in AUTO and work or may not work as well. The
This message displays when the
the lights have turned off. See vehicle does not need service.
Active Emergency Braking System
Twilight Sentinel on page 6-5. has been unavailable for some time.
AUTOMATIC COLLISION
XXX TURN INDICATOR PREP OFF The Active Emergency Braking
FAILURE System does not need service.
When one of the turn signals is out, Active Emergency Braking System This can occur under the following
this message displays to show has been turned off. See Active conditions:
which bulb needs to be replaced. Emergency Braking System on . The radar is not clean. Keep the
See Bulb Replacement on page 9-51. radar sensors free of mud, dirt,
page 10-25 and Replacement Bulbs snow, ice, and slush. Clean the
on page 10-32.
AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP entire front and/or rear of the
REDUCED vehicle. For cleaning
TURN SIGNAL ON This message displays when the instructions, see Exterior Care
This message is displayed if the Active Emergency Braking System on page 10-85.
turn signal has been left on. Turn off has been set to the Alert setting.
the turn signal. This setting disables most automatic
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14

. Heavy rain or snow is interfering LANE DEPARTURE WARNING Assistance System when they are
with the radar object detection or UNAVAILABLE temporarily unavailable. The system
camera performance. does not need service.
This message may also be attempting to activate the Lane This can occur under the following
displayed if there is a problem with Departure Warning (LDW) system conditions:
the StabiliTrak system. when it is temporarily unavailable. . The radar is not clean. Keep the
FORWARD COLLISION The LDW system does not need radar sensors free of mud, dirt,
ALERT OFF service. snow, ice, and slush. Clean the
This message could be due to the entire front and/or rear of the
camera being blocked. Cleaning the vehicle. For cleaning
Forward Collision Alert has been
outside of the windshield behind the instructions, see Exterior Care
turned off.
rearview mirror may correct the on page 10-85.
FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED issue. . Heavy rain or snow is interfering
CLEAN WINDSHIELD with the radar object detection or
REAR AUTO BRAKE/PARK
This message displays when the camera performance.
ASSIST OFF
camera is blocked. Cleaning the See Driver Assistance Systems on
outside of the windshield behind the This message displays when the
page 9-43.
rearview mirror may correct the Parking Assist system has been
issue. The Lane Departure Warning turned off or when there is a SERVICE AUTOMATIC
(LDW) system will not operate. temporary condition causing the COLLISION PREP
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), system to be disabled.
If this message displays, take the
Forward Collision Alert (FCA), and REAR AUTO BRAKE AND vehicle to your dealer to repair the
the Active Emergency Braking PARK ASSIST UNAVAILABLE system.
System may not work or may not
work as well. This message displays when
attempting to activate the parking
and backing features of the Driver
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
SERVICE DRIVER ASSIST SERVICE PARK ASSIST (SBZA) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert
SYSTEM (RCTA) features will not work. Take
This message displays if there is a
the vehicle to your dealer.
If this message displays, take the problem with the Parking Assist
vehicle to your dealer to repair the system. Do not use this system to SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
system. help you park. See your dealer for UNAVAILABLE
service.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), This message indicates that Side
Forward Collision Alert (FCA), SERVICE REAR AUTO BRAKE Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) and Rear
Active Emergency Braking System, AND PARK ASSIST Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are
Assistance Systems for Parking or disabled either because the sensor
Backing, and/or Lane Departure This message displays if there is a
is blocked and cannot detect
Warning (LDW) system may not problem with the parking and
vehicles in the blind zone, or the
work. Do not use these systems backing features of the Driver
vehicle is passing through an open
until the vehicle has been repaired. Assistance System. Do not use this
area, such as the desert, where
system to help park or back the
there is insufficient data for
SERVICE FRONT CAMERA vehicle. See your dealer for service.
operation. This message may also
If this message remains on after SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF activate during heavy rain or due to
continued driving, the vehicle needs road spray. The vehicle does not
service. Do not use the Lane This message indicates that the need service. For cleaning, see
Departure Warning (LDW) and driver has turned the Side Blind "Washing the Vehicle" under
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Zone Alert (SBZA) system off. Exterior Care on page 10-85.
features. Take the vehicle to your SERVICE SIDE DETECTION
dealer. SYSTEM
If this message remains on after
continued driving, the vehicle needs
service. Side Blind Zone Alert
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Ride Control System the dealer. If the message still SPORT MODE ON
displays or appears again when you
Messages begin driving, the system needs
This message displays when Sport
Mode has been activated. See
SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE service. See your dealer.
Selective Ride Control on page 9-32
This message displays when there SERVICE STABILITRAK and Manual Mode on page 9-24.
is a problem with the All Wheel This message displays if there is a TRACTION CONTROL OFF
Drive (AWD) system. This message problem with the StabiliTrak system.
could be set by a number of issues. This message displays when the
Some may require service of the Traction Control System (TCS) has
Stability Control on page 9-30.
AWD system some will not. The been turned off. See Traction
vehicle will run in normal two-wheel SERVICE SUSPENSION Control/Electronic Stability Control
drive mode when this message has SYSTEM on page 9-30.
been set. This could be caused by:
This message displays if there is a TRACTION CONTROL ON
. A vehicle or an AWD system problem with the Selective Ride
electronics problem. This message displays when the
Control. See Selective Ride Control Traction Control System (TCS) has
. Various vehicle electrical issues. on page 9-32. been turned on. See Traction
. Worn out or overheated clutch SERVICE TRACTION Control/Electronic Stability Control
plates. CONTROL on page 9-30.
. Loss of fluids. This message displays when there Airbag System Messages
If this message appears, stop when is a problem with the Traction
convenient and turn off the ignition Control System (TCS). See Traction SERVICE AIRBAG
for 30 seconds. Restart the vehicle Control/Electronic Stability Control
and check for the message on the on page 9-30.
problem with the airbag system.
DIC display. If the message has Take the vehicle to your dealer for
gone off and stays off, it is not service.
necessary to take your vehicle to
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Security Messages Starting the Vehicle TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

THEFT ATTEMPTED Messages This message displays when the
system is learning new tires. See
This message displays if the vehicle PRESS BRAKE TO START Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
detects a tamper condition. VEHICLE page 10-51.
This message is displayed when TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE
Service Vehicle Messages attempting to start the vehicle
without first pressing the brake This message displays when the
SERVICE POWER STEERING pressure in one or more of the tires
pedal.
This message is displayed if there is is low.
a problem with the power steering SERVICE KEYLESS START
This message also displays LEFT
system and a chime may sound. SYSTEM FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT
Take the vehicle to your dealer for This message is displayed if there is REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate
service. a problem with the pushbutton start the location of the low tire.
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON system. Take the vehicle to your
The low tire pressure warning light
dealer for service.
This message is displayed if there is will also come on. See Tire
a problem with the vehicle. Take the Pressure Light on page 5-22.
Tire Messages
vehicle to your dealer for service. If a tire pressure message appears
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR on the DIC, stop as soon as you
SYSTEM can. Inflate the tires by adding air
until the tire pressure is equal to the
values shown on the Tire and
problem with the Tire Pressure
Loading Information label. See Tires
Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
on page 10-41, Vehicle Load Limits
Pressure Monitor Operation on
on page 9-9, and Tire Pressure on
page 10-51.
page 10-48.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
You can receive more than one tire TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE selected on the wiper control. See
pressure message at a time. The ENGINE Windshield Wiper/Washer on
DIC also shows the tire pressure page 5-3.
values. See Driver Information This message displays and a chime
sounds if the transmission fluid in
Center (DIC) on page 5-25.
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
Vehicle Speed Messages
transmission fluid temperature high SELECTED SPEED LIMIT
Transmission Messages can cause damage to the vehicle. EXCEEDED
SERVICE TRANSMISSION Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
allow the transmission to cool. This This message is displayed when the
This message displays if there is a message clears when the fluid vehicle speed is greater than the set
problem with the transmission. See temperature reaches a safe level. speed. See "Speed Warning" under
your dealer. Driver Information Center (DIC) on
Vehicle Reminder page 5-25.
SHIFT DENIED
This message displays when using Messages Washer Fluid Messages
the Driver Shift Control (DSC) and ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
attempting to shift to a gear not WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
WITH CARE FLUID
appropriate for the vehicle speed
and engine revolutions per This message is displayed when ice
This message may display when the
minute (rpm). See Manual Mode on conditions are possible.
washer fluid level is low. Fill the
page 9-24. windshield washer reservoir as soon
TURN WIPER CONTROL TO
SHIFT TO PARK INTERMITTENT FIRST as possible. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
This message displays when the This message is displayed when page 10-5 for the location of the
transmission needs to be shifted to attempting to adjust the intermittent windshield washer reservoir. Also,
P (Park). This may appear when wiper speed without intermittent see Washer Fluid on page 10-18.
turning the ignition off if the vehicle
is not in P (Park).
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Personalization Menus Language (Language)

The following list of menu items may Select Language, then select from
Personalization be available: the available language(s).
Use the audio system controls to . Time and Date Select the language. The selected
access the personalization menus
. Language (Language) language will display on the system,
for customizing vehicle features.
and voice recognition will reflect the
The following are all possible . Valet Mode selected language.
personalization features. Depending . Radio
on the vehicle, some may not be Valet Mode (If Equipped)
available.
. Vehicle
This will lock the infotainment
. Bluetooth system and steering wheel controls.
Infotainment System Audio
System Controls . Voice It may also limit top speed, power,
and access to vehicle storage
To access the . Display locations (if equipped).
personalization menu: . Rear Camera To enable valet mode:
1. Press SETTINGS on the Home . Return to Factory Settings
page on the infotainment system 1. Enter a four-digit code on the
display. . Software Information keypad.
2. Press the desired feature to Each menu is detailed in the 2. Press Enter to go to the
display a list of available following information. confirmation screen.
options. 3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Time and Date
3. Press to select the desired Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or
Manually set the time and date. See
feature setting. unlock the system. Press Back to go
Clock on page 5-6.
back to the previous menu.
4. Press the [ Back screen button
to return to the previous menu.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Radio Select Off or On.

. Power Door Locks
Press to display the Radio Menu Bose Audio Pilot
. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
and the following may be displayed: Climate and Air Quality
This feature adjusts the volume
. Manage Favorites based on the noise in the vehicle. Select and the following may be
. Number of Favorites Shown See “Bose AudioPilot Noise displayed:
Compensation Technology” under
. Audible Touch Feedback “Infotainment System Settings” in
. Auto Fan Max Speed
. Bose Audio Pilot the infotainment manual. . Air Quality Sensor
. Maximum Startup Volume Maximum Startup Volume . Auto Defog
Manage Favorites This feature sets the maximum . Auto Rear Defog
startup volume. If the vehicle is
This allows favorites to be edited. Auto Fan Max Speed
started and the volume is greater
See “Manage Favorites” in than this level, the volume is This feature will set the maximum
“Settings” under “Radio” in the adjusted to this level. To set the auto fan speed.
infotainment manual. maximum startup volume, press + Select Low, Medium, or High.
Number of Favorites Shown or − to increase or decrease.
Air Quality Sensor
Press to set the number of favorites Vehicle
to display. This allows for selection of air
Select and the following may be quality sensor operation at high or
Select the desired number or select displayed: low sensitivity.
Auto and the infotainment system . Climate and Air Quality
will automatically adjust the number Select Off, Low Sensitivity, or High
of favorites shown. . Collision/Detection Systems Sensitivity.
Audible Touch Feedback

. Comfort and Convenience
This allows Audible Touch
. Lighting
Feedback to be turned on or off.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Auto Defog Alert Type last-second automatic braking

When set to On, the front defog will This feature will set crash alerts to capability is still provided with the
automatically react to temperature beeps or seat vibrations. This Alert setting, but it is much less
and humidity conditions that may setting affects all crash alerts likely to be triggered by most driving
cause fogging. including: conditions. Off disables all Forward
Collision Alert and Automatic
Select Off or On. . Forward Collision Braking capabilities of the Auto
Auto Rear Defog . Lane Departure Warning Collision Preparation feature. See
Active Emergency Braking System
If equipped, this allows auto rear . Adaptive Cruise Control on page 9-51.
defog to be turned on or off. . Parking Assist Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.
Select Off or On. . Backing Warning Go Notifier
Collision/Detection Systems Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. This feature will give a reminder that
Select the Collision/Detection Auto Collision Preparation Adaptive Cruise Control provides
Systems menu and the following when it has brought the vehicle to a
may display: This feature will turn on or off the complete stop behind another
Forward Collision Alert feature as stopping vehicle, and then that
. Alert Type well as the Automatic Braking vehicle drives on. See Adaptive
. Auto Collision Preparation capability of the Auto Collision Cruise Control on page 9-35.
Preparation feature. With the Alert
. Go Notifier and Brake setting, both Forward Select Off or On.
. Side Blind Zone Alert Collision Alert as well as the Side Blind Zone Alert
. Rear Cross Traffic Alert Automatic Braking capability of the
Auto Collision Preparation feature This allows the feature to be turned
are available. The Alert setting on or off. See Side Blind Zone Alert
disables most automatic braking (SBZA) on page 9-52.
functions of the Auto Collision Select Off or On.
Preparation feature. Some
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Rear Cross Traffic Alert Select Off or On. Select Off or On.
Select Off or On. See Assistance Chime Volume Exit Lighting
Systems for Parking or Backing on
page 9-44. This allows the selection of the This allows the selection of how
chime volume level. long the exterior lamps stay on
Comfort and Convenience Press + or − to adjust the volume. when leaving the vehicle when it is
Select and the following may be dark outside.
displayed: Reverse Tilt Mirror Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60
. Auto Memory Recall This allows the feature to be turned Seconds, or 120 Seconds.
on or off.
. Easy Exit Options Auto High Beam
Select Off, On - Driver and
. Chime Volume Passenger, On - Driver, or On - This allows the feature to be turned
Passenger. on or off. See “IntelliBeam System”
. Reverse Tilt Mirror in Exterior Lamp Controls on
Auto Memory Recall Lighting page 6-1.
This feature moves the seat Select and the following may be Select On or Off. On some vehicles
rearward automatically allowing the displayed: select Off, Normal Sensitivity,
driver more room to exit the vehicle. . Vehicle Locator Lights or Low Sensitivity.
See Memory Seats on page 3-6. Power Door Locks
. Exit Lighting
Select Off, On - Driver Door Open, Select and the following may be
or On - At ignition On.
. Auto High Beam
displayed:
Easy Exit Options Vehicle Locator Lights . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
This feature moves the seat This feature will flash the exterior . Auto Door Unlock
rearward automatically allowing the lamps when K on the Remote
driver more room to exit the vehicle. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
. Delayed Door Lock
See Memory Seats on page 3-6. pressed to locate the vehicle.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

. Remote Door Unlock Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
When on, this feature will keep the
. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats If equipped and turned on, this
driver door from locking when the . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats feature will turn the ventilated seats
door is open. If Off is selected, the on when using remote start on
Delayed Door Lock menu will be
. Passive Door Unlock warm days.
available. . Passive Door Lock Select Off or On.
Select Off or On. . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Auto Door Unlock Remote Unlock Light Feedback If equipped and turned on, this
This allows selection of which of the When on, the exterior lamps will feature will turn the heated seats on
doors will automatically unlock when flash when unlocking the vehicle when using remote start on
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). with the RKE transmitter. cold days.
Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Select Off or On. Select Off or On.
Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback Passive Door Unlock
When on, this feature will delay the This allows selection of what type of This allows the selection of what
locking of the doors. To override the feedback is given when locking the doors will unlock when using the
delay, press the power door lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter. button on the driver door to unlock
switch on the door. the vehicle.
Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Select Off or On. Only, or Horn Only. Select All Doors or Driver Door.
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Remote Door Unlock Passive Door Lock
Select and the following may be This allows selection of which doors This feature can be turned on or off,
displayed: will unlock when pressing K on the or can be used to select feedback
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback RKE transmitter. when using the button on the driver
. Remote Lock Feedback Select All Doors or Driver Door.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
door to lock the vehicle. See Device Management Confidence Threshold

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Select to connect to a different This feature allows the adjustment
System Operation on page 2-3. phone source, disconnect a phone, of the sensitivity of the speech
Select Off, On with Horn or delete a phone. recognition system.
Chirp, or On. Select Confirm More or
Ringtones
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Confirm Less.
Press to change the ring tone for
This feature sounds an alert when the specific phone. The phone does Prompt Length
the RKE transmitter is left in the not need to be connected to change This feature adjusts the voice
vehicle. the ring. prompt length.
Select Off or On. Voice Mail Numbers Select Short or Long.
Bluetooth This feature displays the voice mail Audio Feedback Speed
number for all connected phones.
Select and the following may be This feature adjusts the audio
To change the voice mail number,
displayed: feedback speed.
select EDIT or press the EDIT
. Pair New Device button. Type a new number, then Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.
. Device Management select SAVE or press the SAVE
button. Display
. Ringtones
Voice Select and the following may be
. Voice Mail Numbers displayed:
Select and the following may be
Pair New Device displayed:
. Mode
Select to pair a new device. See . Confidence Threshold
. Calibrate Touchscreen
“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls” . Turn Display Off
. Prompt Length
under “Bluetooth” in the infotainment
manual. . Audio Feedback Speed
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Mode Rear Park Assist Symbols Software Information

Select to change the display screen Select to turn Off or On. See Select to view the infotainment
for day or night driving. Assistance Systems for Parking or system current software information.
Select Auto, Day, or Night. Backing on page 9-44.
Calibrate Touchscreen Return to Factory Settings

Select to calibrate the touchscreen, Select and the following may be
then follow the prompts. displayed:
. Restore Vehicle Settings
Turn Display Off
. Clear All Private Data
Select to turn the display off. Press
anywhere on the display area or any . Restore Radio Settings
faceplate button to turn the
Restore Vehicle Settings
display on.
This allows selection of restoring
Rear Camera vehicle settings.
Select and the following may be Select Cancel or Restore.
displayed:
Clear All Private Data
. Guidance Lines
This allows selection to clear all
. Rear Park Assist Symbols private information from the vehicle.
Guidance Lines Select Cancel or Delete.
Select to turn Off or On. See Restore Radio Settings
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing on page 9-44. This allows selection to restore
radio settings.
Select Cancel or Restore.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Universal Remote Do not use the Universal Remote Make sure the hand-held transmitter
system with any garage door opener has a new battery for quick and
System that does not have the stop and accurate transmission of the
reverse feature. This includes any radio-frequency signal.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
garage door opener model
page 13-12. Programming the Universal
manufactured before April 1, 1982.
Remote System
Universal Remote System Read these instructions completely
For questions or help programming
before programming the Universal
Programming Remote system. It may help to have the Universal Remote system, call
another person assist with the 1-800-355-3515 or see
programming process. www.homelink.com.
Keep the original hand-held Programming involves
transmitter for use in other vehicles time-sensitive actions, and may time
as well as for future programming. out causing the procedure to be
Erase the programming when repeated.
vehicle ownership is terminated. To program up to three devices:
If equipped, these buttons are in the See “Erasing Universal Remote
overhead console. System Buttons” later in this 1. Hold the end of the hand-held
section. transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to
This system can replace up to three 3 in) away from the Universal
remote control transmitters used to To program a garage door opener, Remote system buttons with the
activate devices such as garage park outside directly in line with and indicator light in view. The
door openers, security systems, and facing the garage door opener hand-held transmitter was
home automation devices. These receiver. Clear all people and supplied by the manufacturer of
instructions refer to a garage door objects near the garage door. the garage door opener receiver.
opener, but can be used for other
devices.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
2. At the same time, press and programming is complete.

hold both the hand-held There is no need to
transmitter button and one of the complete Steps 4–6.
three Universal Remote system . If the indicator light does
buttons to be used to operate not come on or the garage
the garage door. Do not release door does not move, a
either button until the indicator second button press may
light changes from a slow to a be required. For a second
rapid flash. Then release both time, press and hold the
buttons. Learn or Smart Button
newly programmed button
Some garage door openers may for five seconds. If the light 4. After completing Steps 1–3,
require substitution of Step 2 stays on or the garage door locate the Learn or Smart button
with the procedure under “Radio moves, programming is inside garage on the garage
Signals for Canada and Some complete. door opener receiver. The name
Gate Operators” later in this and color of the button may vary
. If the indicator light blinks
section. by manufacturer.
rapidly for two seconds,
3. Press and hold the newly then changes to a solid light 5. Press and release the Learn or
programmed Universal Remote and the garage door does Smart button. Step 6 must be
system button for five seconds not move, continue with completed within 30 seconds of
while watching the indicator light programming Steps 4–6. pressing this button.
and garage door activation. 6. Inside the vehicle, press and
. If the indicator light stays on hold the newly programmed
continuously or the garage Universal Remote system button
door moves when the for two seconds and then
button is pressed, then release it. If the garage door
does not move or the lamp on
the garage door opener receiver
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
does not flash, press and hold enough for the Universal Remote Universal Remote System
the same button a second time system to pick up the signal during
for two seconds, then release it. programming.
Operation
Again, if the door does not move If the programming did not work, Using the Universal Remote
or the garage door lamp does replace Step 2 under “Programming System
not flash, press and hold the the Universal Remote System” with
same button a third time for Press and hold the appropriate
the following: Universal Remote system button for
two seconds, then release it.
Press and hold the Universal at least one-half second. The
The Universal Remote system Remote system button while indicator light will come on while the
should now activate the pressing and releasing the signal is being transmitted.
garage door. hand-held transmitter button every
Repeat the process for two seconds until the signal has Erasing Universal Remote
programming the two remaining been successfully accepted by the System Buttons
buttons. Universal Remote system. The Erase all programmed buttons when
Universal Remote system indicator vehicle ownership is terminated.
Radio Signals for Canada and light will flash slowly at first and then
Some Gate Operators rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under To erase:
For questions or programming help “Programming the Universal Remote 1. Press and hold the two outside
call 1-800-355-3515 or see System” to complete. buttons until the indicator light
www.homelink.com. begins to flash. This should take
about 10 seconds.
Canadian radio-frequency laws and
some U.S. gate operators require 2. Release both buttons.
transmitter signals to time out or quit
after several seconds of
transmission. This may not be long
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Reprogramming a Single
Universal Remote System
Button
To reprogram any of the system
buttons:
1. Press and hold any one of the
buttons. Do not release the
button.
2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 under “Programming
the Universal Remote System.”
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
2 NOTES
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Interior Lighting

Instrument Panel Illumination
Exterior Lighting
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Lighting Features
Daytime Running Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Adaptive Forward Battery Load Management . . . . 6-9
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Battery Power Protection . . . . 6-10
Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Exterior Lighting Battery
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-6 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 This control is on the instrument
Turn and Lane-Change
panel to the left of the steering
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
column.
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Turn the control to the following
positions:
O (Off): Briefly turn to this position
to turn the automatic light control off
or on again.
AUTO (Automatic): Automatically
turns the exterior lamps on and off,
depending on outside lighting.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
6-2 Lighting
; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the Keep this area of the windshield

parking lamps including all lamps, clear of debris to allow for best
except the headlamps. system performance.
3 (Headlamps): Turns on the The high-beam headlamps remain
headlamps together with the parking on, under the automatic control,
lamps and instrument panel lights. until one of the following situations
A warning chime sounds if the driver This light comes on in the occurs:
door is opened when the ignition instrument cluster when the . The system detects an
switch is off and the headlamps IntelliBeam system is enabled.
approaching vehicle's
are on. Turning On and Enabling headlamps.
# (Front Fog Lamps, If IntelliBeam . The system detects a preceding
Equipped): Press to turn the lamps To enable the IntelliBeam system, vehicle's taillamps.
on or off. with the turn signal lever in the . The outside light is bright
See Front Fog Lamps on page 6-6. neutral position, turn the exterior enough that high-beam
lamp control to AUTO. The blue headlamps are not required.
IntelliBeam® System high-beam on light appears on the
. The vehicle's speed drops below
If equipped, this system turns the instrument cluster when the high
beams are on. 20 km/h (12 mph).
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on
and off according to surrounding Driving with IntelliBeam
. The IntelliBeam system can be
traffic conditions. disabled by the High/Low-Beam
The system only activates the high Changer or the Flash-to-Pass
The system turns the high-beam beams when driving over 40 km/h feature. If this happens, the
headlamps on when it is dark (25 mph). High/Low-Beam Changer must
enough and there is no other traffic
There is a sensor near the top be activated two times within
present.
center of the windshield that five seconds to reactivate the
automatically controls the system. IntelliBeam system. The
instrument cluster light will come
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Lighting 6-3
on to indicate the IntelliBeam is

. The vehicle is loaded such that
reactivated. See Headlamp the front end points upward,
High/Low-Beam Changer on causing the light sensor to aim
page 6-3 or Flash-to-Pass on high and not detect headlamps
page 6-3. and taillamps.
The high beams may not turn off
. Driving on winding or hilly roads.
automatically if the system cannot The high-beam headlamps may This indicator light turns on in the
detect another vehicle's lamps need to be disabled if any of the instrument cluster when the
because of any of the following: above conditions exist. high-beam headlamps are on.
. The other vehicle's lamps are This feature can be turned on or off
missing, damaged, obstructed in vehicle personalization. See
Flash-to-Pass
from view, or otherwise Vehicle Personalization on The flash-to-pass feature works with
undetected. page 5-39. the low beams or Daytime Running
. The other vehicle's lamps are Lamps (DRL) on or off.
covered with dirt, snow, and/or Headlamp High/ To flash the high beams, pull the
road spray. Low-Beam Changer turn signal lever all the way toward
. The other vehicle's lamps cannot you, then release it.
Push the turn signal lever away
be detected due to dense from you and release to turn the
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road high beams on. To return to low
Daytime Running
spray, mist, or other airborne beams, push the lever again or pull Lamps (DRL)
obstructions. it toward you and release. DRL can make it easier for others to
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, see the front of your vehicle during
cracked, or obstructed by the day. Fully functional DRL are
something that blocks the view required on all vehicles first sold in
of the light sensor. Canada.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
6-4 Lighting
A light sensor on top of the darkness of the surroundings. The To enable AFL, set the exterior lamp
instrument panel makes the DRL other lamps that come on with the control to the AUTO position.
work, so be sure it is not covered. headlamps will also come on. Moving the control out of the AUTO
The DRL system makes the When it is bright enough outside, position will deactivate the system.
low-beam headlamps come on at a the headlamps go off and the DRL AFL will operate when the vehicle
reduced brightness or for vehicles come on. speed is greater than 3 km/h
with High Intensity Discharge (HID) (2 mph). AFL will not operate when
To turn the DRL lamps off or on the transmission is in R (Reverse).
headlamps, the DRL lights will come again, turn the exterior lamp control
on when the following conditions AFL is not immediately operable
to the off position and then release. after starting the vehicle. Driving a
are met: For vehicles first sold in Canada, short distance is required to
. The ignition is in the ON/ the DRL cannot be turned off. calibrate the AFL. See Exterior
RUN mode. This vehicle may have a DRL Lamp Controls on page 6-1.
. The exterior lamp control is disabling function. When the DRL Curve Lighting
in AUTO. are on and a turn signal is activated,
the DRL on that side will be off until The light beam pivots based on the
. The engine is running. steering wheel position and vehicle
the turn signal goes off.
. The vehicle is not in P (Park). speed of at least 10 km/h (6 mph).
Adaptive Forward The headlamps shine at an angle of
When the DRL are on, only the up to 15 degrees to the right or left
low-beam headlamps, at a reduced Lighting (AFL) of the direction of travel.
level of brightness, will be on. The
high-beam headlamps, taillamps, For vehicles with uplevel
sidemarker, instrument panel lamps, headlamps, the Adaptive Forward
and other lamps will not be on. Lighting System (AFL) adjusts the
headlamps to provide greater road
The headlamps automatically illumination in various driving
change from DRL to the regular conditions.
headlamps depending on the
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Lighting 6-5
. When it is bright enough outside,
Twilight Sentinel the headlamps go off, and the
Twilight Sentinel also provides
exterior illumination when exiting the
DRL come on, as long as the vehicle until one of the following
exterior lamp control is in the occurs:
AUTO position. See Exterior .
Lamp Controls on page 6-1. The exterior lamp control is
moved to P from the AUTO
If the vehicle is started in a dark
garage, the automatic headlamp position or to ;.
system comes on immediately. If it . The delay time selected has
is light outside when the vehicle elapsed.
leaves the garage, there is a slight
delay before the automatic See Vehicle Personalization on
This feature automatically turns the page 5-39 to select the delay time.
lamps on and off. A light sensor on headlamp system changes to the
DRL. During that delay, the You can also select no delay time.
top of the instrument panel makes
the Twilight Sentinel® work, so be instrument cluster may not be as If the ignition is turned off with the
sure it is not covered. bright as usual. Make sure the exterior lamp control in the parking
instrument panel brightness control lamp or headlamp position, the
With Twilight Sentinel the following is in full bright position. See Twilight Sentinel delay will not
will happen: Instrument Panel Illumination occur. The lamps will turn off as
. When it is dark enough outside, Control on page 6-7. soon as the control is turned off.
and the exterior lamp control is The vehicle can be idled with the The regular headlamp system
in the AUTO position, the lamps off, even when it is dark should be turned on when needed.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) outside. After starting the vehicle,
go off, and the headlamps and
turn the exterior lamps control to P,
Lights On with Wipers
parking lamps come on. The
then release it. The lamps will If the windshield wipers are
other lamps that come on with
remain off until the control is turned activated in daylight with the engine
the headlamps also come on.
to P again. on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
6-6 Lighting
lamps, and other exterior lamps This warns others that you are If after signaling a turn or lane
come on. The transition time for the having trouble. Press again to turn change the arrow flashes rapidly or
lamps coming on varies based on the flashers off. does not come on, a signal bulb
wiper speed. When the wipers are may be burned out.
not operating, these lamps turn off. Turn and Lane-Change Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
Move the exterior lamp control to P Signals bulb is not burned out, check the
or ; to disable this feature. fuse. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers on page 10-33.
Hazard Warning Flashers
Front Fog Lamps
Move the lever all the way up or

down to signal a turn.
An arrow on the instrument cluster
will flash in the direction of the turn
or lane change. The front fog lamp button is on the
exterior lamp control on the
Raise or lower the lever until the outboard side of the steering wheel.
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
| (Hazard Warning Flashers): change. The turn signal flashes The ignition must be on to turn on
Press this button on the instrument the fog lamps.
three times.
panel to make the front and rear
turn signal lamps flash on and off. The lever returns to its starting
position when it is released.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Lighting 6-7
# (Front Fog Lamps): Press to Interior Lighting The brightness of the displays
turn the fog lamps on or off. An automatically adjusts based on
indicator light on the instrument outdoor lighting. The instrument
cluster comes on when the fog
Instrument Panel panel illumination control will set the
lamps are on. Illumination Control lowest level to which the displays
will automatically be adjusted.
The fog lamps come on together
with the parking lamps.
Cargo Lamp
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on The cargo lamp is located in the
along with the fog lamps. rear compartment and is controlled
by the dome lamp. See Dome
Lamps on page 6-8.
Courtesy Lamps
The brightness of the instrument The courtesy lamps come on
panel lights and steering wheel automatically when any door is
controls can be adjusted. opened and the dome lamp is in the
D (Instrument Panel door position.
Brightness): Move and hold the
thumbwheel up or down to brighten
or dim the lights.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
6-8 Lighting
Dome Lamps Reading Lamps Lighting Features

There are reading lamps in the
overhead console and over the rear Entry Lighting
passenger doors. These lamps The headlamps, taillamps, license
come on automatically when any plate lamps, dome lamps, and most
door is opened. of the interior lights turn on briefly at
To manually turn the reading lamps night, or in areas with limited
on or off: lighting, when K is pressed on the
. Press m or n next to each Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
overhead console reading lamp. transmitter. After about 30 seconds
the exterior lamps turn off, and then
. Press the lamp lens on the rear the dome and remaining interior
passenger reading lamps. lights dim to off. The entry lighting
can be manually turned off by
To change the dome lamp settings,
changing the ignition out of the off
press the following:
position, or by pressing Q on the
* (Dome Lamp Override): Turns RKE transmitter.
the lamp off, even when a door
is open. This feature can be changed. See
1 (Door): The lamp comes on page 5-39.
when a door is opened.
+ (On): Turns the dome lamp on. Exit Lighting
The headlamps, taillamps, parking
lamps, and license plate lamps
come on at night, or in areas with
limited lighting, when a door is
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Lighting 6-9
opened after the ignition is turned When the battery's state of charge EPM works to prevent excessive
off. The dome lamps also come on is low, the voltage is raised slightly discharge of the battery. It does this
when the driver door is opened after to quickly bring the charge back up. by balancing the generator's output
the ignition is changed to the off When the state of charge is high, and the vehicle's electrical needs.
position. the voltage is lowered slightly to It can increase engine idle speed to
The exterior lamps and dome lamp prevent overcharging. If the vehicle generate more power whenever
remain on after the door is closed has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage needed. It can temporarily reduce
for a set amount of time, then display on the Driver Information the power demands of some
automatically turn off. Center (DIC), you may see the accessories.
voltage move up or down. This is Normally, these actions occur in
The exterior lamps turn off normal. If there is a problem, an
immediately by turning the exterior steps or levels, without being
alert will be displayed. noticeable. In rare cases at the
lamps control to off.
The battery can be discharged at highest levels of corrective action,
This feature can be changed. See idle if the electrical loads are very this action may be noticeable to the
Vehicle Personalization on high. This is true for all vehicles. driver. If so, a DIC message might
page 5-39. This is because the generator be displayed and it is recommended
(alternator) may not be spinning fast that the driver reduce the electrical
Battery Load enough at idle to produce all of the loads as much as possible. See
Management power needed for very high Battery Voltage and Charging
electrical loads. Messages on page 5-28.
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM) that estimates A high electrical load occurs when
the battery's temperature and state several of the following are on, such
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage as: headlamps, high beams, fog
for best performance and extended lamps, rear window defogger,
life of the battery. climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
trailer loads, and loads plugged into
accessory power outlets.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
6-10 Lighting
Battery Power Protection Exterior Lighting Battery

The battery saver feature is Saver
designed to protect the vehicle's The exterior lamps turn off about
battery. 10 minutes after the ignition is
If some interior lamps are left on turned off, if the parking lamps or
and the ignition is turned off, the headlamps have been manually left
battery rundown protection system on. This protects against draining
automatically turns the lamp off after the battery. To restart the 10-minute
some time. timer, turn the exterior lamp control
to the off position and then back to
the parking lamp or headlamp
position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be in
the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment Introduction
System Infotainment
See the infotainment manual for
Introduction information on the radio, audio
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 players, phone, navigation system,
and voice or speech recognition.
It also includes information on
settings and downloadable
applications (if equipped).
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
7-2 Infotainment System
2 NOTES
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control System
Climate Control Systems The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the
Dual Automatic Climate Control
heating, cooling, and ventilation.
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Climate Control Buttons
1. Driver and Passenger 4. Driver and Passenger Heated

Temperature Controls and Ventilated Seats (If
2. Fan Control Equipped)
3. OFF (Fan) 5. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

6. Defrost
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
8-2 Climate Controls
7. Rear Window Defogger 4. SYNC (Synchronized Climate Control Status Screen

8. Recirculation Temperature)
5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)
6. Climate Control Selection
(Application Tray Button)
7. Rear (Rear Climate Control
Touch Screen)
8. Air Delivery Mode Control
Climate Control Touch Screen
The fan, air delivery mode, air
conditioning, driver and passenger
temperatures and SYNC settings
can be controlled by pressing The climate control status screen
Climate Touch Screen Controls
CLIMATE on the infotainment home appears briefly when the climate
1. Outside Temperature Display screen or the climate button in the control buttons on the faceplate are
2. Driver and Passenger touch screen application tray. adjusted. The air delivery mode can
Temperature Controls A selection can then be made on be adjusted on the climate control
the front climate control page status screen.
3. Fan Control displayed. See the infotainment
Automatic Operation
manual.
The system automatically controls
the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation in
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
When the indicator light is on or OFF (Fan): Press to turn the fan on Manual Operation
AUTO is displayed on the touch or off. The temperature control and z 9 or 9 y (Fan Control):
screen, the system is in full air delivery mode can still be Press the fan control buttons or the
automatic operation. If the air adjusted. touch screen fan control, to increase
delivery mode or fan setting is w / x (Driver and Passenger or decrease the fan speed. Press
manually adjusted, the auto Temperature Controls): The and hold the buttons or the touch
indicator turns off and the display temperature can be adjusted screen control to adjust speed more
will show the selected settings. Auto separately for the driver and the quickly. The fan speed setting
operation can be turned off passenger. Press to increase or displays. Pressing either button
individually for climate settings. decrease the temperature. Press cancels automatic fan control and
For automatic operation: and hold to rapidly increase or the fan can be controlled manually.
1. Press AUTO. decrease the temperature. Press AUTO to return to automatic
The driver and passenger operation. To turn off the fan and
2. Set the temperature. Allow the climate control system, press and
system time to stabilize. Then temperatures can also be adjusted
by pressing the controls on the hold the fan down button or touch
adjust the temperature as screen fan control until it is off.
needed for best comfort. touch screen.
SYNC (Synchronized Air Delivery Mode Control: When
To improve fuel efficiency and to the climate information is displayed,
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation Temperature): Press SYNC on the
touch screen to link all climate zone press the desired air delivery mode
may be automatically selected in on the touch screen to change the
warm weather. The recirculation settings to the driver settings. Adjust
the driver side temperature control direction of the airflow. The selected
light will not come on. Press ^ to change the linked temperature. air delivery mode button is lit.
to select recirculation; press it again When the passenger settings are Pressing any of the air delivery
to select outside air. adjusted, the SYNC button is buttons cancels automatic air
displayed when the temperatures delivery control and the direction of
are unlinked. the airflow can be controlled
manually. Press AUTO to return to
automatic operation.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
To change the current mode, select Press AUTO to return to automatic ^ (Recirculation): Press to
one of the following: operation and the air conditioner alternate between recirculating air
Y (Vent): Air is directed to the runs as needed. inside the vehicle or pulling in
instrument panel outlets. Automatic Air Recirculation: outside air. The indicator light on the
When the AUTO indicator light is button is lit when recirculation mode
\ (Bi-Level): Air is divided
on, the air inside the vehicle may is active. This helps to quickly cool
between the instrument panel the air inside the vehicle or reduce
outlets and the floor outlets. automatically recirculate as needed
to help quickly cool the inside of the the outside air and odors that may
[ (Floor): Air is directed to the vehicle. enter.
floor outlets. Pressing this button cancels
If equipped, an air quality sensor
- (Defog): Clears the windows of may also activate recirculation when automatic recirculation. Press AUTO
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the it detects increasing levels of poor to return to automatic operation;
windshield and floor outlets. quality air outside the vehicle. The recirculation runs automatically as
air quality sensor will not maintain needed.
0 (Defrost): Clears the
windshield of fog or frost more recirculation for an extended period Manual recirculation mode is not
quickly. Air is directed to the and may not activate during cold available when in Defrost or Defog
weather. To adjust the sensitivity of modes.
windshield. Press the 0 button to
the air quality sensor, see “Climate
turn on or off. Changing the air and Air Quality” under Vehicle Auto Defog: The climate control
delivery mode also turns the Personalization on page 5-39. system may have a sensor to
defrost off. automatically detect high humidity
The air quality sensor system does inside the vehicle. When high
AC Mode (Air Conditioning): not protect against carbon monoxide
Press the AC Mode touch screen humidity is detected, the climate
(CO), which cannot be seen or control system may adjust to
control to turn the automatic air smelled. See Engine Exhaust on
conditioning on or off. If the fan is outside air supply and turn on the
page 9-21. air conditioner. If the climate control
turned off or the outside
temperature falls below freezing, the system does not detect possible
air conditioner will not run. window fogging, it returns to normal
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
operation. To turn Auto Defog off or settings to heat or cool the inside of
on, see “Climate and Air Quality” { Caution the vehicle. The rear defog may
under Vehicle Personalization on come on during remote start based
page 5-39. Do not try to clear frost or other on cold ambient conditions. The
material from the inside of the rear defog indicator light does not
Rear Window Defogger front windshield and rear window come on during a remote start. If the
= (Rear Window Defogger): with a razor blade or anything vehicle has heated or ventilated
Press to turn the rear window else that is sharp. This may seats, they may come on during a
defogger on or off. An indicator light damage the rear window remote start. See Remote Vehicle
on the button comes on to show that defogger grid and affect the Start on page 2-9 and Heated and
the rear window defogger is on. radio's ability to pick up stations Ventilated Seats on page 1-8.
clearly. The repairs would not be The rear window defogger turns on
The rear window defogger can be
covered by the vehicle warranty. if it is cold outside.
set to automatic operation. See
“Climate and Air Quality” under
Vehicle Personalization on Driver and Passenger Heated and
Sensor
page 5-39. When Auto Rear Defog Ventilated Seats (If Equipped): The solar sensor, located on top of
is selected, the rear window Press J or z to heat the driver or the instrument panel near the
defogger turns on automatically passenger seat cushion and windshield, monitors the solar heat.
when the interior temperature is cold seatback. The climate control system uses the
and the outside temperature is sensor information to adjust the
about 4°C (40°F) and below. Press C or { to ventilate the driver temperature, fan speed,
The heated outside mirrors turn on or passenger seat. See Heated and recirculation, and air delivery mode
when the rear window defogger Ventilated Seats on page 1-8. for best comfort.
button is on and help to clear fog or Remote Start Climate Control If the sensor is covered, the
frost from the surface of the mirrors. Operation: If equipped, the climate automatic climate control system
control system may run when the may not work properly.
vehicle is started remotely. The
system uses the driver’s previous
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Rear Climate Control 5. O (On/Off) 6. Rear AUTO (Automatic

Operation)
System 6. TEMP (Temperature Control)
7. Front (Front Climate Control
If equipped with a rear climate Touch Screen)
control system, the settings can be
adjusted with the rear climate 8. Rear Control Lockout
control buttons and the touch 9. Air Delivery Mode Control
screen.
Rear: Press this button on the front
climate control touch screen to open
the rear climate control screen. The
rear climate control settings can
now be adjusted from the front
passenger area.
O (On/Off): Press O or REAR O to
Rear Climate Touch Screen turn the rear climate control on or
Controls off. The rear climate control system
can also be turned off by pressing
1. Outside Temperature Display the fan down button until the system
2. Rear Climate Temperature turns off. If the rear climate control
Rear Climate Control Buttons Control is turned off using REAR O on the
3. Fan Control touch screen, the O button on the
1. Heated Rear Seats (If Equipped)
rear climate control faceplate must
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 4. SYNC (Synchronized
be pressed twice to turn the system
Temperatures)
3. Air Delivery Mode Control back on.
4. Fan Control
5. REAR O (On/Off)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
SYNC: Press the SYNC button on Manual Operation Air Vents

the touch screen to match the rear S A T (Fan Control): Press
climate control temperature to the Move the sliding knob on the air
briefly or press and hold the rear
front climate control driver outlets up and down or left and right
climate control buttons or touch
temperature. The SYNC button will to direct the airflow. Use the
screen to increase or decrease the
be lit. Press the TEMP, MODE, thumbwheels near the air outlets to
or AUTO button twice to unlink the airflow. Pressing A T when the open or close off the airflow.
set driver and rear temperatures. system is off will turn the system on.
The air delivery mode remains in its Operation Tips
The SYNC button turns off.
previous setting. . Clear away any ice, snow,
Rear Control Lockout: Press to
+/− (Temperature Control): Press or leaves from air inlets at the
lock or unlock control of the rear
briefly or press and hold the rear base of the windshield that could
climate control system from the rear
temperature control buttons or touch block the flow of air into the
seat passengers. When locked the
screen to adjust the rear passenger vehicle.
rear climate control can only be
adjusted from the front seat. temperature. Press + for warmer air . Keep the path under the front
and press − for cooler air. seats clear of objects to help
Automatic Operation circulate the air inside the
Y / \ /Y (Air Delivery Mode
Rear AUTO: Press to turn on or off. Control): Press the desired mode vehicle more effectively.
The air delivery and fan speed are button on the touch screen or the . Use of non‐GM approved hood
controlled automatically. The AUTO MODE button on the rear faceplate deflectors can adversely affect
indicator appears on the display. to change the direction of the airflow the performance of the system.
If any of the climate control settings in the rear seating area. Check with your dealer before
are manually adjusted, this cancels adding equipment to the outside
full automatic operation. M or L (Heated Rear Seats, If
Equipped): Press M or L to heat of the vehicle.
. Do not insert any objects in the
the left or right outboard seat
cushion and seatback. See Heated outlets, as failure of the
Rear Seats on page 3-11. mechanism may occur.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Maintenance 5. Remove the old air filter.

6. Install the new air filter.
Passenger Compartment 7. Close the service door and
Air Filter latches.
The filter reduces the dust, pollen, 8. Reinstall the upper portion of the
and other airborne irritants from glove box.
outside air that is pulled into the See your dealer if additional
vehicle. assistance is needed.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance,
see Maintenance Schedule on 4. Release the latch holding the
page 11-3. To find out what type of service door. Lower the
filter to use, see Maintenance service door.
Replacement Parts on page 11-13.
1. Open the glove box completely
and remove the four screws
along the upper portion of the
glove box.
2. When released, lower the upper
portion of the glove box.
3. Locate the service door for the
passenger compartment air filter.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Retained Accessory

Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Operating Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . .
9-19
9-20
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . 9-32
Parking over Things Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . 9-32
Driving Information That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Cruise Control
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Engine Exhaust Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21 Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . 9-35
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Running the Vehicle While
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 Driver Assistance Systems
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Driver Assistance
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Automatic Transmission Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-22 Assistance Systems for
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24 Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . 9-25 Assistance Systems for
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-6 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Drive Systems Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-9 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Brakes Active Emergency Braking
Antilock Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
Starting and Operating Side Blind Zone
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-14 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
Adjustable Throttle and Brake Lane Departure
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . 9-29 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Starting the Gasoline Fuel
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18 California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
9-2 Driving and Operating
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-57

. Designate a front seat
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58 distractions.
Filling a Portable Fuel Distracted Driving . Become familiar with vehicle
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Trailer Towing and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
General Towing
judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60
Driving Characteristics and activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60 from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-63 governments have enacted laws driving.
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-66 regarding driver distraction. Become . Wait until the vehicle is parked
Trailer Sway familiar with the local laws in
to retrieve items that have fallen
Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67 your area.
to the floor.
To avoid distracted driving, always
Conversions and Add-Ons . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
keep your eyes on the road, hands
Add-On Electrical to children.
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-68 . Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in
carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations
place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a
phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14

. Allow enough following distance
Control of a Vehicle
{ Warning between you and the driver in
front of you. Braking, steering, and accelerating
Taking your eyes off the road too are important factors in helping to
. Focus on the task of driving.
long or too often could cause a control a vehicle while driving.
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving. Drunk Driving Braking
Death and injury associated with
Braking action involves perception
Refer to the infotainment manual for drinking and driving is a global
time and reaction time. Deciding to
more information on using that tragedy.
push the brake pedal is perception
system, including pairing and using time. Actually doing it is
a cell phone { Warning reaction time.
Drinking and then driving is very Average driver reaction time is
Defensive Driving dangerous. Your reflexes, about three-quarters of a second. In
Defensive driving means “always perceptions, attentiveness, and that time, a vehicle moving at
expect the unexpected.” The first judgment can be affected by even 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
step in driving defensively is to wear a small amount of alcohol. You (66 ft), which could be a lot of
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on can have a serious — or even distance in an emergency.
page 3-12. fatal — collision if you drive after Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
. Assume that other road users drinking. include:
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and Do not drink and drive or ride with . Keep enough distance between
other drivers) are going to be you and the vehicle in front
a driver who has been drinking.
careless and make mistakes. of you.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready. with a group, designate a driver . Avoid needless heavy braking.
who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
If the engine ever stops while the Steering in Emergencies

vehicle is being driven, brake { Caution . There are some situations when
normally but do not pump the
If the steering wheel is turned steering around a problem may
brakes. Doing so could make the
until it reaches the end of its be more effective than braking.
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some travel, and is held in that position . Holding both sides of the
power brake assist but it will be for more than 15 seconds, steering wheel allows you to turn
used when the brake is applied. damage may occur to the power 180 degrees without removing
Once the power assist is used up, it steering system and there may be a hand.
can take longer to stop and the loss of power steering assist. . Antilock Brake System (ABS)
brake pedal will be harder to push. allows steering while braking.
Curve Tips
Steering Off-Road Recovery
. Take curves at a reasonable
Hydraulic Power Steering speed.
This vehicle has hydraulic power . Reduce speed before entering a
steering. It may require curve.
maintenance. See Power Steering . Maintain a reasonable steady
Fluid on page 10-18.
speed through the curve.
If power steering assist is lost . Wait until the vehicle is out of
because the engine stops or
the curve before accelerating
because of a system malfunction,
gently into the straightaway.
the vehicle can be steered but may
require increased effort. See your
dealer if there is a problem.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
The vehicle's right wheels can drop

. Steering or Cornering Skid — material on the road. Learn to
off the edge of a road onto the too much speed or steering in a recognize warning clues — such
shoulder while driving. Follow curve causes tires to slip and as enough water, ice, or packed
these tips: lose cornering force. snow on the road to make a
1. Ease off the accelerator and
. Acceleration Skid — too much mirrored surface — and slow
then, if there is nothing in the throttle causes the driving down when you have any doubt.
way, steer the vehicle so that it wheels to spin. . Try to avoid sudden steering,
straddles the edge of the Defensive drivers avoid most skids acceleration, or braking,
pavement. by taking reasonable care suited to including reducing vehicle speed
2. Turn the steering wheel about existing conditions, and by not by shifting to a lower gear. Any
one-eighth of a turn, until the overdriving those conditions. But sudden changes could cause
right front tire contacts the skids are always possible. the tires to slide.
pavement edge. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow Remember: Antilock brakes help
3. Turn the steering wheel to go these suggestions: avoid only the braking skid.
straight down the roadway. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
Driving on Wet Roads
Loss of Control way you want the vehicle to go. Rain and wet roads can reduce
The vehicle may straighten out. vehicle traction and affect your
Skidding Be ready for a second skid if it ability to stop and accelerate.
There are three types of skids that occurs. Always drive slower in these types
correspond to the vehicle's three . Slow down and adjust your of driving conditions and avoid
control systems: driving according to weather driving through large puddles and
. conditions. Stopping distance deep‐standing or flowing water.
Braking Skid — wheels are not
rolling. can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Hydroplaning
. Turn off cruise control.
{ Warning Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water Hill and Mountain Roads
Wet brakes can cause crashes. can build up under the vehicle's
They might not work as well in a tires so they actually ride on the Driving on steep hills or through
quick stop and could cause water. This can happen if the road is mountains is different than driving
pulling to one side. You could wet enough and you are going fast on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for
lose control of the vehicle. enough. When the vehicle is driving in these conditions include:
hydroplaning, it has little or no . Keep the vehicle serviced and in
After driving through a large contact with the road. good shape.
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake There is no hard and fast rule about . Check all fluid levels and brakes,
hydroplaning. The best advice is to tires, cooling system, and
pedal until the brakes work
slow down when the road is wet. transmission.
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates Other Rainy Weather Tips . Shift to a lower gear when going
strong forces. Driving through Besides slowing down, other wet down steep or long hills.
flowing water could cause the weather driving tips include:
vehicle to be carried away. If this . Allow extra following distance.
{ Warning
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
. Pass with caution. Using the brakes to slow the
ignore police warnings and be vehicle on a long downhill slope
. Keep windshield wiping
very cautious about trying to drive equipment in good shape. can cause brake overheating, can
through flowing water. reduce brake performance, and
. Keep the windshield washer fluid could result in a loss of braking.
reservoir filled. Shift the transmission to a lower
. Have good tires with proper gear to let the engine assist the
tread depth. See Tires on brakes on a steep downhill slope.
page 10-41.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Winter Driving The Antilock Brake System (ABS)

{ Warning improves vehicle stability during
Driving on Snow or Ice hard stops on slippery roads, but
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) apply the brakes sooner than when
or with the ignition off is Drive carefully when there is snow
or ice between the tires and the on dry pavement.
dangerous. This can cause
overheating of the brakes and road, creating less traction or grip. Allow greater following distance on
loss of steering. Always have the Wet ice can occur at about 0°C any slippery road and watch for
(32°F) when freezing rain begins to slippery spots. Icy patches can
engine running and the vehicle
fall, resulting in even less traction. occur on otherwise clear roads in
in gear.
Avoid driving on wet ice or in shaded areas. The surface of a
freezing rain until roads can be curve or an overpass can remain icy
. Stay in your own lane. Do not treated with salt or sand. when the surrounding roads are
swing wide or cut across the Drive with caution, whatever the clear. Avoid sudden steering
center of the road. Drive at condition. Accelerate gently so maneuvers and braking while
speeds that let you stay in your traction is not lost. Accelerating too on ice.
own lane. quickly causes the wheels to spin See Antilock Brake System (ABS)
. Be alert on top of hills; and makes the surface under the on page 9-26.
something could be in your lane tires slick, so there is even less
Turn off cruise control on slippery
(stalled car, accident). traction.
surfaces.
. Pay attention to special road If equipped, Traction Control should
signs (falling rocks area, winding be turned on. See Traction Control/
roads, long grades, passing or Electronic Stability Control on
no-passing zones) and take page 9-30.
appropriate action.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Blizzard Conditions
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
Being stuck in snow can be a
serious situation. Stay with the For more information about
vehicle unless there is help nearby. If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: carbon monoxide, see Engine
If possible, use Roadside Service. Exhaust on page 9-21.
. Clear away snow from around
See Roadside Service on the base of your vehicle,
page 13-5. To get help and keep especially any that is blocking To save fuel, run the engine for only
everyone in the vehicle safe: the exhaust pipe. short periods as needed to warm
. Turn on the hazard warning . Check again from time to the vehicle and then shut the engine
flashers. time to be sure snow does off and close the window most of
not collect there. the way to save heat. Repeat this
. Tie a red cloth to an outside until help arrives but only when you
mirror. . Open a window about 5 cm feel really uncomfortable from the
(2 in) on the side of the cold. Moving about to keep warm
{ Warning vehicle that is away from the also helps.
wind to bring in fresh air.
Snow can trap engine exhaust If it takes some time for help to
. Fully open the air outlets on arrive, now and then when you run
under the vehicle. This may
or under the instrument the engine, push the accelerator
cause exhaust gases to get
panel. pedal slightly so the engine runs
inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which . Adjust the climate control faster than the idle speed. This
system to a setting that keeps the battery charged to restart
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
circulates the air inside the the vehicle and to signal for help
cause unconsciousness and even
vehicle and set the fan speed with the headlamps. Do this as little
death. as possible to save fuel.
to the highest setting. See
(Continued) “Climate Control Systems.”
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get Vehicle Load Limits
it Out
Slowly and cautiously spin the It is very important to know how
wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and much weight the vehicle can
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the carry. This weight is called the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
If stuck too severely for the traction vehicle capacity weight and
system. Shift back and forth
system to free the vehicle, turn the
between R (Reverse) and a low includes the weight of all
traction system off and use the occupants, cargo and all
forward gear, spinning the wheels
rocking method. See Traction nonfactory-installed options.
as little as possible. To prevent
Control/Electronic Stability Control Two labels on the vehicle show
transmission wear, wait until the
on page 9-30. how much weight it may
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator properly carry, the Tire and
{ Warning pedal while shifting, and press Loading Information label and
lightly on the accelerator pedal the Certification label.
If the vehicle's tires spin at high when the transmission is in gear.
speed, they can explode, and you Slowly spinning the wheels in the
or others could be injured. The forward and reverse directions { Warning
vehicle can overheat, causing an causes a rocking motion that could
engine compartment fire or other Do not load the vehicle any
free the vehicle. If that does not get
damage. Spin the wheels as little the vehicle out after a few tries, it
heavier than the Gross
as possible and avoid going might need to be towed out. If the Vehicle Weight Rating
above 56 km/h (35 mph). vehicle does need to be towed out, (GVWR), or either the
see Towing the Vehicle on maximum front or rear Gross
page 10-82. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
pillar (B-pillar). With the driver Rating (GAWR) for the front and
Warning (Continued) door open, the label is attached rear axle. See “Certification
vehicle handles. This could near the door lock post. The Tire Label” later in this section.
cause loss of control and a and Loading Information label
“Steps for Determining Correct
crash. Overloading can also shows the number of occupant
Load Limit–
shorten the life of the vehicle. seating positions (1), and the
maximum vehicle capacity 1. Locate the statement "The
weight (2) in kilograms and combined weight of
Tire and Loading Information pounds. occupants and cargo should
Label never exceed XXX kg or
The Tire and Loading
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
Information label also shows the
placard.
tire size of the original
equipment tires (3) and the 2. Determine the combined
recommended cold tire inflation weight of the driver and
pressures (4). For more passengers that will be riding
information on tires and inflation in your vehicle.
see Tires on page 10-41 and 3. Subtract the combined
Tire Pressure on page 10-48. weight of the driver and
There is also important loading passengers from XXX kg or
information on the Certification XXX lbs.
Label Example label. It tells you the Gross 4. The resulting figure equals
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) the available amount of cargo
A vehicle-specific Tire and and the Gross Axle Weight
Loading Information label is and luggage load capacity.
attached to the vehicle's center For example, if the "XXX"
amount equals 1400 lbs. and
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
there will be five 150 lb

passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150)
= 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity Example 1 Example 2
calculated in Step 4.
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
6. If your vehicle will be towing for Example 1 = 453 kg for Example 2 = 453 kg
a trailer, load from your trailer (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
will be transferred to your 2. Subtract Occupant Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Weight
vehicle. Consult this manual @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 =
to determine how this 136 kg (300 lbs). 340 kg (750 lbs).
reduces the available cargo 3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight =
and luggage load capacity of Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs).
your vehicle.” (700 lbs).
See Trailer Towing on page 9-63
for important information on
towing a trailer, towing safety
rules and trailering tips.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
seating positions. The combined Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

weight of the driver, passengers, (GVWR). The GVWR includes
and cargo should never exceed the weight of the vehicle, all
the vehicle's capacity weight. occupants, fuel, and cargo.
Certification Label The Certification/Tire label also
tells you the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR). To find out the actual
loads on the front and rear
axles, you need to go to a weigh
Example 3 station and weigh the vehicle.
Your dealer can help you with
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
this. Be sure to spread out the
for Example 3 = 453 kg load equally on both sides of the
(1,000 lbs). center line.
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = Label Example Never exceed the GVWR for the
453 kg (1,000 lbs). vehicle, or the GAWR for either
A vehicle-specific Certification/ the front or rear axle.
3. Available Cargo Weight = Tire label is attached to the
0 kg (0 lbs). driver side center pillar (B-pillar). If the vehicle is carrying a heavy
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and The label shows the size of the load, it should be spread out.
Loading Information label for vehicle's original tires and the See “Steps for Determining
specific information about the inflation pressures needed to Correct Load Limit” earlier in this
vehicle's capacity weight and obtain the gross weight capacity section.
of the vehicle. This is called
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Using heavier suspension

{ Warning components to get added Warning (Continued)
Do not load the vehicle any durability might not change your far forward as possible.
heavier than the Gross weight ratings. Ask your dealer Try to spread the weight
Vehicle Weight Rating to help you load your vehicle the evenly.
(GVWR), or either the right way.
. Never stack heavier
maximum front or rear Gross If you put things inside your things, like suitcases,
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). vehicle – like suitcases, tools, inside the vehicle so that
This can cause systems to packages, or anything else – some of them are above
break and change the way the they will go as fast as the the tops of the seats.
vehicle handles. This could vehicle goes. If you have to stop
cause loss of control and a or turn quickly, or if there is a
. Do not leave an
crash. Overloading can also crash, they will keep going. unsecured child restraint
shorten the life of the vehicle. in the vehicle.
{ Warning . Secure loose items in the
Your warranty does not cover vehicle.
Things inside the vehicle can
parts or components that fail . Do not leave a seat folded
strike and injure people in a
because of overloading. down unless needed.
sudden stop or turn, or in a
The label will help you decide crash.
how much cargo and installed . Put things in the cargo
equipment your vehicle can
area of the vehicle. In the
carry.
cargo area, put them as
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Starting and Caution (Continued)

Operating breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
New Vehicle Break-In linings.
Following break-in, engine speed
{ Caution and load can be gradually
The vehicle does not need an increased.
elaborate break-in. But it will
perform better in the long run if Adjustable Throttle and
you follow these guidelines:
Brake Pedal The switch used to adjust the
. Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow, If the vehicle has this feature, the pedals is located on the right side of
for the first 805 km (500 mi). position of the throttle and brake the steering column, below the
Do not make full-throttle pedals can be adjusted. wiper stalk. Pull the switch toward
starts. Avoid downshifting to you to move the pedals further from
brake or slow the vehicle. the floor, or push the switch away
from you to move the pedals closer
. Avoid making hard stops for to the floor.
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new Adjust the throttle and brake pedals
brake linings are not yet while the vehicle is in P (Park)
broken in. Hard stops with without pressing on the pedals. The
new linings can mean pedals cannot be adjusted while the
premature wear and earlier vehicle is in R (Reverse) or when
replacement. Follow this cruise control is engaged. The
throttle and brake pedals can also
(Continued) be adjusted while driving.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Ignition Positions To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle If the vehicle must be shut off in an
must be in ON/RUN mode and the emergency:
brake pedal must be applied. 1. Brake using a firm and steady
STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF (No pressure. Do not pump the
Indicator Light): When the vehicle brakes repeatedly. This may
is stopped, press the ENGINE deplete power assist, requiring
START/STOP button once to turn increased brake pedal force.
the engine off. 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the This can be done while the
ignition will turn off, and Retained vehicle is moving. After shifting
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
active. See Retained Accessory brakes and steer the vehicle to a
Power (RAP) on page 9-19. safe location.
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the 3. Come to a complete stop, shift
The vehicle has an electronic ignition will return to ACC/ to P (Park), and turn the ignition
keyless ignition with pushbutton ACCESSORY and display the to OFF. On vehicles with an
start. message SHIFT TO PARK in the automatic transmission, the shift
Pressing the button cycles it through Driver Information Center (DIC). lever must be in P (Park) to turn
three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY, See Driver Information Center (DIC) the ignition switch to the OFF
ON/RUN/START, and STOPPING on page 5-25. When the vehicle is position.
THE ENGINE/OFF. shifted into P (Park), the ignition 4. Set the parking brake. See
system will switch to OFF. Parking Brake on page 9-27.
If the pushbutton start is not
working, the vehicle may be near a Do not turn the engine off when the
strong radio antenna signal causing vehicle is moving. This will cause a
interference to the keyless entry loss of power assist in the brake
system. See Key and Lock and steering systems and disable
Messages on page 5-32. the airbags.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
The ignition will switch from ACC/ The instruments and audio systems
{ Warning ACCESSORY to OFF after will operate as they do in ON/RUN,
10 minutes to prevent battery but the vehicle will not be able to be
Turning off the vehicle while rundown. driven. The engine will not start in
moving may cause loss of power Service Only Mode. Press the
assist in the brake and steering ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
Light): This mode is for driving and button again to turn the vehicle off.
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the starting. With the ignition off and the
brake pedal applied, pressing the Starting the Gasoline
vehicle off in an emergency.
button once will place the ignition Engine
system in ON/RUN/START. Once
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over Place the transmission in the proper
engine cranking begins, release the
and must be shut off while driving, gear by moving the shift lever to
button. Engine cranking will
press and hold the ENGINE START/ P (Park) or N (Neutral). To restart
continue until the engine starts. See
STOP button for longer than the engine when the vehicle is
Starting the Gasoline Engine on
two seconds, or press twice in already moving, use N (Neutral).
page 9-16. The ignition will then
five seconds. remain in ON/RUN.
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Service Only Mode
{ Caution
Indicator Light): This mode allows Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
you to use some electrical This power mode is available for
service and diagnostics, and to vehicle is moving. If you do, you
accessories when the engine is off. could damage the transmission.
verify the proper operation of the
With the ignition off, pressing the malfunction indicator lamp as may Shift to P (Park) only when the
button one time without the brake be required for emission inspection vehicle is stopped.
pedal applied will place the ignition purposes. With the vehicle off, and
system in ACC/ACCESSORY. the brake pedal not applied,
pressing and holding the button for
more than five seconds will place
the vehicle in Service Only Mode.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
To start the vehicle:

{ Caution Starting Procedure
{ Caution
If the steering wheel is turned 1. With the Keyless Access Cranking the engine for long
until it reaches the end of its System, the RKE transmitter periods of time, by pressing the
travel, and is held in that position must be in the vehicle. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
while starting the vehicle, damage ENGINE START/STOP button immediately after cranking has
may occur to the hydraulic power with the brake pedal applied. ended, can overheat and damage
steering system and there may be When the engine begins the cranking motor, and drain the
loss of power steering assist. cranking, let go of the button. battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
The idle speed will go down as between each try, to let the
the engine warms up. Do not cranking motor cool down.
race the engine immediately
{ Caution after starting it.
2. If the engine does not start after
If you add electrical parts or If the RKE transmitter is not in five to 10 seconds, especially in
accessories, you could change the vehicle, if there is very cold weather (below
the way the engine operates. Any interference, or the RKE battery −18°C or 0°F), it could be
resulting damage would not be is low, a Driver Information flooded with too much gasoline.
covered by the vehicle warranty. Center (DIC) message will Try pushing the accelerator
See Add-On Electrical Equipment display. See Driver Information pedal all the way to the floor and
on page 9-68. Center (DIC) on page 5-25 and holding it there as you press the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) ENGINE START/STOP button,
System Operation on page 2-3. for up to a maximum of
15 seconds. Wait at least
15 seconds between each try, to
allow the cranking motor to cool
down. When the engine starts,
let go of the button and the
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
accelerator. If the vehicle starts To Use the Engine Coolant

briefly but then stops again, do Heater Warning (Continued)
the same thing. This clears the
extra gasoline from the engine. 1. Turn off the engine. function. An ungrounded
Do not race the engine outlet could cause an electric
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
immediately after starting it. shock.
electrical cord. The cord is
Operate the engine and located near the air cleaner. . Use a weatherproof,
transmission gently until the oil heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
Check the heater cord for
warms up and lubricates all extension cord if needed.
damage. If it is damaged, do not
moving parts. Failure to use the
use it. See your dealer for a
recommended extension cord
replacement. Inspect the cord for
Engine Heater damage yearly.
in good operating condition,
or using a damaged heater or
The engine coolant heater, 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded extension cord, could make it
if available, can help in cold weather 110-volt AC outlet. overheat and cause a fire,
conditions at or below −18°C (0°F) property damage, electric
for easier starting and better fuel
economy during engine warm-up. { Warning shock, and injury.
Plug in the coolant heater at least
. Do not operate the vehicle
Improper use of the heater cord with the heater cord
four hours before starting the or an extension cord can damage
vehicle. An internal thermostat in permanently attached to the
the cord and may result in
the plug end of the cord will prevent (Continued)
overheating and fire.
engine coolant heater operation at
temperatures above −18°C (0°F). . Plug the cord into a
three-prong electrical utility
receptacle that is protected
by a ground fault detection
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
The length of time the heater should 3. Turn the ignition off.
Warning (Continued) remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the Leaving the Vehicle with the
vehicle. Possible heater cord area where you will be parking the Engine Running
and thermostat damage could vehicle for the best advice on this.
occur.
{ Warning
. While in use, do not let the Retained Accessory
heater cord touch vehicle It can be dangerous to leave the
parts or sharp edges. Never
Power (RAP) vehicle with the engine running.
close the hood on the These accessories can be used It could overheat and catch fire.
heater cord. after the engine is turned off:
It is dangerous to get out of the
. Before starting the vehicle, . Infotainment system (up to vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
unplug the cord, reattach the 10 minutes or until the driver in P (Park) with the parking brake
cover to the plug, and door is opened). firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
securely fasten the cord. . Power windows, sunroof (if
Keep the cord away from any Do not leave the vehicle when the
equipped), and power outlets (up engine is running. If you have left
moving parts. to 10 minutes or until any door is the engine running, the vehicle
opened). can move suddenly. You or others
4. Before starting the engine, be could be injured. To be sure the
sure to unplug and store the Shifting Into Park vehicle will not move, even when
cord as it was before to keep it
1. Hold the brake pedal down and you are on fairly level ground,
away from moving engine parts.
set the parking brake. See always set the parking brake and
If you do not it could be
damaged. Parking Brake on page 9-27. move the shift lever to P (Park).
2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) See Shifting Into Park on
by pushing the lever all the way (Continued)
toward the front of the vehicle.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent The shift lock control is always

Warning (Continued) torque lock, set the parking brake functional except in the case of an
and then shift into P (Park). To find uncharged or low voltage (less than
page 9-19. If you are towing a out how, see "Shifting Into P (Park)" 9-volt) battery.
trailer, see Driving Characteristics listed previously.
and Towing Tips on page 9-60. If the vehicle has an uncharged
If torque lock does occur, your battery or a battery with low voltage,
vehicle may need to be pushed try charging or jump starting the
If you have to leave the vehicle with uphill by another vehicle to relieve battery. See Jump Starting on
the engine running, be sure the the parking pawl pressure, so you page 10-78.
vehicle is in P (Park) and the can shift out of P (Park).
parking brake is firmly set before To shift out of P (Park):
you leave it. After you have moved If you are towing a trailer and 1. Apply the brake pedal.
the shift lever into P (Park), hold parking on a hill, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips on 2. Press the ENGINE START/
down the regular brake pedal. See if
page 9-60. STOP button.
you can move the shift lever away
from P (Park) without first pulling it 3. Press the shift lever button.
toward you. If you can, it means that Shifting out of Park 4. Move the shift lever to the
the shift lever was not fully locked This vehicle is equipped with an desired position.
into P (Park). automatic transmission shift lock
If you still are unable to shift out of
Torque Lock control system. The shift lock
P (Park):
control is designed to prevent
Torque lock is when the weight of movement of the shift lever out of 1. Fully release the shift lever
the vehicle puts too much force on P (Park), unless the ignition is in button.
the parking pawl in the ON/RUN and the brake pedal is 2. Hold the brake pedal down and
transmission. This happens when applied. press the shift lever button
parking on a hill and shifting the
again.
transmission into P (Park) is not
done properly and then it is difficult
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
3. Move the shift lever to the Engine Exhaust

desired position. Warning (Continued)
If you still cannot move the shift
lever from P (Park), consult your
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
dealer or a professional towing Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
service. monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed.
Parking over Things can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or
That Burn even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
{ Warning . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows
with poor ventilation (parking completely down.
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired
vehicle and ignite. Do not park that may block underbody immediately.
airflow or tail pipes).
over papers, leaves, dry grass, Never park the vehicle with the
. The exhaust smells or
or other things that can burn. engine running in an enclosed
sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a
. The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air
due to corrosion or damage. ventilation.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Running the Vehicle Automatic

While Parked
{ Warning
Transmission It is dangerous to get out of the
It is better not to park with the
engine running. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
If the vehicle is left with the engine firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move. Do not leave the vehicle when the
See Shifting Into Park on page 9-19 engine is running. If you have left
and Engine Exhaust on page 9-21. the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
If parking on a hill and pulling a
could be injured. To be sure the
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips on page 9-60. vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
There are several different positions See Shifting Into Park on
for the shift lever. page 9-19 and Driving
P (Park): This position locks the Characteristics and Towing Tips
front wheels. It is the best position on page 9-60.
to use when you start the engine
because the vehicle cannot move Make sure the shift lever is fully in
easily. P (Park) before starting the engine.
The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control
system. You must fully apply the
regular brakes first and then press
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
the shift lever button before you can ice, or sand without damaging your
shift from P (Park) when the ignition transmission. See If the Vehicle Is { Caution
is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out Stuck on page 9-9.
of P (Park), ease pressure on the Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral): In this position, the N (Neutral) with the engine
shift lever and push the shift lever engine does not connect with the
all the way into P (Park) as you running at high speed may
wheels. To restart when the vehicle damage the transmission. The
maintain brake application. Then is already moving, use N (Neutral)
press the shift lever button and repairs would not be covered by
only. You can also use N (Neutral) the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
move the shift lever into another when the vehicle is being towed.
gear. See Shifting out of Park on engine is not running at high
page 9-20. speed when shifting the vehicle.
{ Warning
{ Caution Shifting into a drive gear while the D (Drive): This position is for
engine is running at high speed is normal driving. It provides the best
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the fuel economy. If you need more
dangerous. Unless your foot is
vehicle is moving forward could power for passing, and you are:
firmly on the brake pedal, the
damage the transmission. The
vehicle could move very rapidly. . Going less than 35 mph
repairs would not be covered by
You could lose control and hit (55 km/h), push the accelerator
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
people or objects. Do not shift pedal about halfway down.
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
into a drive gear while the engine . Going about 35 mph (55 km/h)
is stopped.
is running at high speed. or more, push the accelerator all
the way down.
R (Reverse): Use this gear to
back up. The transmission will shift down
to a lower gear and have more
At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) power.
can be used to rock the vehicle
back and forth to get out of snow,
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Downshifting the transmission in Manual Mode If you do not move the shift lever
slippery road conditions could result forward or rearward, the vehicle
in skidding. See “Skidding” under Driver Shift Control (DSC) will be in Sport Mode. When you
Loss of Control on page 9-5. are in Sport Mode the vehicle
{ Caution will still shift automatically. The
{ Caution Driving with the engine at a high
transmission may remain in a
gear longer than it would in the
Spinning the tires or holding the rpm without upshifting while using normal driving mode based on
vehicle in one place on a hill Driver Shift Control (DSC), could braking, throttle input, and
using only the accelerator pedal damage the vehicle. Always vehicle lateral acceleration.
may damage the transmission. upshift when necessary while SPORT MODE ON will be
The repair will not be covered by using DSC. displayed in the DIC. See Ride
the vehicle warranty. If you are Control System Messages on
stuck, do not spin the tires. When DSC allows you to shift an page 5-36. The word “sport” will
stopping on a hill, use the brakes automatic transmission similar to a display below the odometer. The
to hold the vehicle in place. manual transmission. To use the gear position will also be
DSC feature: indicated in the tachometer.
1. Move the shift lever to the left Within Sport Mode there is a
from D (Drive) to further performance feature
M (Manual Mode). called Performance Mode Lift
Foot (PMLF) Mode. The feature
is activated automatically when
sports oriented driving is
detected, based on cornering
and on/off throttle application.
PMLF allows the transmission to
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
hold the current gear instead of The transmission will only allow you Fuel Economy Mode
upshifting when the throttle is to shift into gears appropriate for the
lifted. vehicle speed and engine Driving habits can affect fuel
revolutions per minute (rpm). The mileage. For driving tips to get the
2. To enter M (Manual Mode), press best fuel economy possible, see
the shift lever forward to upshift transmission will not automatically
shift to the next lower gear if the Driving for Better Fuel Economy on
or rearward to downshift. page 1-20.
engine rpm is too high, nor to the
An M will be displayed in next higher gear when the maximum The vehicle may have a fuel
the DIC. engine rpm is reached. economy mode. When engaged,
3. To return to Sport Mode from If shifting is prevented for any fuel economy mode can improve the
M (Manual Mode), press and reason, the currently selected gear vehicle's fuel economy.
briefly hold the shift lever will flash multiple times, indicating
forward. that the transmission has not shifted
Gear position is indicated in the gears.
bottom right corner of the display While in the DSC mode, the
area in the instrument cluster. The transmission will automatically
number indicates the requested downshift when the vehicle comes
gear range when moving the shift to a stop. This will allow for more
lever forward or rearward. power during take-off.
While using the DSC feature, the When accelerating the vehicle from
vehicle will have firmer, quicker a stop in snowy and icy conditions,
shifting. You can use this for sport you may want to shift into second
driving or when climbing or gear. A higher gear ratio allows you
descending hills, to stay in gear to gain more traction on slippery
longer, or to downshift for more Pressing the eco button by the shift
surfaces.
power or engine braking. lever will engage fuel economy
mode. When activated, the eco light
in the instrument cluster will come
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
on. See Fuel Economy Light on Drive Systems Brakes

page 5-23. Pressing the button a
second time will turn fuel economy
mode off. All-Wheel Drive Antilock Brake
When fuel economy mode is on: Vehicles with this feature transfer System (ABS)
torque as required to the rear This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
. The transmission will upshift wheels. It is fully automatic, and
sooner, and downshift later. electronic braking system that helps
adjusts itself as needed for road prevent a braking skid.
. The torque converter will lock up conditions.
sooner, and stay on longer. When the vehicle begins to drive
AWD system performance will be away, ABS checks itself.
. The gas pedal will be less automatically reduced when you use A momentary motor or clicking noise
sensitive. the compact spare. To restore full might be heard while this test is
AWD operation and prevent going on, and it might even be
. The vehicle's computers will excessive wear on the system,
more aggressively shut off fuel noticed that the brake pedal moves
replace the compact spare with a a little. This is normal.
to the engine under deceleration. full-size tire as soon as possible.
. The engine operates at lower See Compact Spare Tire on
rpm's in fuel economy mode, page 10-77.
which can increase noise and
vibration. This is normal.
If there is a problem with ABS, this

warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5-19.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always Parking Brake
becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to
brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS.
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses the wheels are Using ABS
slowing down. If one of the wheels Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
is about to stop rolling, the computer the brake pedal down firmly and let
will separately work the brakes at ABS work. You may hear the ABS
each wheel. pump or motor operating and feel
ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate. This is
to each wheel, as required, faster normal.
than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard. ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)
computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best switch is on the center console. The
on wheel speed and controls braking. EPB can always be activated, even
braking pressure accordingly. if the ignition is off. To prevent
Remember: ABS does not change draining the battery, avoid repeated
the time needed to get a foot up to cycles of the EPB when the engine
the brake pedal or always decrease is not running.
stopping distance. If you get too The system has a red parking brake
close to the vehicle in front of you, status light and an amber parking
there will not be enough time to brake warning light. See Electric
apply the brakes if that vehicle Parking Brake Light on page 5-18
and Service Electric Parking Brake
Light on page 5-19. There are also
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
parking brake-related Driver flashing, have the vehicle serviced. EPB Release
Information Center (DIC) messages. Do not drive the vehicle if the red
To release the EPB:
See Brake System Messages on parking brake status light is flashing.
page 5-28. In case of insufficient See your dealer. See Electric 1. Place the ignition in the ACC/
electrical power, the EPB cannot be Parking Brake Light on page 5-18. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
applied or released. position.
If the amber parking brake warning
Before leaving the vehicle, check light is on, lift up on the EPB switch 2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
the red parking brake status light to and hold it up. Continue to hold the 3. Push down momentarily on the
ensure that the parking brake is switch until the red parking brake EPB switch.
applied. status light remains on. If the amber
parking brake warning light remains The EPB is released when the red
EPB Apply on, see your dealer. parking brake status light is off.
To apply the EPB: If the EPB is applied while the If the amber parking brake warning
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a vehicle is moving, the vehicle will light is on, release the EPB by
complete stop. decelerate as long as the switch is pushing down on the EPB switch
held up. If the switch is held up until and holding it down. Continue to
2. Lift up the EPB switch hold the switch until the red parking
the vehicle comes to a stop, the
momentarily. brake status light is off. If either light
EPB will remain applied.
The red parking brake status light stays on after release is attempted,
The vehicle may automatically apply see your dealer.
will flash and then stay on once the
the EPB in some situations when
EPB is fully applied. If the red
the vehicle is not moving. This is
parking brake status light flashes
normal, and is done to periodically
continuously, then the EPB is only
check the correct operation of the
partially applied or there is a
EPB system.
problem with the EPB. A DIC
message will display. Release the If the EPB fails to apply, the rear
EPB and try to apply it again. If the wheels should be blocked to
light does not come on, or keeps prevent vehicle movement.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14

. Without Adaptive Cruise stop or slow down the vehicle. The
{ Caution Control, the parking brake will stability system hydraulic brake
automatically release when the control module increases brake
Driving with the parking brake on engine is running, the pressure at each corner of the
can overheat the brake system transmission is placed into gear, vehicle until the ABS activates.
and cause premature wear or and an attempt is made to drive Minor brake pedal pulsation or
damage to brake system parts. away by pressing the pedal movement during this time is
Make sure that the parking brake accelerator pedal. normal and the driver should
is fully released and the brake If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle continue to apply the brake pedal as
warning light is off before driving. is pulling a trailer, see Driving the driving situation dictates. The
Characteristics and Towing Tips on Brake Assist feature will
page 9-60. automatically disengage when the
Automatic EPB Release
brake pedal is released or brake
The EPB automatically releases Brake Assist pedal pressure is quickly
differently on vehicles with Adaptive decreased.
Cruise Control. Avoid rapid The Brake Assist feature is
acceleration when the EPB is designed to assist the driver in Hill Start Assist (HSA)
applied, to preserve parking brake stopping or decreasing vehicle
lining life. speed in emergency driving This vehicle has an HSA feature,
conditions. This feature uses the which may be useful when the
. With Adaptive Cruise vehicle is stopped on a grade
stability system hydraulic brake
Control, the parking brake will sufficient enough to activate HSA.
control module to supplement the
automatically release with the This feature is designed to prevent
power brake system under
engine running, the brake pedal the vehicle from rolling, either
conditions where the driver has
applied, and the transmission is forward or rearward, during vehicle
quickly and forcefully applied the
shifted out of P (Park).
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
drive off. After the driver completely Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
stops and holds the vehicle in a driver in keeping the vehicle on the
complete standstill on a grade, HSA intended path. Trailer Sway Control
will be automatically activated. Traction Control/ (TSC) is also on automatically when
During the transition period between Electronic Stability the vehicle is started. See Trailer
when the driver releases the brake Control Sway Control (TSC) on page 9-67.
pedal and starts to accelerate to If cruise control is being used and
drive off on a grade, HSA holds the System Operation traction control or StabiliTrak begins
braking pressure for a maximum of to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
The vehicle has a Traction Control
two seconds to ensure that there is
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an disengage. Cruise control may be
no rolling. The brakes will turned back on when road
electronic stability control system.
automatically release when the conditions allow.
These systems help limit wheel slip
accelerator pedal is applied within
and assist the driver in maintaining Both systems come on
the two-second window. It will not
control, especially on slippery road automatically when the vehicle is
activate if the vehicle is in a drive
conditions. started and begins to move. The
gear and facing downhill, or if the
vehicle is facing uphill and in TCS activates if it senses that any systems may be heard or felt while
R (Reverse). of the drive wheels are spinning or they are operating or while
beginning to lose traction. When this performing diagnostic checks. This
happens, TCS applies the brakes to is normal and does not mean there
the spinning wheels and reduces is a problem with the vehicle.
engine power to limit wheel spin. It is recommended to leave both
StabiliTrak activates when the systems on for normal driving
vehicle senses a difference between conditions, but it may be necessary
the intended path and the direction to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
the vehicle is actually traveling. stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on maintaining control. The vehicle is

page 9-9 and “Turning the Systems safe to drive, but driving should be { Caution
Off and On” later in this section. adjusted accordingly.
Do not repeatedly brake or
If d comes on and stays on: accelerate heavily when TCS is
1. Stop the vehicle. off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
To turn off only TCS, press and
3. Start the engine.
release the g button. The traction
The indicator light for both systems Drive the vehicle. If d comes on off light i displays in the instrument
is in the instrument cluster. This and stays on, the vehicle may need cluster. The appropriate message is
light will: more time to diagnose the problem. displayed in the DIC. See Ride
. Flash when TCS is limiting If the condition persists, see your Control System Messages on
wheel spin. dealer. page 5-36.
. Flash when StabiliTrak is Turning the Systems Off To turn TCS on again, press and
activated. and On release the g button. The traction
. Turn on and stay on when either off light i displayed in the
system is not working. instrument cluster will turn off. The
If either system fails to turn on or to appropriate message is displayed in
activate, a message displays in the the DIC. See Ride Control System
Driver Information Center (DIC), and Messages on page 5-36.
d comes on and stays on to If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
indicate that the system is inactive
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak the g button is pressed, the system
and is not assisting the driver in
is on the center stack. will not turn off until the wheels stop
spinning.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, Limited-Slip Rear Axle Sport: Use where road conditions
press and hold the g button until or personal preference demand
Vehicles with a limited-slip rear axle more control. This setting provides
the traction off light i and the can give more traction on snow, more “feel,” or response to road
StabiliTrak OFF light g come on mud, ice, sand, or gravel. When conditions through increased
and stay on in the instrument traction is low, this feature allows steering effort and suspension
cluster. The appropriate message is the drive wheel with the most control. Transmission shift points
displayed in the DIC. See Ride traction to move the vehicle. The and shift firmness are also
Control System Messages on limited-slip rear axle also gives the enhanced.
page 5-36. driver enhanced control when
cornering hard or completing a The vehicle is normally in the Tour
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on maneuver, such as a lane change. Mode. To switch from Tour Mode to
again, press and release the g Sport Mode, move the shift lever to
button. The traction off light i and Selective Ride Control the left while the transmission is in
D (Drive). Sport Mode is
the StabiliTrak OFF light g in the The vehicle may have a ride control automatically engaged when the
instrument cluster turn off. The system called Selective Ride shift lever is moved to the left.
appropriate message is displayed in Control. The setting can be changed Moving the shift lever forward or
the DIC. See Ride Control System at any time. Based on road rearward will put the transmission in
Messages on page 5-36. conditions, steering wheel angle, the M (Manual) Mode.
Adding accessories can affect the and the vehicle speed, the system
The Driver Information Center (DIC)
vehicle performance. See automatically adjusts to provide the
will display SPORT MODE ON
Accessories and Modifications on best handling while providing a
when the Sport Mode has been
page 10-3. smooth ride. The Tour and Sport
activated. When the shift lever is
modes will feel similar on a
moved to the right in D (Drive), the
smooth road.
system will revert back to Tour
Tour: Use for normal city and Mode. See Manual Mode on
highway driving. This setting page 9-24 under Automatic
provides a smooth, soft ride. Transmission.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
If there is a problem detected with Cruise Control Traction Control/Electronic Stability

Selective Ride Control, SERVICE Control on page 9-30. If a collision
SUSPENSION SYSTEM displays With cruise control, a speed of alert occurs when cruise control is
on the DIC. See Ride Control about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can activated, cruise control is
System Messages on page 5-36. be maintained without keeping your disengaged. See Forward Collision
Driving should be adjusted foot on the accelerator. Cruise Alert (FCA) System on page 9-48.
accordingly. control does not work at speeds When road conditions allow the
below about 40 km/h (25 mph). cruise control to be safely used, you
can apply the cruise control again.
{ Warning If the brakes are applied, cruise
control disengages.
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. Do not use
cruise control on winding roads or
in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
If the StabiliTrak® system begins to

limit wheel spin while using cruise
control, the cruise control
automatically disengages. See
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
J (On/Off): Press to turn the into cruise when not desired. Keep Once the vehicle reaches about
system on and off. A white indicator the J button off when cruise is not 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press
appears in the instrument cluster being used. +RES up briefly. The vehicle returns
when cruise is turned on. to the previous set speed.
1. Press J to turn the cruise
+RES (Resume/Accelerate): If Increasing Speed While Cruise
system on.
there is a set speed in memory, Control is at a Set Speed
press the control up briefly to 2. Get up to the desired speed.
If the cruise control system is
resume to that speed or press and 3. Move the control down to SET− already activated:
hold to accelerate. If cruise control and release it.
is already active, use to increase
. Press and hold +RES up until
vehicle speed. 4. Remove foot from the the vehicle accelerates to the
accelerator pedal. desired speed, then release it.
SET− (Set/Coast): Press the
control down briefly to set the speed The cruise control indicator on the . To increase vehicle speed in
and activate cruise control. If cruise instrument cluster turns green after small increments, press +RES
control is already active, use to the cruise control has been set to up briefly. For each press, the
decrease vehicle speed. the desired speed. See Instrument vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
Cluster on page 5-9. (1 mph) faster.
* (Cancel): Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the Resuming a Set Speed The speedometer reading can be
set speed from memory. displayed in either English or metric
If the cruise control is set at a
units. See Instrument Cluster on
Setting Cruise Control desired speed and then the brakes
page 5-9. The increment value used
are applied or * is pressed, the depends on the units displayed.
If the J button is on when not in cruise control is disengaged without
use, SET− or +RES could get erasing the set speed from memory.
pressed and the vehicle could go
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Reducing Speed While Cruise override cruise control, briefly Erasing Speed Memory
Control is at a Set Speed pressing SET− will result in cruise The cruise control set speed is
If the cruise control system is set to the current vehicle speed.
erased from memory if J is
already activated: Using Cruise Control on Hills pressed or if the ignition is
. Press and hold SET− down until How well the cruise control will work turned off.
the desired lower speed is on hills depends upon the vehicle
reached, then release it. speed, load, and the steepness of Adaptive Cruise Control
. To slow down in small the hills. When going up steep hills, If equipped with Adaptive Cruise
increments, press SET− down you might have to step on the Control (ACC), it allows the driver to
briefly. For each press, the accelerator pedal to maintain your select the cruise control set speed
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h speed. When going downhill, you and following gap. Read this entire
(1 mph) slower. might have to brake or shift to a section before using this system.
lower gear to keep your speed The following gap is the following
The speedometer reading can be down. If the brake pedal is applied,
displayed in either English or metric time between your vehicle and a
the cruise control will disengage. vehicle detected directly ahead in
units. See Instrument Cluster on
page 5-9. The increment value used Ending Cruise Control your path moving in the same
depends on the units displayed. direction. If no vehicle is detected in
There are four ways to end cruise your path, ACC works like regular
Passing Another Vehicle While control: cruise control. ACC uses camera
Using Cruise Control . Step lightly on the brake pedal. and radar sensors. See Radio
Use the accelerator pedal to Frequency Statement on
. Press *. page 13-12.
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the . Shift the transmission to If a vehicle is detected in your path,
vehicle will slow down to the N (Neutral). ACC can apply acceleration or
previously set cruise speed. While . To turn off the cruise control, limited, moderate braking to
pressing the accelerator pedal or maintain the selected following gap.
press J.
shortly following the release to To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
If ACC is controlling your vehicle

speed when the traction control Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
system (TCS) or electronic stabilty
control system activates, the ACC you should be ready to take . Visibility is low, such as in
may automatically disengage. See action and apply the brakes. See fog, rain, or snow conditions.
Traction Control/Electronic Stability Defensive Driving on page 9-3. Adaptive Cruise Control
Control on page 9-30. When road performance is limited under
conditions allow ACC to be safely these conditions.
used, the ACC can be turned . On slippery roads where fast
back on.
{ Warning changes in tire traction can
ACC will not engage if the TCS or Adaptive Cruise Control will not cause excessive wheel slip.
StabiliTrak electronic stability control detect or brake for children,
system is disabled. pedestrians, animals, or other
objects.
{ Warning Do not use Adaptive Cruise
Control when:
ACC has limited braking ability
and may not have time to slow . On winding and hilly roads or
the vehicle down enough to avoid when the sensors are
a collision with another vehicle blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
you are following. This can occur The system may not detect a
when vehicles suddenly slow or vehicle ahead. Keep the
stop ahead, or enter your lane. entire front of the vehicle
clean.
Also see “Alerting the Driver” in
this section. Complete attention is (Continued)
always required while driving and
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
J (On/Off): Press to turn the could become active when not

system on or off. A white cruise desired. Keep the cruise control off
control indicator comes on. when cruise is not being used.
+RES (Resume/Accelerate): Select the set speed desired for
Press the control up briefly to cruise. This is the vehicle speed
resume to the previous set speed or when no vehicle is detected in its
hold upwards to accelerate. If cruise path slower than the set speed. The ACC indicator displays on the
control is already active, use to instrument cluster. When the ACC is
ACC will not set at a speed less
increase vehicle speed. active, the indicator turns green.
than 25 km/h (16 mph), although it
SET– (Set/Coast): Press the can be resumed when driving at Be mindful of speed limits,
control down briefly to set the speed lower speeds. surrounding traffic speeds, and
and activate ACC. If cruise control is weather conditions when selecting
To set ACC:
already active, use to decrease the set speed.
vehicle speed. 1. Press J. Resuming a Set Speed
* (Cancel): Press to disengage 2. Get up to the desired speed. If the ACC is set at a desired speed
ACC without erasing the set speed 3. Press and release the SET− and then the brakes are applied, the
from memory. control. ACC is disengaged without erasing
[ (Follow Distance Gap): Press 4. Remove foot from the
the set speed from memory.
to select a following gap time (or accelerator. To begin using ACC again, press
distance) setting for ACC of Far, +RES up briefly. The vehicle returns
Medium, or Near. After ACC is set, it may immediately
to the previous set speed.
apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead
Setting Adaptive Cruise Control is detected closer than the selected
If cruise control is on when not in following gap.
use, the cruise control on/off control
could get pressed and cruise control
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Increasing Speed While ACC is at When it is determined that there is

. To decrease the vehicle speed in
a Set Speed no vehicle ahead or the vehicle smaller increments, press SET−
ahead is beyond the selected down briefly. For each press, the
If ACC is already activated, do one vehicle goes to the next 1 km/h
of the following: following gap, then the vehicle
speed will increase to the set speed. (1 mph) slower mark on the
. Use the accelerator to get to the speedometer.
higher speed. Press SET– down. The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric The speedometer reading can be
Release the control and the displayed in either English or metric
accelerator pedal. The vehicle units. See Instrument Cluster on
page 5-9. The increment value used units. See Instrument Cluster on
will now cruise at the higher page 5-9. The increment value used
speed. depends on the units displayed.
depends on the units displayed.
When the accelerator pedal is Reducing Speed While ACC is at a
Set Speed Selecting the Follow Distance
pressed, ACC will not brake
because it is overridden. If ACC is already activated, do one When a slower moving vehicle is
A warning message will appear of the following: detected ahead within the selected
on the Driver Information Center following gap, ACC will adjust the
(DIC). See Cruise Control
. Use the brake to get to the vehicle's speed and attempt to
Messages on page 5-29. desired lower speed. Press maintain the follow distance gap
SET– down and release the selected.
. Press and hold +RES up until accelerator pedal. The vehicle
the desired set speed appears will now cruise at the lower Press [ on the steering wheel to
on the display, then release it. speed. adjust the following gap. When
. To increase vehicle speed in . Press and hold SET− down until pressed, the current gap setting
small increments, press +RES the desired lower speed is displays briefly on the instrument
up briefly. For each press, the reached, then release it. cluster. Subsequent presses cycle
vehicle goes to the next 1 km/h the gap button through three
(1 mph) faster mark on the settings: Far, Medium, or Near.
speedometer.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
When pressed, the current gap Alerting the Driver Approaching and Following a
setting displays briefly on the Vehicle
instrument cluster. The gap setting
will be maintained until it is
changed.
Since each gap setting corresponds
to a following time (Far, Medium,
or Near), the following distance will
vary based on vehicle speed. The
faster the vehicle speed, the further The vehicle ahead symbol is in the
back your vehicle will follow a instrument cluster.
vehicle detected ahead. Consider The vehicle ahead symbol only
traffic and weather conditions when displays when a vehicle is detected
selecting the following gap. The in your vehicle’s path moving in the
range of selectable gaps may not be If ACC is engaged, driver action same direction.
appropriate for all drivers and may be required when ACC cannot
driving conditions. apply sufficient braking because of If this symbol is not displaying, ACC
approaching a vehicle too rapidly. will not respond to or brake to
Changing the gap setting vehicles ahead.
automatically changes the alert When this condition occurs, six red
timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, lights will flash on the windshield ACC automatically slows the vehicle
or Near) for the Forward Collision and either eight beeps will sound down and adjusts vehicle speed to
Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward from the front, or both sides of the follow the vehicle in front at the
Collision Alert (FCA) System on Safety Alert Seat will pulse five selected follow gap. The vehicle
page 9-48. times. See “Collision/Detection speed increases or decreases to
Systems” under Vehicle follow the vehicle in front of you, but
Personalization on page 5-39. will not exceed the set speed. It may
apply limited braking, if necessary.
See Defensive Driving on page 9-3. When braking is active, the brake
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
lights will come on. The automatic ACC Automatically Disengages If the vehicle ahead has driven
braking may feel or sound different ACC may automatically disengage away and ACC has not resumed,
than if the brakes were applied and the driver will need to manually the vehicle ahead symbol will flash
manually. This is normal. apply the brakes to slow the as a reminder. In addition, the left
vehicle when: and right sides of the Safety Alert
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Seat will pulse three times, or three
Objects . The sensors are blocked. beeps will sound. See ”Alert Type”
. The Traction Control System and “Go Notifier” in “Collision/
{ Warning (TCS) or electronic stability Detection Systems” under Vehicle
control system has activated or Personalization on page 5-39.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
may not detect and react to been disabled. When the vehicle ahead drives
stopped or slow-moving vehicles . There is no traffic and nothing to away, press +RES or the
ahead of you. For example, the detect on the side of the road. accelerator pedal to resume ACC.
system may not brake for a If stopped for more than
. There is a fault in the system. two minutes or if the driver door is
vehicle it has never detected . The brakes get heated. opened and the driver safety belt is
moving. This can occur in
unbuckled, the ACC automatically
stop-and-go traffic or when a The ACC active symbol will not be applies the electric parking brake to
vehicle suddenly appears due to displayed when ACC is no longer hold the vehicle. The electric
a vehicle ahead changing lanes. active. parking brake status light will turn
Your vehicle may not stop and Notification to Resume ACC on. See Parking Brake on
could cause a crash. Use caution page 9-27. To release the electric
when using ACC. Your complete ACC will maintain a follow time/
parking brake, press the accelerator
attention is always required while distance gap behind a detected
pedal.
driving and you should be ready vehicle and slow your vehicle to a
stop behind that vehicle. A DIC warning message may
to take action and apply the
display indicating to shift to P (Park)
brakes. before exiting the vehicle. See
Vehicle Messages on page 5-28.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
ACC Override
{ Warning If using the accelerator pedal while
Warning (Continued)
If ACC has stopped the vehicle, ACC is active, a warning message accelerates up to the set speed,
and if ACC is disengaged, turned on the DIC will indicate that especially when following a
off, or canceled, the vehicle will automatic braking will not occur. vehicle exiting or entering exit
no longer be held at a stop. The See Vehicle Messages on ramps. You could lose control of
vehicle can move. When ACC is page 5-28. ACC will resume the vehicle or crash. Do not use
holding the vehicle at a stop, operation when the accelerator ACC while driving on an entrance
pedal is not being pressed.
always be prepared to manually or exit ramp. Always be ready to
apply the brakes. use the brakes if necessary.
{ Warning
The ACC will not automatically
{ Warning apply the brakes if your foot is { Warning
resting on the accelerator pedal.
Leaving the vehicle without You could crash into a vehicle On curves, ACC may respond to
placing it in P (Park) can be ahead of you. a vehicle in another lane, or may
dangerous. Do not leave the not have time to react to a vehicle
vehicle while it is being held at a in your lane. You could crash into
Curves in the Road
stop by ACC. Always place the a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
vehicle in P (Park) and turn off control of your vehicle. Give extra
the ignition before leaving the { Warning attention in curves and be ready
vehicle. On curves, ACC may not detect a to use the brakes if necessary.
vehicle ahead in your lane. You Select an appropriate speed while
could be startled if the vehicle driving in curves.
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
ACC may operate differently in a Other Vehicle Lane Changes

sharp curve. It may reduce the
vehicle speed if the curve is too
sharp.
ACC may detect a vehicle that is

not in your lane and apply the
brakes. ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead
ACC may occasionally provide an until it is completely in the lane. The
alert and/or braking that is brake may need to be manually
When following a vehicle and considered unnecessary. It could applied.
entering a curve, ACC may not respond to vehicles in different
detect the vehicle ahead and Do Not Use ACC on Hills and
lanes, signs, guardrails, and other When Towing a Trailer
accelerate to the set speed. When stationary objects when entering or
this happens the vehicle ahead exiting a curve. This is normal
symbol will not appear. operation. The vehicle does not
need service.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Do not use ACC when driving on Erasing Speed Memory Driver Assistance
steep hills or when towing a trailer. The cruise control set speed is
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the Systems
lane while driving on steep hills. The erased from memory if J is
pressed or if the ignition is This vehicle may have features that
driver will often need to take over
turned off. work together to help avoid crashes
acceleration and braking on steep
or reduce crash damage while
hills, especially when towing a Cleaning the Sensing System driving, backing, and parking. Read
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the
The camera sensor on the back of this entire section before using
ACC disengages.
the rearview mirror and the radar these systems.
Ending ACC sensors on the front of the vehicle
There are three ways to end ACC: can become blocked by snow, ice, { Warning
dirt, or mud. These areas need to
. Step lightly on the brake pedal. be cleaned for ACC to operate Do not rely on the Driver
. Press *. properly. Assistance Systems. These
systems do not replace the need
For cleaning instructions, see
. Press J. “Washing the Vehicle” under for paying attention and driving
Exterior Care on page 10-85. safely. You may not hear or feel
alerts or warnings provided by
System operation may also be these systems. Failure to use
limited under snow, heavy rain or proper care when driving may
road spray conditions. result in injury, death, or vehicle
damage. See Defensive Driving
on page 9-3.
Under many conditions, these
systems will not:
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Audible or Safety Alert Seat When the vehicle is shifted into

Warning (Continued) R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
Some driver assistance features
alert the driver of obstacles by image of the area behind the vehicle
. Detect children, pedestrians, in the center stack display. The
bicyclists, or animals. beeping. To change the volume of
the warning chime, see “Comfort previous screen displays when the
. Detect vehicles or objects and Convenience” under Vehicle vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
outside the area monitored by Personalization on page 5-39. after a short delay. To return to the
the system. previous screen sooner, press a
If equipped with the Safety Alert button on the infotainment system,
. Work at all driving speeds. Seat, the driver seat cushion may shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
. Warn you or provide you with provide a vibrating pulse alert speed of 8 km/h (5 mph).
enough time to avoid a crash. instead of beeping. To change this,
. Work under poor visibility or see “Collision/Detection Systems”
{ Warning
bad weather conditions.
page 5-39. The RVC system does not display
. Work if the detection sensor children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
is not cleaned or is covered Assistance Systems for crossing traffic, animals, or any
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
Parking or Backing other object located outside the
Complete attention is always camera's field of view, below the
required while driving, and you If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
bumper, or under the vehicle.
should be ready to take action (RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
Front Park Assist (FPA), Rear Perceived distances may be
and apply the brakes and/or steer different from actual distances.
Automatic Braking (RAB) and
the vehicle to avoid crashes. Do not back the vehicle using
Backing Warning System, and Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help only the RVC screen. Failure to
the driver park or avoid objects. use proper care before backing
Always check around the vehicle may result in injury, death,
when parking or backing. (Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
arrow on the RVC screen to warn of

Warning (Continued) traffic coming from the left or right.
This system detects objects coming
or vehicle damage. Always check from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left
behind and around the vehicle or right side of the vehicle. When an
before backing. object is detected, either three
beeps sound from the left or right or
three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur
on the left or right side, depending
1. View Displayed by the on the direction of the detected
Camera vehicle.
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper Use caution while backing up when
Displayed images may be farther or towing a trailer, as the RCTA
closer than they appear. The area detection zones that extend out
displayed is limited and objects that from the back of the vehicle do not
are close to either corner of the move further back when a trailer is
bumper or under the bumper do not towed.
display. With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,
A warning triangle may display on as the vehicle moves at speeds of
the RVC screen to show where the less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the
1. View Displayed by the sensors on the bumpers may detect
Camera RPA has detected an object. This
triangle changes from amber to red objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and
and increases in size the closer the 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle
object. within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
the ground and below bumper level.
If equipped, Rear Cross Traffic Alert These detection distances may be
(RCTA), displays a red warning shorter during warmer or humid
triangle with a left or right pointing weather. Blocked sensors will not
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
detect objects and can also cause Beeps for Front Parking Assist are
false detections. Keep the sensors higher pitched than for Rear Parking
clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and Assist.
slush; and clean sensors after a car Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise
wash in freezing temperatures. Control (ACC) have the Backing
Warning and Rear Automatic
{ Warning Braking (RAB) system. The Backing
Warning part of this system can
The parking assist system does warn of rear objects when backing
not detect children, pedestrians, The instrument cluster may have a up at speeds greater than
bicyclists, animals, or objects parking assist display with bars that 8 km/h (5 mph).
located below the bumper or that show “distance to object” and object
are too close or too far from the location information for RPA, and on The Backing Warning System will
some vehicles, FPA. As the object beep once from the rear when an
vehicle. It is not available at
gets closer, more bars light up and object is first detected, or pulse
speeds greater than 8 km/h
the bars change color from yellow to twice on both sides of the Safety
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death, Alert Seat. When the system
or vehicle damage, even with amber to red.
detects a potential crash, beeps will
parking assist, always check the When an object is first detected in be heard from the rear, or five
area around the vehicle and the rear, one beep will be heard pulses will be felt on both sides of
check all mirrors before moving from the rear, or both sides of the the Safety Alert Seat. There may
forward or backing. Safety Alert Seat will pulse two also be a brief, sharp application of
times. When an object is very close the brakes.
(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear,
or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front),
five beeps will sound from the front
or rear depending on object
location, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
may automatically brake hard to a

{ Warning stop to help avoid or reduce the Warning (Continued)
harm caused by a backing crash.
The Backing Warning System Automatic Braking, always check
only operates at speeds greater the area around the vehicle
than 8 km/h (5 mph). It does not { Warning before and while backing.
detect children, pedestrians, Rear Automatic Braking may not
bicyclists, animals, or objects avoid many types of backing Pressing the brake pedal after the
below the bumper or that are too crashes. Do not wait for the vehicle comes to a stop will release
close or too far from the vehicle. automatic braking to apply. This the Rear Automatic Braking. If the
In some situations, such as at system is not designed to replace brake pedal is not pressed soon
higher backing speeds, there may driver braking and only works in after the stop, the Electric Parking
not be enough time for the short, R (Reverse) when an object is Brake (EPB) may be set. When it is
sharp application of the vehicle detected directly behind the safe, press the accelerator pedal
brake system to occur. To prevent vehicle. It may not brake or stop firmly at any time to override the
injury, death, or vehicle damage, in time to avoid a crash. It will not Rear Automatic Braking.
even with the Backing Warning brake for objects when the
System, always check the area vehicle is moving at very low { Warning
around the vehicle and check all speeds. It does not detect
mirrors before backing. children, pedestrians, bicyclists, There may be instances where
animals, or objects below the unexpected or undesired
bumper or that are too close or automatic braking occurs. If this
When the vehicle is in R (Reverse)
too far from the vehicle. To happens, either press the brake
and if it is backing too fast to avoid
a crash with a detected object prevent injury, death, or vehicle pedal or firmly press the
directly behind the vehicle, the Rear damage, even with Rear accelerator pedal to release the
Automatic Braking (RAB) system brakes from the Rear Automatic
(Continued)
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Warning (Continued)
Turn off parking assist and Rear Assistance Systems for
Automatic Braking when towing a
trailer.
Driving
Braking system. Before releasing If equipped, when driving the
the brakes, check the RVC To turn the parking assist symbols
or guidance lines on or off: vehicle forward, Forward Collision
screen and check the area Alert (FCA), Lane Departure
around the vehicle to make sure it 1. On the infotainment system, Warning (LDW), Side Blind Zone
is safe to proceed. press the Settings screen Alert (SBZA), and/or the Active
button, or turn the MENU knob Emergency Braking System can
to highlight Settings and help to avoid a crash or reduce
Turning the Features On or Off press MENU. crash damage.
2. Select Rear Camera.
3. Press Rear Park Assist Symbols
Forward Collision Alert
or Guidance Lines and then (FCA) System
select Off or On. If equipped, the FCA system may
RCTA can be turned on or off help to avoid or reduce the harm
through vehicle personalization. See caused by front-end crashes. When
The X button near the shift lever “Collision/Detection Systems” under approaching a vehicle ahead too
is used to turn on or off the Front Vehicle Personalization on quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
and Rear Parking Assist, Rear page 5-39. alert on the windshield and rapidly
Automatic Braking, and Backing beeps or pulses the driver seat.
Warning System at the same time. FCA also lights an amber visual
The indicator light next to the button alert if following another vehicle
comes on when the features are on much too closely.
and turns off when the features
have been disabled.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
FCA detects vehicles within a FCA can be disabled with the FCA
distance of approximately 60 m steering wheel control, or if your { Warning
(197 ft) and operates at speeds vehicle is equipped with Adaptive
above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the Cruise Control (ACC), through FCA does not provide a warning
vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control vehicle personalization. See the to help avoid a crash, unless it
(ACC), it can detect vehicles to “Auto Collision Preparation” portion detects a vehicle. FCA may not
distances of approximately 110 m of “Collision/Detection Systems” detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
(360 ft) and operates at all speeds. under Vehicle Personalization on sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
See Adaptive Cruise Control on page 5-39. or ice, or if the windshield is
page 9-35. damaged. It may also not detect a
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
{ Warning or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
FCA is a warning system and or snow, or if the headlamps or
does not apply the brakes. When windshield are not cleaned or in
approaching a slower-moving or proper condition. Keep the
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, windshield, headlamps, and FCA
or when following a vehicle too sensors clean and in good repair.
closely, FCA may not provide a FCA warnings will not occur unless
warning with enough time to help the FCA system detects a vehicle
ahead. When a vehicle is detected, Collision Alert
avoid a crash. FCA does not warn
the vehicle-ahead indicator will
of pedestrians, animals, signs,
display green. Vehicles may not be
guardrails, bridges, construction
detected on curves, highway exit
barrels, or other objects. Be ready ramps, or hills; or due to poor
to take action and apply the visibility. FCA will not detect another
brakes. For more information, see vehicle ahead until it is completely
Defensive Driving on page 9-3. in the driving lane.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
When your vehicle approaches Selecting the Alert Timing the farther away the alert will occur.
another detected vehicle too rapidly, Consider traffic and weather
the red FCA display will flash on the conditions when selecting the alert
windshield. Also, eight rapid timing. The range of selectable alert
high-pitched beeps will sound from timing may not be appropriate for all
the front, or both sides of the Safety drivers and driving conditions.
Alert Seat will pulse five times. If your vehicle is equipped with
When this Collision Alert occurs, the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
brake system may prepare for driver changing the FCA timing setting
braking to occur more rapidly which automatically changes the following
can cause a brief, mild deceleration. gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).
Continue to apply the brake pedal
as needed. Cruise control may be Unnecessary Alerts
disengaged when the Collision Alert
FCA may provide unnecessary
occurs.
The Collision Alert control is on the alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
Tailgating Alert steering wheel. Press [ on the in other lanes, objects that are not
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
steering wheel to set the FCA timing
are normal operation and the
to far, medium, near, or on some
vehicle does not need service.
vehicles, off. The first button press
shows the current setting on the Cleaning the System
DIC. Additional button presses will
change this setting. The chosen If the FCA system does not seem to
setting will remain until it is changed operate properly, cleaning the
The vehicle-ahead indicator will and will affect the timing of both the outside of the windshield in front of
display amber when you are Collision Alert and the Tailgating the camera sensor on the back of
following a detected vehicle ahead Alert features. The timing of both the rearview mirror, and cleaning the
much too closely. alerts will vary based on vehicle
speed. The faster the vehicle speed,
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
front of the vehicle where radar continue to be applied as needed.

sensors are located (if equipped IBA will automatically disengage { Warning
with ACC), may correct the issue. only when the brake pedal is
released. ACP is an emergency crash
preparation feature and is not
Active Emergency designed to avoid crashes. Do
Braking System { Warning not rely on ACP to brake the
If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise IBA may increase vehicle braking vehicle.
Control (ACC) it also has the Active in situations when it may not be ACP may not:
Emergency Braking System, which necessary. You could block the
includes Intelligent Brake
. Respond to stopped vehicles,
flow of traffic. If this occurs, take
Assist (IBA) and the Automatic pedestrians, or animals.
your foot off the brake pedal and
Collision Preparation (ACP) System. then apply the brakes as needed. . Detect a vehicle ahead on
These systems can provide a boost winding or hilly roads.
to braking or automatically brake the
vehicle to help avoid or lessen the Automatic Collision
. Detect a stopped or
severity of crashes when driving in a Preparation (ACP) System slow-moving vehicle or other
forward gear. object ahead.
When driving in a forward gear . Detect a vehicle when
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) above 4 km/h (2.5 mph), ACP may
weather limits visibility, such
help reduce crash damage by
IBA may activate when the brake as in fog, rain, or snow. In
applying the brakes. It has a
pedal is applied quickly by providing these situations, ACP sensor
detection range of approximately
a boost to braking based on the performance is limited.
60 m (197 ft). This front automatic
speed of approach and distance to braking can only occur if a vehicle is (Continued)
a vehicle ahead. detected. This is shown by the FCA
Minor brake pedal pulsations or vehicle ahead indicator being lit.
pedal movement during this time is See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
normal and the brake pedal should System on page 9-48.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
happens, Automatic Braking may

Warning (Continued) engage the Electric Parking Brake { Warning
(EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop.
Complete attention is always To release the EPB, press the EPB Using the Automatic Collision
required while driving, and you button. A firm press of the Preparation System while towing
should be ready to take action accelerator pedal will also release a trailer could cause you to lose
and apply the brakes and/or steer Automatic Braking and the EPB. control of the vehicle and crash.
the vehicle to avoid crashes. Turn the system off when towing
{ Warning a trailer.
Brake Preparation
Automatic Braking may
When quickly approaching a vehicle automatically brake the vehicle
Side Blind Zone
ahead, Brake Preparation reduces
suddenly in situations where it is Alert (SBZA)
brake response time by having the
unexpected and undesired. If equipped, the SBZA system is a
brake system prepared for driver
braking to occur more rapidly. It could respond to a turning lane-changing aid that assists
vehicle ahead, guardrails, signs, drivers with avoiding crashes that
Automatic Braking and other non-moving objects. To occur with vehicles in the side blind
If ACP detects it is about to crash override Automatic Braking, firmly zone (or spot) areas. The SBZA
with the vehicle you are following press the accelerator pedal, if it is warning display will light up in the
that is moving or has come to a safe to do so. corresponding outside side mirror
stop, and the brakes have not been and will flash if the turn signal is on.
applied, it may automatically brake Automatic Braking can be disabled
hard. This can help to reduce crash or reduced through vehicle
damage and it may even help to personalization. See the “Auto
avoid some very low speed crashes. Collision Preparation” portion of
Automatic Braking may slow the “Collision/Detection Systems” under
vehicle to a complete stop to try to Vehicle Personalization on
avoid a potential crash. If this page 5-39.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
SBZA Detection Zones over that is in the side blind zone.

{ Warning This indicates it may be unsafe to
change lanes. Before making a lane
SBZA does not alert the driver to change, check the SBZA display,
vehicles rapidly approaching check mirrors, glance over your
outside of the side blind zones, shoulder, and use the turn signals.
pedestrians, bicyclists,
or animals. It may not provide
alerts when changing lanes under
all driving conditions. Failure to
use proper care when changing
lanes may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. Before Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
making a lane change, always Display Display
check mirrors, glance over your The SBZA sensor covers a zone of
shoulder, and use the turn approximately one lane over from When the vehicle is started, both
signals. both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m outside mirror SBZA displays will
(11 ft). The height of the zone is briefly come on to indicate the
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) system is operating. When the
and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This vehicle is moving forward, the left or
zone starts at approximately the right side mirror display will light up
middle of the vehicle and goes back if a vehicle is detected in that blind
5 m (16 ft). zone. If the turn signal is activated
in the same direction of a detected
How the System Works vehicle, this display will flash as an
extra warning not to change lanes.
The SBZA symbol lights up in the
side mirrors when the system
detects a vehicle in the next lane
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
SBZA can be disabled through serviced. The system may light up When SBZA is disabled for any
vehicle personalization. See due to guardrails, signs, trees, reason other than the driver turning
“Collision Detection Systems” under shrubs, and other non-moving it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On
Vehicle Personalization on objects. This is normal system option will not be available on the
page 5-39. If SBZA is disabled by operation; the vehicle does not need personalization menu.
the driver, the SBZA mirror displays service.
will not light up. Radio Frequency Information
SBZA may not operate when the
SBZA sensors in the left or right See Radio Frequency Statement on
When the System Does Not page 13-12.
Seem to Work Properly corners of the rear bumper are
covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,
SBZA displays may not come on or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For Lane Departure
when passing a vehicle quickly or cleaning instructions, see "Washing Warning (LDW)
when towing a trailer. The SBZA the Vehicle" under Exterior Care on
detection zones that extend back page 10-85. If the DIC still displays If equipped, LDW may help avoid
from the side of the vehicle do not the system unavailable message crashes due to unintentional lane
move further back when a trailer is after cleaning both sides of the departures. It may provide an alert if
towed. Use caution while changing vehicle toward the rear corners of the vehicle is crossing a lane
lanes when towing a trailer. SBZA the vehicle, see your dealer. without using a turn signal in that
may alert to objects attached to the direction. LDW uses a camera
vehicle, such as a trailer, bicycle, If the SBZA displays do not light up sensor to detect the lane markings
or object extending out to either side when vehicles are in the blind zone at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
of the vehicle. This is normal system and the system is clean, the system greater.
operation; the vehicle does not need may need service. Take the vehicle
service. to your dealer.
SBZA may not always alert the
driver to vehicles in the side blind
zone, especially in wet conditions.
The system does not need to be
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
{ Warning Warning (Continued)

The LDW system does not steer marking. Always keep your
the vehicle. The LDW system attention on the road and
may not: maintain proper vehicle position
. Provide enough time to avoid within the lane, or vehicle
damage, injury, or death could When LDW is on, @ is green if
a crash.
occur. Always keep the LDW is available to warn of a lane
. Detect lane markings under windshield, headlamps, and departure. If the vehicle crosses a
poor weather or visibility camera sensors clean and in detected lane marking without using
conditions. This can occur if good repair. Do not use LDW in the turn signal in that direction, @
the windshield or headlamps changes to amber and flashes.
bad weather conditions.
are blocked by dirt, snow, Additionally, there will be three
or ice; if they are not in beeps, or the driver seat will pulse
proper condition; or if the sun How the System Works three times, on the right or left,
shines directly into the depending on the lane departure
The LDW camera sensor is on the
camera. direction.
windshield ahead of the rearview
. Detect road edges. mirror.
. Detect lanes on winding or To turn LDW on and off, press @
hilly roads. near the shift lever. The control
If LDW only detects lane indicator will light when LDW is on.
markings on one side of the road,
it will only warn you when
departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
When the System Does Not Fuel higher. Do not use gasoline with an
Seem to Work Properly octane rating below 87, as it may
Use of the recommended fuel is an cause engine damage and will lower
The system may not detect lanes as important part of the proper fuel economy.
well when there are: maintenance of this vehicle. When
driving in the U.S. and Canada, to Use of Seasonal Fuels
. Close vehicles ahead.
help keep the engine clean and Use summer and winter fuels in the
. Sudden lighting changes, such
maintain optimum vehicle appropriate season. The fuels
as when driving through tunnels.
performance, we recommend using industry automatically modifies the
. Banked roads. TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. fuel for the appropriate season.
If the LDW system is not functioning See www.toptiergas.com for a list of If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for
properly when lane markings are TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. long periods of time, driving or
clearly visible, cleaning the starting could be affected. Drive the
windshield may help. vehicle until the fuel is at one-half
tank or less, then refuel with the
LDW alerts may occur due to tar current seasonal fuel.
marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
temporary or construction lane Prohibited Fuels
markings, or other road Gasolines containing oxygenates
imperfections. This is normal system such as ethers and ethanol, as well
operation; the vehicle does not need as reformulated gasolines, are
service. Turn LDW off if these available in some cities. If these
conditions continue. gasolines comply with the
previously described specification,
then they are acceptable to use.
Use regular unleaded gasoline However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
meeting ASTM specification D4814 other fuels containing more than
with a posted octane rating of 87 or 15% ethanol must be used only in
FlexFuel vehicles.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
California Fuel Fuels in Foreign

{ Caution Requirements Countries
Do not use fuel containing If the vehicle is certified to meet If planning to drive in countries
methanol. It can corrode metal California Emissions Standards, it is outside the U.S. or Canada, the
parts in the fuel system and also designed to operate on fuels that proper fuel might be hard to find.
damage plastic and rubber parts. meet California specifications. See Check regional auto club or fuel
That damage would not be the underhood emission control retail brand websites for availability
covered under the vehicle label. If this fuel is not available in in the country where driving. Never
warranty. states adopting California Emissions use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
Standards, the vehicle will operate methanol, manganese, or any other
Some gasolines, mainly high octane satisfactorily on fuels meeting fuel not recommended. Costly
racing gasolines, can contain an federal specifications, but emission repairs caused by use of improper
octane-enhancing additive called control system performance might fuel would not be covered by the
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese be affected. The malfunction vehicle warranty.
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use indicator lamp could turn on and the
gasolines and/or fuel additives with vehicle may not pass a smog-check Fuel Additives
MMT as they can reduce spark plug test. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp on page 5-15. If this occurs, To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
life and affect emission control TIER Detergent Gasoline is
system performance. The return to your authorized dealer for
diagnosis. If it is determined that the recommended. See Fuel on
malfunction indicator lamp may turn page 9-56.
on. If this occurs, see your dealer condition is caused by the type of
for service. fuel used, repairs may not be If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
covered by the vehicle warranty. not available, one bottle of Fuel
System Treatment PLUS added to
the fuel tank at every engine oil
change, can help. Fuel System
Treatment PLUS is the only
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
gasoline additive recommended by

General Motors. It is available at Warning (Continued)
your dealer. . Keep children away from the
fuel pump and never let
Filling the Tank children pump fuel.
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel
{ Warning cap is opened too quickly.
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn This spray can happen if the
violently and can cause injury or tank is nearly full, and is
death. more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly and
. To help avoid injuries to you wait for any hiss noise to stop
and others, read and follow then unscrew the cap all The fuel cap is located behind a
all the instructions on the fuel the way. hinged fuel door on the passenger
pump island. side of the vehicle. If equipped, the
.
fuel door is locked when the vehicle
Turn off the engine when
doors are locked. Press K on the
refueling.
RKE transmitter to unlock. To open
. Keep sparks, flames, and the fuel door, push and release the
smoking materials away rearward center edge of the door.
from fuel.
To remove the fuel cap, turn it
. Do not leave the fuel pump slowly counterclockwise.
unattended.
While refueling, hang the tethered
. Do not reenter the vehicle fuel cap from the hook on the
while pumping fuel. fuel door.
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
When reinstalling the cap, turn it Filling a Portable Fuel

clockwise until it clicks once, { Warning Container
otherwise the malfunction indicator
lamp could turn on. See Malfunction If a fire starts while you are
Indicator Lamp on page 5-15. refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
{ Warning
Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not shutting off the pump or by Filling a portable fuel container
top off or overfill the tank and wait a notifying the station attendant. while it is in the vehicle can cause
few seconds after you have finished Leave the area immediately. fuel vapors that can ignite either
pumping before removing the by static electricity or other
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
means. You or others could be
surfaces as soon as possible. See
badly burned and the vehicle
Exterior Care on page 10-85. { Caution could be damaged. Always:
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it
clockwise until it clicks once. Make If a new fuel cap is needed, be . Use approved fuel
sure the cap is fully installed. The sure to get the right type of cap containers.
diagnostic system can determine if from your dealer. The wrong type . Remove the container from
the fuel cap has been left off or of fuel cap may not fit properly, the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
improperly installed. This would may cause the malfunction bed before filling.
allow fuel to evaporate into the indicator lamp to light, and could
damage the fuel tank and
. Place the container on the
atmosphere. See Malfunction
ground.
Indicator Lamp on page 5-15. emissions system. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on (Continued)
page 5-15.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14

. Do not tow a trailer during the
Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent
damage to the engine, axle or
General Towing other parts.
. Place the nozzle inside the fill
opening of the container Information . Then, during the first 800 km
before dispensing fuel, and Only use towing equipment that has (500 mi) trailer towing, do not
keep it in contact with the fill been designed for the vehicle. drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
opening until filling is Contact your dealer or trailering do not make starts at full throttle.
complete. dealer for assistance with preparing . The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read Use a lower gear if the
. Fill the container no more the entire section before towing a
than 95% full to allow for transmission shifts too often.
trailer.
expansion. . Do not use Adaptive Cruise
For towing a disabled vehicle, see Control when towing.
. Do not smoke, light matches, Towing the Vehicle on page 10-82.
or use lighters while For towing the vehicle behind
. The Automatic Collision
pumping fuel. another vehicle such as a motor Preparation System should be
. Avoid using cell phones or home, see Recreational Vehicle set to “Off” when towing. See
other electronic devices. Towing on page 10-82. Active Emergency Braking
System on page 9-51.
Driving Characteristics . Turn off Park Assist when
towing.
and Towing Tips
Driving with a Trailer
When towing a trailer:
. Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply
specifically to trailer towing.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Towing a trailer requires a certain trailer, which mainly occurs during

{ Warning amount of experience. The cornering. This is normal when
combination you are driving is towing heavier trailers.
When towing a trailer, exhaust longer and not as responsive as the
gases may collect at the rear of vehicle itself. Get acquainted with Following Distance
the vehicle and enter if the the handling and braking of the rig Stay at least twice as far behind the
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most before setting out for the open road. vehicle ahead as you would when
window is open. driving the vehicle without a trailer.
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
When towing a trailer: parts and attachments, safety This can help to avoid situations
chains, electrical connectors, lamps, that require heavy braking and
. Do not drive with the liftgate, sudden turns.
trunk/hatch, or rear-most tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has
window open. electric brakes, start the Passing
combination moving and then apply
. Fully open the air outlets on the trailer brake controller by hand More passing distance is needed
or under the instrument to be sure the brakes work. when towing a trailer. Because the
panel. rig is longer, it is necessary to go
During the trip, check occasionally farther beyond the passed vehicle
. Also adjust the Climate to be sure that the load is secure
Control system to a setting before returning to the lane.
and the lamps and any trailer
that brings in only outside air. brakes still work. Backing Up
See “Climate Control
Systems” in the Index. Towing with a Stability Control Hold the bottom of the steering
System wheel with one hand. To move the
For more information about trailer to the left, move your hand to
Carbon Monoxide, see Engine When towing, the sound of the the left. To move the trailer to the
Exhaust on page 9-21. stability control system might be right, move your hand to the right.
heard. The system is reacting to the Always back up slowly and,
vehicle movement caused by the if possible, have someone
guide you.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Making Turns lamps also flash, telling other grades, the vehicle could show
drivers the vehicle is turning, signs similar to engine overheating.
{ Caution changing lanes, or stopping. To avoid this, let the engine run
while parked, preferably on level
When towing a trailer, the arrows on
Making very sharp turns while the instrument cluster flash for turns ground, with the transmission in
trailering could cause the trailer to even if the bulbs on the trailer are P (Park) for a few minutes before
come in contact with the vehicle. burned out. Check occasionally to turning the engine off. If the
The vehicle could be damaged. be sure the trailer bulbs are still overheat warning comes on, see
Avoid making very sharp turns working. Engine Overheating on page 10-16.
while trailering. Parking on Hills
Driving on Grades
When turning with a trailer, make Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or
{ Warning
wider turns than normal so the
trailer will not strike soft shoulders, steep downgrade. If the Parking the vehicle on a hill with
curbs, road signs, trees or other transmission is not shifted down, the the trailer attached can be
objects. Use the turn signal well in brakes might have to be used so dangerous. If something goes
advance and avoid jerky or sudden much that they would get hot and no wrong, the rig could start to move.
maneuvers. longer work well. People can be injured, and both
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). the vehicle and the trailer can be
Turn Signals When Towing a Use a lower gear if the transmission damaged. When possible, always
Trailer shifts too often. park the rig on a flat surface.
The turn signal indicators on the When towing at high altitude on
instrument cluster flash whenever steep uphill grades, engine coolant
signaling a turn or lane change. boils at a lower temperature than at
Properly hooked up, the trailer normal altitudes. If the engine is
turned off immediately after towing
at high altitude on steep uphill
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
If parking the rig on a hill: Leaving After Parking on a Hill Check periodically to see that all
1. Press the brake pedal, but do hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn while you: Engine Cooling When Trailer
the wheels into the curb if facing Towing
. Start the engine.
downhill or into traffic if facing
uphill. . Shift into a gear. The cooling system may temporarily
overheat during severe operating
2. Have someone place chocks . Release the parking brake. conditions. See Engine Overheating
under the trailer wheels. 2. Let up on the brake pedal. on page 10-16.
3. When the wheel chocks are in 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
place, release the brake pedal clear of the chocks. Trailer Towing
until the chocks absorb the load.
4. Stop and have someone pick up Before pulling a trailer, there are
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then and store the chocks. three important considerations that
apply the parking brake and shift have to do with weight:
into P (Park). Maintenance When Trailer . The weight of the trailer.
5. Release the brake pedal. Towing
. The weight of the trailer tongue.
The vehicle needs service more
often when pulling a trailer. See the . The total weight on the vehicle's
Maintenance Schedule on tires.
page 11-3. Things that are
especially important in trailer
operation are automatic
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
lubricant, belts, cooling system, and
brake system. Inspect these before
and during the trip.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Weight of the Trailer Maximum trailer weight is calculated

assuming only the driver is in the
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
tow vehicle and it has all the
It depends on how the rig is used. required trailering equipment. The
For example, speed, altitude, road weight of additional optional
grades, outside temperature and equipment, passengers and cargo in
how much the vehicle is used to pull the tow vehicle must be subtracted
a trailer are all important. It can from the maximum trailer weight.
depend on any special equipment
Use the following chart to determine
on the vehicle, and the amount of
how much the vehicle can weigh,
tongue weight the vehicle can carry.
based upon the vehicle model and
See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”
options.
later in this section.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Maximum Trailer Maximum Tongue

Vehicle Weight GCWR* Weight
3.6L Engine, FWD without Trailering 1 134 kg (2,500 lb) 3 185 kg (7,022 lb) 113 kg (250 lb)
Package
3.6L Engine, FWD with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lb) 3 640 kg (8,025 lb) 159 kg (350 lb)
3.6L Engine, AWD without Trailering 1 134 kg (2,500 lb) 3 270 kg (7,209 lb) 113 kg (250 lb)
Package
3.6L Engine, AWD with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lb) 3 725 kg (8,212 lb) 159 kg (350 lb)
*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
Ask your dealer for trailering If there are a lot of options,

information or advice. equipment, passengers or cargo in
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
Weight of the Trailer Tongue weight the vehicle can carry, which
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is will also reduce the trailer weight the
an important weight to measure vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
because it affects the total gross the tongue load must be added to
weight of the vehicle. The Gross the GVW because the vehicle will
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the be carrying that weight, too. See
curb weight of the vehicle, any Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9 for
cargo carried in it, and the people more information about the vehicle's
who will be riding in the vehicle. maximum load capacity.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
If a weight-carrying hitch or a The only way to be sure it is not

. The rear bumper on the vehicle
weight-distributing hitch is being exceeding any of these ratings is to is not intended for hitches. Do
used, the trailer tongue (1) should weigh the vehicle and trailer. not attach rental hitches or other
weigh 10-15 percent of the total bumper-type hitches to it. Use
loaded trailer weight (2). Total Weight on the Vehicle's only a frame-mounted hitch that
Tires does not attach to the bumper.
After loading the trailer, weigh the
trailer and then the tongue, Be sure the vehicle's tires are . Will any holes be made in the
separately, to see if the weights are inflated to the upper limit for cold body of the vehicle when the
proper. If they are not, adjustments tires. These numbers can be found trailer hitch is installed? If there
might be made by moving some on the Certification label or see are, then be sure to seal the
items around in the trailer. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9. holes later when the hitch is
Make sure not to go over the GVW removed. If the holes are not
Trailering may be limited by the limit for the vehicle, or the GAWR, sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
vehicle's ability to carry tongue including the weight of the trailer carbon monoxide (CO) from the
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause tongue. If using a weight distributing exhaust can get into the vehicle.
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR hitch, make sure not to go over the See Engine Exhaust on
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or rear axle limit before applying the page 9-21.
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle weight distribution spring bars.
Weight Rating). The effect of
additional weight may reduce the
trailering capacity more than the
Towing Equipment
total of the additional weight. Hitches
It is important that the vehicle does It is important to have the correct
not exceed any of its ratings — hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Maximum trucks going by, and rough roads
Trailer Rating or Tongue Weight. are a few reasons why the right
hitch is needed.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Hitch Cover To reinstall the hitch cover: Trailer Brakes

1. Hold the cover at a 45 degree A loaded trailer that weighs more
angle to the vehicle and push than 450 kg (1,000 lb) needs to have
the upper tabs in the hitch cover its own brake system that is
into the slots in the fascia. adequate for the weight of the
2. Move the bottom of the cover trailer. Be sure to read and follow
forward until the lower tabs line the instructions for the trailer brakes
up with the lower fascia slots. so they are installed, adjusted, and
maintained properly.
3. Snap the hitch cover into place
by pushing the upper corners Because the vehicle has antilock
forward. brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's
brake system. If you do, both brake
4. Turn the fasteners on the lower systems will not work well, or at all.
tabs 90 degrees clockwise to
To remove the hitch cover, lock the cover in place.
if equipped: Trailer Sway
1. Turn the fasteners on the lower Safety Chains Control (TSC)
tabs 90 degrees Always attach chains between the The vehicle has a TSC feature as
counterclockwise. vehicle and the trailer. Cross the part of the StabiliTrak system.
2. Lift the lower edge of the cover safety chains under the tongue of If TSC detects that the trailer is
about 45 degrees. the trailer to help prevent the tongue swaying, the vehicle's brakes are
from contacting the road if it automatically applied.
3. Pull the cover downward to becomes separated from the hitch.
disengage the upper Always leave just enough slack so
attachments. the rig can turn. Never allow safety
chains to drag on the ground.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Conversions and Add-on equipment can drain the

vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
Add-Ons vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Add-On Electrical Before attempting to add anything
Equipment electrical to the vehicle, see
When TSC is applying the brakes, Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light
flashes to notify the driver to reduce { Caution Vehicle on page 3-31 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
speed. If the trailer continues to Some electrical equipment can Vehicle on page 3-31.
sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine damage the vehicle or cause
torque to help slow the vehicle. components to not work and
TSC will not function if StabiliTrak is would not be covered by the
turned off. See Traction Control/ warranty. Always check with your
Electronic Stability Control on dealer before adding electrical
page 9-30. equipment.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-1
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Vehicle Care Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Electrical System
Electrical System
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Fuses and Circuit
General Information Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-22 Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Automatic Transmission Shift Engine Compartment Fuse
California Proposition Lock Control Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Instrument Panel Fuse
California Perchlorate Park Brake and P (Park) Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-23 Rear Compartment Fuse
Accessories and Wiper Blade Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Vehicle Checks Wheels and Tires
Headlamp Aiming Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Doing Your Own Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Bulb Replacement Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Engine Compartment Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-43
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 High Intensity Discharge Tire Terminology and
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 10-9 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Automatic Transmission Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-10 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-31 Tire Pressure Monitor
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-32 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-16
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-18
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-2 Vehicle Care
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Appearance Care General Information

When It Is Time for New Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90 For service and parts needs, visit
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-93 your dealer. You will receive
Different Size Tires and genuine GM parts and GM-trained
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 and supported service people.
Uniform Tire Quality Genuine GM parts have one of
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 these marks:
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-60
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-77
Jump Starting
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
Towing the Vehicle California Proposition
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-82
Recreational Vehicle 65 Warning
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82 Most motor vehicles, including this
one, contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-3
cause cancer and birth defects or handling, emissions systems, Vehicle Checks
other reproductive harm. Engine aerodynamics, durability, and
exhaust, many parts and systems, electronic systems like antilock
many fluids, and some component brakes, traction control, and stability Doing Your Own
wear by-products contain and/or control. These accessories or Service Work
emit these chemicals. modifications could even cause
California Perchlorate
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
{ Warning
Materials Requirements Damage to vehicle components It can be dangerous to work on
resulting from modifications or the your vehicle if you do not have
Certain types of automotive the proper knowledge, service
installation or use of non‐GM
applications, such as airbag manual, tools, or parts. Always
certified parts, including control
initiators, safety belt pretensioners, follow owner manual procedures
module or software modifications, is
and lithium batteries contained in and consult the service manual
not covered under the terms of the
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
vehicle warranty and may affect for your vehicle before doing any
may contain perchlorate materials.
remaining warranty coverage for service work.
Special handling may be necessary.
affected parts.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ GM Accessories are designed to If doing some of your own service
perchlorate. complement and function with other work, use the proper service
systems on the vehicle. See your manual. It tells you much more
Accessories and dealer to accessorize the vehicle about how to service the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories than this manual can. To order the
Modifications installed by a dealer technician. proper service manual, see Service
Adding non‐dealer accessories or Also, see Adding Equipment to the Publications Ordering Information
making modifications to the vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on on page 13-10.
can affect vehicle performance and page 3-31.
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-4 Vehicle Care
This vehicle has an airbag system. Hood

Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the To open the hood:
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3-31.
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records on
page 11-14.
{ Caution
2. Move the secondary hood
Even small amounts of release lever up to release the
contamination can cause damage striker. The lever is located near
to vehicle systems. Do not allow the middle of the hood.
contaminants to contact the fluids, 1. Pull the release handle with the
above symbol on it. It is located 3. Lift the hood.
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
below the instrument panel to Before closing the hood, be sure all
the left of the steering wheel. the filler caps are on properly.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-5
Engine Compartment Overview

7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-6 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 10. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. 1. Oil Fill Cap
page 10-10. See Jump Starting on 2. Engine Cover Bolt
2. Power Steering Reservoir and page 10-78. 3. Engine Cover
Cap (Under Engine Cover). See 11. Remote Negative (−) Terminal To remove:
Power Steering Fluid on (Out of View). See Jump
page 10-18. Starting on page 10-78. 1. Remove the oil fill cap (1).
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine 12. Engine Compartment Fuse 2. Remove the engine cover
Oil on page 10-7. Block on page 10-33. bolt (2).
4. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of 13. Windshield Washer Fluid 3. Raise the engine cover (3) to
View). See Engine Oil on Reservoir. See Washer Fluid release from the retainers.
page 10-7. on page 10-18. 4. Lift and remove the engine
5. Engine Cover on page 10-6. cover.
Engine Cover 5. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall
6. Transmission Fluid Cap and
Dipstick (Out of View). See engine cover.
Automatic Transmission Fluid on
page 10-10.
7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brakes on page 10-19.
8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant on page 10-13.
9. Battery (Out of View). See
Battery on page 10-21.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-7
Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil 2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
with a clean paper towel or cloth,
To ensure proper engine It is a good idea to check the engine
then push it back in all the way.
performance and long life, careful oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
Remove it again, keeping the tip
attention must be paid to engine oil. get an accurate reading, the vehicle
down, and check the level.
Following these simple, but must be on level ground. The
important steps will help protect engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. When to Add Engine Oil
your investment: See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-5 for the location of the
. Always use engine oil approved engine oil dipstick.
to the proper specification and of
the proper viscosity grade. See 1. If the engine has been running
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” recently, turn off the engine and
in this section. allow several minutes for the oil
to drain back into the oil pan.
. Check the engine oil level Checking the oil level too soon
regularly and maintain the If the oil is below the cross-hatched
after engine shutoff will not area at the tip of the dipstick, add
proper oil level. See “Checking provide an accurate oil level
Engine Oil” and “When to Add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
reading. and then recheck the level. See
Engine Oil” in this section.
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in
. Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
{ Warning this section for an explanation of
what kind of oil to use. For engine
Life System on page 10-9. The engine oil dipstick handle oil crankcase capacity, see
. Always dispose of engine oil may be hot; it could burn you. Capacities and Specifications on
properly. See “What to Do with Use a towel or glove to touch the page 12-2.
Used Oil” in this section. dipstick handle.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-8 Vehicle Care
Selecting the Right Engine Oil

{ Caution Selecting the right engine oil
{ Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil depends on both the proper oil Failure to use the recommended
levels above or below the specification and viscosity grade. engine oil can result in engine
acceptable operating range See Recommended Fluids and damage not covered by the
shown on the dipstick are harmful Lubricants on page 11-12. vehicle warranty. Check with your
to the engine. If you find that you Specification dealer or service provider on
have an oil level above the whether the oil is approved to the
operating range, i.e., the engine Ask for and use engine oils that dexos1 specification.
has so much oil that the oil level meet the dexos1™ specification.
Engine oils that have been
gets above the cross-hatched Viscosity Grade
approved by GM as meeting the
area that shows the proper
dexos1 specification are marked Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade
operating range, the engine could with the dexos1 approved logo. See
be damaged. You should drain engine oil.
www.gmdexos.com.
out the excess oil or limit driving Cold Temperature Operation: In an
of the vehicle and seek a service area of extreme cold, where the
professional to remove the temperature falls below −29°C
excess amount of oil. (−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be
used. An oil of this viscosity grade
will provide easier cold starting for
See Engine Compartment Overview the engine at extremely low
on page 10-5 for the location of the temperatures. When selecting an oil
engine oil fill cap. of the appropriate viscosity grade,
Add enough oil to put the level always select an oil of the correct
somewhere in the proper operating specification. See “Specification”
range. Push the dipstick all the way earlier in this section for more
back in when finished. information.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-9
Engine Oil Additives/Engine from the filter before disposal. Never Change the oil as soon as possible
Oil Flushes dispose of oil by putting it in the within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
trash or pouring it on the ground, It is possible that, if driving under
Do not add anything to the oil. The into sewers, or into streams or the best conditions, the oil life
recommended oils meeting the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking system might indicate that an oil
dexos1 specification are all that is it to a place that collects used oil. change is not necessary for up to a
needed for good performance and year. The engine oil and filter must
engine protection.
Engine Oil Life System be changed at least once a year
Engine oil system flushes are not and at this time the system must be
recommended and could cause When to Change Engine Oil reset. Your dealer has trained
engine damage not covered by the This vehicle has a computer system service people who will perform this
vehicle warranty. that indicates when to change the work and reset the system. It is also
engine oil and filter. This is based important to check the oil regularly
What to Do with Used Oil over the course of an oil drain
on a combination of factors which
Used engine oil contains certain include engine revolutions, engine interval and keep it at the proper
elements that can be unhealthy for temperature, and miles driven. level.
your skin and could even cause Based on driving conditions, the If the system is ever reset
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on mileage at which an oil change is accidentally, the oil must be
your skin for very long. Clean your indicated can vary considerably. For changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
skin and nails with soap and water, the oil life system to work properly, since the last oil change.
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or the system must be reset every time Remember to reset the oil life
properly dispose of clothing or rags the oil is changed. system whenever the oil is changed.
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the When the system has calculated
use and disposal of oil products. that oil life has been diminished, it
indicates that an oil change is
Used oil can be a threat to the necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
environment. If you change your OIL SOON message comes on. See
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil Engine Oil Messages on page 5-31.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-10 Vehicle Care
How to Reset the Engine Oil Be careful not to reset the oil life Automatic Transmission
Life System display accidentally at any time
other than after the oil is
Fluid
Reset the system whenever the changed. It cannot be reset A transmission fluid leak is the only
engine oil is changed so that the accurately until the next oil reason for fluid loss. If a leak
system can calculate the next change. occurs, take the vehicle to your
engine oil change. To reset the dealer and have it repaired as soon
system: The oil life system can also be reset
as follows: as possible.
1. Using the DIC controls on the Change the fluid and filter at the
right side of the steering wheel, 1. Turn the ignition on with the
engine off. intervals listed in Maintenance
display REMAINING OIL LIFE Schedule on page 11-3, and be sure
on the DIC. See Driver 2. Fully press and release the to use the fluid listed in
Information Center (DIC) on accelerator pedal three times Recommended Fluids and
page 5-25. When remaining oil within five seconds. Lubricants on page 11-12.
life is low, the CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
will appear on the display. See SOON message is not on, the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Engine Oil Messages on system is reset. See Engine Compartment Overview
page 5-31. The system is reset when the on page 10-5 for the location of the
2. Press SEL on the DIC controls CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON engine air cleaner/filter.
and hold SEL down for a few message is off.
When to Inspect the Engine Air
seconds to clear the CHANGE If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Cleaner/Filter
ENGINE OIL SOON message message comes back on when the
and reset the oil life at 100%. vehicle is started, the engine oil life Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
system has not been reset. Repeat scheduled maintenance intervals
the procedure. and replace it at the first oil change
after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi)
interval. See Maintenance Schedule
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-11
on page 11-3. If driving in dusty/dirty 3. Retaining Clips 3. Disconnect the outlet duct by
conditions, inspect the filter at each loosening the air duct clamp (1).
engine oil change. 4. Disconnect the electrical
How to Inspect the Engine Air connector (2). First, remove the
Cleaner/Filter connector lock clip at the bottom
of the connector, then press on
To inspect the air cleaner/filter, the top and bottom of the
remove the filter from the vehicle connector to remove.
and lightly shake the filter to release
loose dust and dirt. If the filter 5. Lift the retaining clips (3) on the
remains covered with dirt, a new air filter housing.
filter is required. Never use 6. Tilt and lift the cover slightly
compressed air to clean the filter. upward and slide the cover away
from outside edge of the vehicle.
Remove the air filter.
1. Cover Cut Outs
2. Air Filter Tabs 7. To install the air filter, place filter
inside box where the pleats fit in
To inspect or replace the engine air between the tabs inside the
cleaner/filter: lower box. Ensure that the cover
1. Open the hood. See Hood on cut outs (1) on both sides match
page 10-4. the air filter tabs (2) on both
2. Locate the air filter housing on sides.
the front passenger side of the 8. Replace air cleaner cover by
engine compartment. See inserting the four tabs into the
Engine Compartment Overview slots. Lower cover to meet
on page 10-5. bottom of the box. Attach the
1. Air Duct Clamp retaining clips (3).
2. Electrical Connector
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-12 Vehicle Care
9. Reconnect outlet duct to the

cover and tighten the air duct { Caution { Warning
clamp (1).
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt An electric engine cooling fan
10. Reconnect the electrical can easily get into the engine, under the hood can start up even
connector (2). Install connector which could damage it. Always when the engine is not running
lock clip to the bottom of have the air cleaner/filter in place and can cause injury. Keep
connector. when you are driving. hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.
{ Warning Cooling System
Operating the engine with the air If the coolant inside the coolant
cleaner/filter off can cause you or surge tank is boiling, do not do
others to be burned. The air anything else until it cools down.
cleaner not only cleans the air; it The vehicle should be parked on a
helps to stop flames if the engine level surface.
backfires. Use caution when The coolant level should be
working on the engine and do not between the MIN and MAX lines.
drive with the air cleaner/filter off. If it is not, the vehicle may have a
leak at the radiator hoses, heater
hoses, radiator, water pump,
or somewhere else in the cooling
system.
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out

of View)
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-13
problem with engine overheating,

{ Warning { Caution see Engine Overheating on
page 10-16.
Heater and radiator hoses, and Using coolant other than
other engine parts, can be very DEX-COOL® can cause What to Use
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, premature engine, heater core,
you can be burned. or radiator corrosion. In addition,
the engine coolant could require
{ Warning
Do not run the engine if there is a
changing sooner. Any repairs Adding only plain water or some
leak. If you run the engine, it
would not be covered by the other liquid to the cooling system
could lose all coolant. That could
vehicle warranty. Always use can be dangerous. Plain water
cause an engine fire, and you
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant and other liquids, can boil before
could be burned. Get any leak
in the vehicle. the proper coolant mixture will.
fixed before you drive the vehicle.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
If there seems to be no leak, with Engine Coolant With plain water or the wrong
the engine on, check to see if the The cooling system in the vehicle is mixture, the engine could get too
engine cooling fan is running. If the filled with DEX-COOL® engine hot but you would not get the
engine is overheating, the fan coolant. This coolant needs to be overheat warning. The engine
should be running. If it is not, the checked and replaced at could catch fire and you or others
vehicle needs service. Turn off the appropriate intervals. See could be burned. Use a 50/
engine. Maintenance Schedule on 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
page 11-3. water and DEX-COOL coolant.
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-14 Vehicle Care
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Checking Coolant

drinkable water and DEX-COOL Caution (Continued)
The vehicle must be on a level
coolant. If using this mixture,
mixture can freeze and crack surface when checking the coolant
nothing else needs to be added.
engine cooling parts. The repairs level.
This mixture:
would not be covered by the Check to see if coolant is visible in
. Gives freezing protection down vehicle warranty. Use only the the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
to −37°C (−34°F), outside proper mixture of engine coolant inside the coolant surge tank is
temperature. for the cooling system. See boiling, do not do anything else until
. Gives boiling protection up to Recommended Fluids and it cools down. If coolant is visible
129°C (265°F), engine Lubricants on page 11-12. but the coolant level is not at the
temperature. indicated mark, add a 50/50 mixture
. Protects against rust and of clean, drinkable water and
Never dispose of engine coolant by
corrosion. DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant
putting it in the trash, pouring it on
surge tank, but be sure the cooling
. Will not damage aluminum parts. the ground, or into sewers, streams,
system is cool before this is done.
or bodies of water. Have the coolant
. Helps keep the proper engine See Engine Overheating on
changed by an authorized service
temperature. page 10-16.
center, familiar with legal
requirements regarding used The coolant surge tank is located in
{ Caution coolant disposal. This will help the engine compartment on the
protect the environment and your driver side of the vehicle. See
If improper coolant mixture, health. Engine Compartment Overview on
inhibitors, or additives are used in page 10-5.
the vehicle cooling system, the
engine could overheat and be
damaged. Too much water in the
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-15
How to Add Coolant to the

Coolant Surge Tank { Warning Warning (Continued)
Steam and scalding liquids from a could catch fire and you or others
{ Caution hot cooling system can blow out could be burned. Use a
and burn you badly. Never turn 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
This vehicle has a specific
the cap when the cooling system, water and DEX-COOL coolant.
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
including the surge tank pressure
follow this procedure could cause
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
the engine to overheat and be
system and surge tank pressure
severely damaged.
cap to cool. { Caution
In cold weather, water can freeze
If no problem is found, check to see and crack the engine, radiator,
if coolant is visible in the coolant
surge tank. If coolant is visible but { Warning heater core, and other parts. Use
the recommended coolant and
the coolant level is not at the
indicated level mark, add a Adding only plain water or some the proper coolant mixture.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable other liquid to the cooling system
water and DEX-COOL coolant at the can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
coolant surge tank, but be sure the
cooling system, including the the proper coolant mixture will. { Warning
coolant surge tank pressure cap, is The coolant warning system is set You can be burned if you spill
cool before you do it. for the proper coolant mixture. coolant on hot engine parts.
With plain water or the wrong Coolant contains ethylene glycol
mixture, the engine could get too and it will burn if the engine parts
hot but you would not get the are hot enough. Do not spill
overheat warning. The engine coolant on a hot engine.
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-16 Vehicle Care
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with

the proper mixture to the { Caution
indicated level mark.
If the pressure cap is not tightly
4. With the coolant surge tank installed, coolant loss and
pressure cap off, start the possible engine damage may
engine and let it run until you occur. Be sure the cap is properly
can feel the upper radiator hose and tightly secured.
getting hot. Watch out for the
engine cooling fan.
By this time, the coolant level Engine Overheating
inside the coolant surge tank The vehicle has an indicator to warn
may be lower. If the level is of engine overheating.
1. Remove the coolant surge tank
lower, add more of the proper
pressure cap when the cooling There is an engine coolant
mixture to the coolant surge tank
system, including the coolant temperature warning light on the
until the level reaches the
surge tank pressure cap and vehicle's instrument cluster. See
indicated level mark.
upper radiator hose, is no Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
longer hot. 5. Replace the pressure cap tightly. on page 5-12.
Turn the pressure cap slowly 6. Verify coolant level after the If the decision is made not to lift the
counterclockwise about engine is shut off and the hood when this warning appears,
one-quarter of a turn. If you hear coolant is cold. If necessary, but instead get service help right
a hiss, wait for that to stop. This repeat coolant fill procedure away. See Roadside Service on
will allow any pressure still left to Steps 1–6. page 13-5.
be vented out the If the coolant still is not at the
discharge hose. If the decision is made to lift the
proper level when the system hood, make sure the vehicle is
2. Keep turning the pressure cap cools down again, see your parked on a level surface.
slowly and remove it. dealer.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-17
Then check to see if the engine

. Tows a trailer.
cooling fans are running. If the Warning (Continued) If the overheat warning displays with
engine is overheating, both fans no sign of steam:
should be running. If they are not, Wait until there is no sign of
do not continue to run the engine steam or coolant before you open 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
and have the vehicle serviced. the hood. 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
If you keep driving when the temperature and to the highest
{ Caution engine is overheated, the liquids fan speed. Open the windows as
necessary.
in it can catch fire. You or others
Running the engine without could be badly burned. Stop the 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
coolant may cause damage or a engine if it overheats, and get out the road, shift to P (Park) or
fire. Vehicle damage would not be of the vehicle until the engine N (Neutral), and let the
covered by the vehicle warranty. is cool. engine idle.
If the temperature overheat gauge is
If Steam Is Coming from the If No Steam Is Coming from no longer in the overheat zone or an
Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment overheat warning no longer
displays, the vehicle can be driven.
If an engine overheat warning is
{ Warning displayed but no steam can be seen
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
Steam from an overheated engine or heard, the problem may not be vehicle distance from the vehicle in
too serious. Sometimes the engine front. If the warning does not come
can burn you badly, even if you
can get a little too hot when the back on, continue to drive normally
just open the hood. Stay away
vehicle: and have the cooling system
from the engine if you see or hear
steam coming from it. Just turn it . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. checked for proper fill and function.
off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving. If the warning continues, pull over,
the vehicle until it cools down. stop, and park the vehicle
. Idles for long periods in traffic. right away.
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-18 Vehicle Care
If there is no sign of steam, idle the How to Check Power Steering What to Use
engine for three minutes while Fluid
parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it To check the power steering fluid: { Caution
cools down. 1. Turn the engine off and let the Use of the incorrect fluid may
engine compartment cool down. damage the vehicle and the
Power Steering Fluid 2. Remove the engine cover, damages may not be covered by
if required. See Engine Cover on the vehicle warranty. Always use
page 10-6. the correct fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
3. Wipe the cap and the top of the
reservoir clean. Lubricants on page 11-12.
4. Unscrew the cap and wipe the

dipstick with a clean rag. To determine what kind of fluid to
use, see Recommended Fluids and
See Engine Compartment Overview 5. Replace the cap and completely Lubricants on page 11-12. Always
on page 10-5 for reservoir location. tighten it. use the proper fluid.
When to Check Power Steering 6. Remove the cap again and look
Fluid at the fluid level on the dipstick. Washer Fluid
It is not necessary to regularly The level should be within the HOT What to Use
check power steering fluid unless a mark. If necessary, add only enough
fluid to bring the level within When windshield washer fluid is
leak is suspected in the system or
the mark. needed, be sure to read the
unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss
manufacturer's instructions before
in this system could indicate a
use. If operating the vehicle in an
problem. Have the system inspected
area where the temperature may fall
and repaired.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-19
below freezing, use a fluid that has Brakes

sufficient protection against { Caution
freezing. Disc brake pads have built-in wear
. Do not use engine coolant indicators that make a high-pitched
Adding Washer Fluid (antifreeze) in the windshield warning sound when the brake pads
washer. It can damage the are worn and new pads are needed.
The WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
windshield washer system The sound can come and go or be
FLUID message appears on the
and paint. heard all the time when the vehicle
Driver Information Center (DIC)
when the fluid level is low. See . Do not mix water with is moving, except when applying the
Washer Fluid Messages on ready-to-use washer fluid. brake pedal firmly.
page 5-38. Water can cause the solution
to freeze and damage the { Warning
washer fluid tank and other
parts of the washer system. The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
. When using concentrated
not work well. That could lead to
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for a crash. When the brake wear
adding water. warning sound is heard, have the
Open the cap with the washer vehicle serviced.
. Fill the washer fluid tank only
symbol on it. Add washer fluid up to three-quarters full when it is
the fill mark. See Engine very cold. This allows for fluid
Compartment Overview on
page 10-5 for reservoir location.
expansion if freezing occurs, { Caution
which could damage the tank
if it is completely full. Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-20 Vehicle Care
Some driving conditions or climates Replacing Brake System Parts There are only two reasons why the
can cause a brake squeal when the brake fluid level in the reservoir
Always replace brake system parts
brakes are first applied or lightly might go down:
with new, approved replacement
applied. This does not mean . The brake fluid level goes down
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
something is wrong with the brakes. because of normal brake lining
may not work properly. The braking
Properly torqued wheel nuts are performance expected can change wear. When new linings are
necessary to help prevent brake in many other ways if the wrong installed, the fluid level goes
pulsation. When tires are rotated, replacement brake parts are back up.
inspect brake pads for wear and installed or parts are improperly . A fluid leak in the brake
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the installed. hydraulic system can also cause
proper sequence to torque a low fluid level. Have the brake
specifications. See Capacities and Brake Fluid hydraulic system fixed, since a
Specifications on page 12-2. leak means that sooner or later
Brake pads should be replaced as the brakes will not work well.
complete sets. Do not top off the brake fluid.
Brake Pedal Travel Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
See your dealer if the brake pedal worn, there will be too much fluid
does not return to normal height, when new brake linings are
or if there is a rapid increase in The brake master cylinder reservoir installed. Add or remove brake fluid,
pedal travel. This could be a sign is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as as necessary, only when work is
that brake service may be required. indicated on the reservoir cap. See done on the brake hydraulic system.
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10-5 for the location of the
reservoir.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-21
{ Warning { Warning Caution (Continued)

If too much brake fluid is added, it With the wrong kind of fluid in the . If brake fluid is spilled on the
can spill on the engine and burn, brake hydraulic system, the vehicle's painted surfaces,
if the engine is hot enough. You brakes might not work well. This the paint finish can be
or others could be burned, and could cause a crash. Always use damaged. Be careful not to
the vehicle could be damaged. the proper brake fluid. spill brake fluid on the
Add brake fluid only when work is vehicle. If you do, wash it off
done on the brake hydraulic immediately.
system.
{ Caution Battery
. Using the wrong fluid can
When the brake fluid falls to a low The original equipment battery is
level, the brake warning light comes badly damage brake maintenance free. Do not remove
on. See Brake System Warning hydraulic system parts. For the cap and do not add fluid.
Light on page 5-18. example, just a few drops of
mineral-based oil, such as Refer to the replacement number
What to Add engine oil, in the brake shown on the original battery label
Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid hydraulic system can damage when a new battery is needed. See
from a sealed container. See brake hydraulic system parts Engine Compartment Overview on
Recommended Fluids and so badly that they will have to page 10-5 for battery location.
Lubricants on page 11-12. be replaced. Do not let
someone put in the wrong
Always clean the brake fluid
kind of fluid.
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it. This (Continued)
helps keep dirt from entering the
reservoir.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-22 Vehicle Care
Extended Storage: Remove the 1. Before starting this check, be

{ Warning black, negative (−) cable from the sure there is enough room
battery or use a battery trickle around the vehicle.
Battery posts, terminals, and charger.
related accessories contain lead 2. Apply both the parking brake
and lead compounds, chemicals and the regular brake.
All-Wheel Drive
known to the State of California to Do not use the accelerator
cause cancer and reproductive Transfer Case pedal, and be ready to turn off
harm. Wash hands after handling. the engine immediately if it
Under normal driving conditions,
starts.
transfer case fluid does not require
Vehicle Storage changing or checking unless there 3. Try to start the engine in each
is a fluid leak or unusual noise. gear. The vehicle should start
{ Warning If required, have the transfer case
serviced by your dealer.
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the vehicle starts in any other
Batteries have acid that can burn position, contact your dealer for
you and gas that can explode. Starter Switch Check service.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting on { Warning
page 10-78 for tips on working
around a battery without When you are doing this
getting hurt. inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
Infrequent Usage: Remove the
injured.
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-23
Automatic Transmission normal effort. If the shift lever pressure from the regular brake
moves out of P (Park), contact pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
Shift Lock Control your dealer for service. held by the parking brake only.
Function Check . To check the P (Park)
Park Brake and P (Park) mechanism's holding ability:
{ Warning Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could { Warning parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
move suddenly. If the vehicle
When you are doing this check, Contact your dealer if service is
moves, you or others could be
the vehicle could begin to move. required.
injured.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged. Wiper Blade Replacement
1. Before starting this check, be Make sure there is room in front
sure there is enough room of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be
around the vehicle. It should be roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear or cracking.
parked on a level surface. brake at once should the vehicle It is a good idea to clean or replace
2. Apply the parking brake. Be begin to move. the wiper blade assembly on a
ready to apply the regular brake regular basis or when worn. For
immediately if the vehicle begins proper windshield wiper blade
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the length and type, see Maintenance
to move. vehicle facing downhill. Keeping Replacement Parts on page 11-13.
3. With the engine off, turn the your foot on the regular brake, set
ignition on, but do not start the the parking brake.
engine. Without applying the . To check the parking brake's
regular brake, try to move the holding ability: With the engine
shift lever out of P (Park) with running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-24 Vehicle Care
To remove the cover:

{ Caution
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
the windshield when no wiper
blade is installed could damage
the windshield. Any damage that
occurs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
the wiper arm to touch the 1. Slide a plastic tool under the
windshield. cover and push upward to
unsnap.
2. Slide the cover toward the wiper
Front Wiper Blade 2. Press the button in the middle of
blade tip to unhook it from the
Replacement the wiper arm connector, and
blade assembly.
pull the wiper blade away from
To replace the wiper blade 3. Remove the cover.
the arm connector.
assembly:
3. Remove the wiper blade. 4. After wiper blade replacement,
1. Pull the windshield wiper ensure that the cover hook
assembly away from the 4. Reverse steps 1–3 for wiper
slides into the slot in the blade
windshield. blade replacement.
assembly.
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement 5. Snap the cover down to secure.
The rear wiper blade and wiper arm
have a cover for protection. The
cover must be removed before the
wiper blade can be replaced.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-25
To remove the wiper blade: Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement

Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, page 10-32.
the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb changing procedure
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
Halogen Bulbs
1. Lift the wiper arm away from the
window. { Warning
2. Push the release lever (2) to Halogen bulbs have pressurized
disengage the hook and push gas inside and can burst if you
the wiper arm (1) out of the drop or scratch the bulb. You or
blade assembly (3). others could be injured. Be sure
3. Push the new blade assembly to read and follow the instructions
securely on the wiper arm until on the bulb package.
the release lever clicks into
place.
4. Replace the wiper cover.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-26 Vehicle Care
High Intensity Discharge Headlamps

(HID) Lighting
{ Warning
The high intensity discharge
lighting system operates at a very
high voltage. If you try to service
any of the system components,
you could be seriously injured.
Have your dealer or a qualified
technician service them. Uplevel Headlamp Assembly (Rear
View Driver Side)
After an HID headlamp bulb has Base Headlamp Assembly (Rear
been replaced, the beam might be a 1. High/Low-Beam Headlamp
View Passenger Side)
slightly different shade than it was (To be replaced at
originally. This is normal. 1. Low-Beam Headlamp/ dealer only)
Daytime Running 2. Daytime Running
Lamp (DRL) Lamp (DRL)
2. High-Beam Headlamp 3. Turn Signal Lamp
3. Turn Signal Lamp
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-27
Driver Side 3. Lift the air cleaner/filter base to

disengage from the three pins.
The removal of the underhood
electrical center cover is required for Low-Beam Headlamps/Daytime
the replacement of one of these Running Lamps (DRL),
bulbs: High-Beam Headlamps (Base)
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10-4.
{ Warning
Liquids from environment or
spillage and/or tools placed on
2. Unlatch the three clips and lift up
top of or used in the underhood the underhood electrical center
electrical center while the cover is cover to remove.
removed can pose a risk of
electrical shock/burn to anyone in Passenger Side
the vicinity. These conditions can The removal of the air filter/cleaner
also cause damage to electrical assembly and base is required for
components on the vehicle. Keep the replacement of one of these 1. From the back side of the
liquids and tools away from the bulbs: headlamp assembly, remove the
underhood electrical center when top cap to replace the low-beam
1. Open the hood. See Hood on headlamp/DRL bulb.
the cover is removed.
page 10-4.
2. Remove the air cleaner/filter
cover. See Engine Air Cleaner/
Filter on page 10-10.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-28 Vehicle Care
8. Install the cap with the down Daytime Running Lamp (DRL)
arrow pointing down in the back (Uplevel)
of the headlamp assembly.
9. For the driver side, reinstall the
underhood electrical center
cover by latching three clips.
10. For the passenger side,
reinstall the air filter/cleaner
assembly base by pushing to
seat. Verify the base is seated
securely, then install the engine
air filter/cleaner assembly.
2. From the back side of the
headlamp assembly, remove the High/Low-Beam Headlamps
bottom cap to replace the (Uplevel)
high-beam headlamp bulb. 1. From the back side of the
The high/low-beam headlamps on
3. Disconnect the electrical the uplevel are High Intensity headlamp assembly, remove the
connector. Discharge (HID) and should be bottom cap to replace the
replaced at the dealer. DRL bulb.
4. Remove the bulb socket from
the headlamp assembly. 2. Disconnect electrical connector.
5. Replace the bulb in the bulb 3. Remove the DRL bulb socket
socket. from the headlamp assembly.
6. Install the bulb socket in the 4. Replace the bulb in the bulb
headlamp assembly. socket.
7. Connect the electrical connector. 5. Install the bulb socket in the
headlamp assembly.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-29
6. Connect the electrical connector. 4. Install the bulb socket in the

7. Install the cap with the down headlamp assembly.
arrow pointing down in the back 5. For the driver side, reinstall the
of the headlamp assembly. underhood electrical center
8. For the driver side, reinstall the cover by latching the three clips.
underhood electrical center 6. For the passenger side, reinstall
cover by latching three clips. the air filter/cleaner assembly
9. For the passenger side, reinstall base by pushing to seat. Verify
the air filter/cleaner assembly the base is seated securely, then
base by pushing to seat. Verify install the engine air filter/
the base is seated securely, then cleaner assembly.
install the engine air filter/ 2. Remove the push pin (1) on the
cleaner assembly. Turn Signal Lamps
taillamp cover (2).
Front Turn Signal Lamp (Base To replace one of these bulbs:
3. Remove the taillamp cover from
and Uplevel) 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate the lamp assembly by pulling
on page 2-14. rearward from the top to
To replace the front turn
unfasten the snap tabs.
signal lamp:
1. Remove the turn signal lamp
bulb socket from the headlamp
assembly.
2. Remove the turn signal lamp
bulb from the socket.
3. Replace the bulb in the bulb
socket.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-30 Vehicle Care
11. Push the push pin to secure

the taillamp cover.
Back-Up Lamps
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
on page 2-14.
4. Remove the two screws from the 6. Turn the turn signal lamp bulb
taillamp assembly. socket counterclockwise to
5. Pull the taillamp assembly remove it from the taillamp
straight back to remove. assembly.
7. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.
8. Press a new bulb into the
socket, insert it into the taillamp
assembly, and turn the bulb 2. Remove the push pin (1) on the
socket clockwise until it clicks. taillamp cover (2).
9. Reinstall the taillamp assembly 3. Remove the taillamp cover from
and tighten the screws. the lamp assembly by pulling
10. Reinstall the taillamp cover by rearward from the top to
snapping it into place. unfasten from the snap tabs.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-31
11. Push the push pin to secure

the taillamp cover.
License Plate Lamp

To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
on page 2-14.
4. Remove the two screws from the 6. Disconnect the wiring harness
taillamp assembly. connector from the back-up bulb/
5. Pull the taillamp assembly socket assembly.
straight back to remove. 7. Turn the back-up bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the taillamp assembly.
8. Install a new bulb/socket
assembly into the taillamp Passenger Side Shown, Driver
assembly, and turn the bulb/ Side Similar
socket clockwise until it clicks.
2. Push the left end of the lamp
9. Reinstall the taillamp assembly assembly toward the right.
and tighten the screws.
3. Turn the lamp assembly down to
10. Reinstall the taillamp cover by remove it from the liftgate.
snapping it into place.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-32 Vehicle Care
8. Push on the lamp side opposite Electrical System

the clip until the lamp assembly
snaps into place.
Electrical System
Replacement Bulbs Overload
Bulb The vehicle has fuses and circuit
Exterior Lamp breakers to protect against an
Number
electrical system overload.
Back-up Lamp Hyperclick
PH16W When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
Daytime 7443 ULL and closes, protecting the circuit
Running Lamp until the current load returns to
4. Turn the bulb socket (1) Headlamp 9005LL normal or the problem is fixed. This
counterclockwise to remove it High-Beam greatly reduces the chance of circuit
from the lamp assembly (3). overload and fire caused by
Headlamp H11LL electrical problems.
5. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
Low-Beam
the bulb socket. Fuses and circuit breakers protect
License Plate Lamp W5WLL power devices in the vehicle.
6. Push the replacement bulb
straight into the bulb socket and Turn Signal Front 7444NA Replace a bad fuse with a new one
turn the bulb socket clockwise to of the identical size and rating.
Tail/Turn 7440
install into the lamp assembly.
Signal Rear If there is a problem on the road and
7. Turn the lamp assembly into the a fuse needs to be replaced, the
liftgate, engaging the clip side For replacement bulbs not listed same amperage fuse can be
first. here, contact your dealer. borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-33
Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment

An electrical overload may cause Breakers Fuse Block
the lamps to go on and off, or in
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are To remove the fuse block cover,
some cases to remain off. Have the
protected from short circuits by a press the clips on the cover and lift
headlamp wiring checked right away
combination of fuses and circuit it straight up.
if the lamps go on and off or
breakers. This greatly reduces the
remain off.
Windshield Wipers
chance of damage caused by
electrical problems.
{ Caution
To check a fuse, look at the Spilling liquid on any electrical
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield silver-colored band inside the fuse. component on the vehicle may
wipers will stop until the motor cools If the band is broken or melted, damage it. Always keep the
and will then restart. replace the fuse. Be sure to replace covers on any electrical
a bad fuse with a new one of the component.
Although the circuit is protected identical size and rating.
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may Fuses of the same amperage can
cause wiper linkage damage. be temporarily borrowed from
Always clear ice and heavy snow another fuse location, if a fuse goes
from the windshield before using the out. Replace the fuse as soon as
windshield wipers. possible.
If the overload is caused by an To identify and check fuses, circuit
electrical problem and not snow or breakers, and relays, see Engine
ice, be sure to get it fixed. Compartment Fuse Block on
page 10-33, Instrument Panel Fuse
Block on page 10-36, and Rear
Compartment Fuse Block on
page 10-38.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-34 Vehicle Care
J-Case Usage
Fuses
26 Rear Electrical
Center 2
41 Cooling Fan 2
42 Starter
45 Cooling Fan 1
Mini Fuses Usage

1 Engine Control
Module Battery
2 Transmission
Control Module
Battery
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
5 Engine Control
Module Run Crank
The vehicle may not be equipped J-Case Usage
with all of the fuses, relays, and Fuses 7 Post-Catalytic
features shown. Converter O2
24 Antilock Brake Sensor
J-Case Usage
System Pump
Fuses 8 Pre-Catalytic
25 Rear Electrical Converter O2
6 Wiper
Center 1 Sensor
12 Vacuum Pump
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-35
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

9 Engine Control 32 Battery Sense 55 High-Beam
Module Powertrain (Regulated Voltage Headlamp – Right
Control)
10 Fuel Injectors 56 High-Beam
– Even 33 Adaptive Forward Headlamp – Left
Lighting
11 Fuel Injectors – Odd 57 Ignition Steering
35 Electronic Brake Column Lock
13 Washer
Control Module
65 Trailer Right
14 Heated Steering
36 Air Conditioning Stoplamp
Wheel
Compressor Clutch
66 Trailer Left Stoplamp
15 Not Used
46 Low-Beam
67 Spare
16 Instrument Cluster/ Headlamp – Right
Malfunction Indicator 68 Spare
47 Low-Beam
Lamp/Ignition
Headlamp – Left 69 Spare
17 Air Quality Sensor
50 Front Fog Lamps 70 Spare
18 Not Used
51 Horn 71 Spare
19 Transmission
52 Fuel System Control 72 Spare
Control Module Run
Module
Crank
53 Headlamp Level
20 Rear Electrical
Center Run Crank 54 Sensing Diagnostic
Module Ignition
30 Switch Back Light
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-36 Vehicle Care
Mini Relays Usage U Micro Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

7 Powertrain
Relays Block
3 Air Conditioning
9 Cooling Fan 2
Compressor Clutch
13 Cooling Fan 1
8 Not Used
15 Run/Crank
Micro Usage
Relays
2 Vacuum Pump
4 Wiper Control
5 Wiper Speed
10 Starter
The instrument panel fuse block is
12 Cool Fan 3 located in the center console
14 Low Beam/HID between the driver and passenger
seats. To access the fuses, open
the fuse panel door from the
passenger side by pulling it out.
To reinstall the door, push the door
back into its original location.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays and
features shown.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-37
Mini Fuses Usage

DISPLY Display
S/ROOF Sunroof
UHP Universal
Handsfree Phone
(If Equipped)
RDO Radio
APO – Auxiliary Power
IP/CNSL Outlet – Instrument
Panel/Console
APO – CNSL Auxiliary Power
Outlet – Floor
Console
BCM 1 Body Control
Module 3
BCM 4 Body Control
Module 4
BCM 7 Body Control
Module 7
ONSTAR OnStar® System (If
Instrument Panel Fuse Block Equipped)
RAIN SNSR Rain Sensor
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-38 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage J-Case Usage Rear Compartment Fuse

BCM 6 Body Control
Fuses Block
Module 6 BCM 8 Body Control
Module 8
ESCL Electronic Steering
Column Lock FRT BLWR Front Blower
AIRBAG Sensing and
Diagnostic Module Relays Usage
DLC Data Link LOGIC RLY/ Logistics Relay/
Connector SHUNT Shunt
IPC Instrument Cluster RAP/ Retained
ACCY RLY Accessory Power/
STR Steering Wheel Accessory Relay
WHL SW Switch
BCM 3 Body Control Breakers Usage The rear compartment fuse block is
Module 1 in the cargo area, on the driver side
HTR DR Heated Driver Seat
BCM 2 Body Control of the vehicle behind the lower trim
Module 2 HTR PAS Heated panel. To open, turn the latch with a
Passenger Seat flat bladed tool and pull the trim
AMP/RDO Amplifier/Radio
panel from the edges to fold it down.
HVAC Heating Ventilation The vehicle may not be equipped
& Air Conditioning with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-39
Fuses Usage
AOS MDL Automatic Occupant
Sensing Module
AUX PWR Auxiliary Power
Outlet
* BCM Body Control
THEFT Module Theft
CAMERA Rear Vision Camera
CNSTR Canister Vent
VENT
DRV Driver Power Seat
PWR SEAT
EOCM/ External Object
SBZA Calculating Module/
Side Blind Zone
Alert
EMPTY Not Used
FRT Front Heated Seats
HTD SEAT
FRT Front Ventilated
Rear Compartment Fuse Block VENT SEAT Seats
FUEL Fuel Pump
PUMP
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-40 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

HTD MIR Heated Mirror RDM Rear Drive Module UGDO Universal Garage
Door Opener
IGN/ Ignition/Theft 1 REAR Rear Defog
THEFT 1 DEFOG VICS Vehicle Information
Communications
IGN/ Ignition/Theft 2 REAR Rear Heated Seats
System (Export)
THEFT 2 HTD SEAT
WNDO Power Window
INFOTMNT Infotainment REAR/WPR Rear Wiper
* L/GATE Liftgate RT WDO Right Window Relays Usage
LGM Liftgate Module RPA MDL Rear Parking Assist DEFOG Rear Window
Module REAR Defogger
LGM Liftgate Module
LOGIC Logic SADS MDL Semi Active * FUEL Fuel Pump
Damping System PUMP
MDL TRLR Trailer Module
Module
MIR Mirror Window LOGIC Logistic Relay
* SEC Security (Export)
WDO MDL Module
SHUNT Shunt * RUN RLY Run Relay
PRK Park Brake Module
BRK MDL SPARE Not Used SPARE Not Used
PASS DR Passenger Door SPARE Spare Fuses WPR Wiper Control
WDO SW Window Switch FUSES CONTRL
PASS DR Passenger/Driver * TRLR EXP Trailer Export
PWR SEAT Power Seats *Denotes uplevel content.
TRLR Trailer Module
PRK Trailer Park Lamps
* TRLR 2 Trailer 2
LPS TRLR
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-41
Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Tires and a serious crash. See . Worn or old tires can
Every new GM vehicle has Vehicle Load Limits on cause a crash. If the tread
high-quality tires made by a page 9-9. is badly worn,
leading tire manufacturer. See . Underinflated tires pose replace them.
the warranty manual for the same danger as . Replace any tires that
information regarding the tire overloaded tires. The have been damaged by
warranty and where to get resulting crash could impacts with potholes,
service. For additional cause serious injury. curbs, etc.
information refer to the tire Check all tires frequently . Improperly repaired tires
manufacturer. to maintain the can cause a crash. Only
recommended pressure. the dealer or an
{ Warning Tire pressure should be authorized tire service
checked when the tires center should repair,
. Poorly maintained and are cold.
improperly used tires are replace, dismount, and
dangerous.
. Overinflated tires are more mount the tires.
likely to be cut, punctured, . Do not spin the tires in
. Overloading the tires can or broken by a sudden
cause overheating as a excess of 56 km/h
impact — such as when (35 mph) on slippery
result of too much flexing. hitting a pothole. Keep
There could be a blowout surfaces such as snow,
tires at the recommended mud, ice, etc. Excessive
(Continued) pressure. spinning may cause the
(Continued) tires to explode.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-42 Vehicle Care
See Tire Pressure for traction or performance as winter

. Use only radial ply tires of the
High-Speed Operation on tires on snow or ice-covered roads. same size, load range, and
See Winter Tires on page 10-42. speed rating as the original
page 10-49 for inflation pressure equipment tires.
adjustment for high-speed
driving. Winter Tires Winter tires with the same speed
This vehicle was not originally rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
All-Season Tires equipped with winter tires. Winter
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
tires are designed for increased
This vehicle may come with tires with a lower speed rating are
traction on snow and ice-covered
all-season tires. These tires are chosen, never exceed the tire's
roads. Consider installing winter
designed to provide good overall maximum speed capability.
tires on the vehicle if frequent
performance on most road surfaces
driving on ice or snow covered
and weather conditions. Original
roads is expected. See your dealer Summer Tires
equipment tires designed to GM's
for details regarding winter tire This vehicle may come with high
specific tire performance criteria
availability and proper tire selection. performance summer tires. These
have a TPC specification code
Also, see Buying New Tires on tires have a special tread and
molded onto the sidewall. Original
page 10-57. compound that are optimized for
equipment all-season tires can be
identified by the last two characters With winter tires, there may be maximum dry and wet road
of this TPC code, which will decreased dry road traction, performance. This special tread and
be “MS.” increased road noise, and shorter compound will have decreased
tread life. After changing to winter performance in cold climates, and
Consider installing winter tires on on ice and snow. We recommend
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
the vehicle if frequent driving on installing winter tires on the vehicle
handling and braking.
snow or ice-covered roads is if frequent driving at temperatures
expected. All-season tires provide If using winter tires: below approximately 5°C (40°F) or
adequate performance for most . Use tires of the same brand and on ice or snow covered roads is
winter driving conditions, but they tread type on all four wheel expected. See Winter Tires on
may not offer the same level of positions. page 10-42.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-43
Tire Sidewall Labeling and service description. See the digits represent the week
“Tire Size” illustration later in this (01–52) and the last two digits,
Useful information about a tire is section. the year. For example, the third
molded into its sidewall. The week of the year 2010 would
examples show a typical (2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date
passenger vehicle tire and a of 0310.
compact spare tire sidewall. Specification): Original
equipment tires designed to (4) Tire Identification Number
GM's specific tire performance (TIN): The letters and numbers
criteria have a TPC specification following the DOT (Department
code molded onto the sidewall. of Transportation) code are the
GM's TPC specifications meet or Tire Identification Number (TIN).
exceed all federal safety The TIN shows the
guidelines. manufacturer and plant code,
(3) DOT (Department of tire size, and date the tire was
Transportation): The manufactured. The TIN is
Department of Transportation molded onto both sides of the
(DOT) code indicates that the tire, although only one side may
tire is in compliance with the have the date of manufacture.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
U.S. Department of (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
(1) Tire Size: The tire size is a Transportation Motor Vehicle of cord and number of plies in
combination of letters and Safety Standards. the sidewall and under the tread.
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height, DOT Tire Date of (6) Uniform Tire Quality
aspect ratio, construction type, Manufacture: The last four Grading (UTQG): Tire
digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufacturers are required to
manufactured date. The first two grade tires based on three
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-44 Vehicle Care
performance factors: treadwear, (2) Temporary Use Only: The (4) Maximum Cold Inflation
traction, and temperature compact spare tire or temporary Load Limit: Maximum load that
resistance. For more information use tire should not be driven at can be carried and the
see Uniform Tire Quality speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). maximum pressure needed to
Grading on page 10-59. The compact spare tire is for support that load.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation emergency use when a regular (5) Tire Inflation: The
Load Limit: Maximum load that road tire has lost air and gone temporary use tire or compact
can be carried and the flat. If the vehicle has a compact spare tire should be inflated to
maximum pressure needed to spare tire, see Compact Spare 420 kPa (60 psi). For more
support that load. Tire on page 10-77 and If a Tire information on tire pressure and
Goes Flat on page 10-62. inflation see Tire Pressure on
(3) Tire Identification Number page 10-48.
(TIN): The letters and numbers (6) Tire Size: A combination of
following the DOT (Department letters and numbers define a
of Transportation) code are the tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
Tire Identification Number (TIN). construction type, and service
The TIN shows the description. The letter T as the
manufacturer and plant code, first character in the tire size
tire size, and date the tire was means the tire is for temporary
manufactured. The TIN is use only.
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may (7) TPC Spec (Tire
Compact Spare Tire Example Performance Criteria
have the date of manufacture.
(1) Tire Ply Material : The type Specification): Original
of cord and number of plies in equipment tires designed to
the sidewall and under the tread. GM's specific tire performance
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-45
criteria have a TPC specification vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
code molded onto the sidewall. standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches.
GM's TPC specifications meet or and Rim Association. (6) Service Description: These
exceed all federal safety (2) Tire Width: The three-digit characters represent the load
guidelines. number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the
width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents
Tire Designations sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire
Tire Size (3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit is certified to carry. The speed
number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a
The following is an example of a
height-to-width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load.
typical passenger vehicle
tire size. For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in Tire Terminology and
item 3 of the illustration, it would Definitions
mean that the tire's sidewall is Air Pressure: The amount of
60 percent as high as it is wide. air inside the tire pressing
(4) Construction Code: A letter outward on each square inch of
code is used to indicate the type the tire. Air pressure is
of ply construction in the tire. expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: or psi (pounds per square inch).
The United States version of a The letter R means radial ply
metric tire sizing system. The construction; the letter D means Accessory Weight: The
letter P as the first character in diagonal or bias ply combined weight of optional
the tire size means a passenger construction; and the letter B accessories. Some examples of
means belted-bias ply optional accessories are
construction.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-46 Vehicle Care
automatic transmission, power before a tire has built up heat GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
windows, power seats, and air from driving. See Tire Pressure Rating for the front axle. See
conditioning. on page 10-48. Vehicle Load Limits on
Aspect Ratio: The relationship Curb Weight: The weight of a page 9-9.
of a tire's height to its width. motor vehicle with standard and GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
Belt: A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the Rating for the rear axle. See
cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, Vehicle Load Limits on
tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without page 9-9.
steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo. Intended Outboard Sidewall :
materials. DOT Markings: A code molded The side of an asymmetrical tire
Bead: The tire bead contains into the sidewall of a tire that must always face outward
steel wires wrapped by steel signifying that the tire is in when mounted on a vehicle.
cords that hold the tire onto compliance with the U.S. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric
the rim. Department of Transportation unit for air pressure.
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire Standards. The DOT code Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A
in which the plies are laid at includes the Tire Identification tire used on light duty trucks and
alternate angles less than Number (TIN), an alphanumeric some multipurpose passenger
90 degrees to the centerline of designator which can also vehicles.
the tread. identify the tire manufacturer, Load Index: An assigned
Cold Tire Pressure: The production plant, brand, and number ranging from 1 to 279
amount of air pressure in a tire, date of production. that corresponds to the load
measured in kPa (kilopascal) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight carrying capacity of a tire.
or psi (pounds per square inch) Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-9.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-47
Maximum Inflation Pressure: Outward Facing Sidewall: The Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic
The maximum air pressure to side of an asymmetrical tire that tire in which the ply cords that
which a cold tire can be inflated. has a particular side that faces extend to the beads are laid at
The maximum air pressure is outward when mounted on a 90 degrees to the centerline of
molded onto the sidewall. vehicle. The side of the tire that the tread.
Maximum Load Rating: The contains a whitewall, bears Rim: A metal support for a tire
load rating for a tire at the white lettering, or bears and upon which the tire beads
maximum permissible inflation manufacturer, brand, and/or are seated.
pressure for that tire. model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same Sidewall: The portion of a tire
Maximum Loaded Vehicle moldings on the other sidewall between the tread and the bead.
Weight: The sum of curb of the tire. Speed Rating: An
weight, accessory weight, alphanumeric code assigned to
vehicle capacity weight, and Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A
tire used on passenger cars and a tire indicating the maximum
production options weight. speed at which a tire can
some light duty trucks and
Normal Occupant Weight: The multipurpose vehicles. operate.
number of occupants a vehicle Traction: The friction between
is designed to seat multiplied by Recommended Inflation
Pressure: Vehicle the tire and the road surface.
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load The amount of grip provided.
Limits on page 9-9. manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown Tread: The portion of a tire that
Occupant Distribution : on the tire placard. See Tire comes into contact with
Designated seating positions. Pressure on page 10-48 and the road.
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-9.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-48 Vehicle Care
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated

bands, sometimes called wear cargo load. See Vehicle Load { Caution
bars, that show across the tread Limits on page 9-9. Neither tire underinflation nor
of a tire when only 1.6 mm Vehicle Maximum Load on the overinflation is good.
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See Tire: Load on an individual tire Underinflated tires, or tires
When It Is Time for New Tires due to curb weight, accessory that do not have enough air,
on page 10-56. weight, occupant weight, and can result in:
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality cargo weight. . Tire overloading and
Grading Standards): A tire Vehicle Placard: A label overheating which could
information system that provides permanently attached to a lead to a blowout.
consumers with ratings for a vehicle showing the vehicle
tire's traction, temperature, and
. Premature or
capacity weight and the original irregular wear.
treadwear. Ratings are equipment tire size and
determined by tire recommended inflation pressure. . Poor handling.
manufacturers using See “Tire and Loading
government testing procedures.
. Reduced fuel economy.
Information Label” under Vehicle
The ratings are molded into the Overinflated tires, or tires that
Load Limits on page 9-9.
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform have too much air, can
Tire Quality Grading on Tire Pressure result in:
page 10-59. . Unusual wear.
Tires need the correct amount of
Vehicle Capacity Weight: The air pressure to operate . Poor handling.
number of designated seating effectively.
positions multiplied by
. Rough ride.
. Needless damage from
road hazards.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-49
The Tire and Loading How to Check Recheck the tire pressure with
Information label on the vehicle Use a good quality pocket-type the tire gauge.
indicates the original equipment gauge to check tire pressure. Return the valve caps on the
tires and the correct cold tire Proper tire inflation cannot be valve stems to prevent leaks
inflation pressures. The determined by looking at the tire. and keep out dirt and moisture.
recommended pressure is the Check the tire inflation pressure
minimum air pressure needed to when the tires are cold, meaning Tire Pressure for
support the vehicle's maximum the vehicle has not been driven
load carrying capacity. See High-Speed Operation
for at least three hours or no
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-9.
more than 1.6 km (1 mi). { Warning
Remove the valve cap from the
How the vehicle is loaded tire valve stem. Press the tire Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
affects vehicle handling and ride (100 mph) or higher, puts an
gauge firmly onto the valve to
comfort. Never load the vehicle additional strain on tires.
get a pressure measurement. Sustained high-speed driving
with more weight than it was If the cold tire inflation pressure
designed to carry. causes excessive heat buildup
matches the recommended and can cause sudden tire failure.
When to Check pressure on the Tire and You could have a crash and you
Loading Information label, no or others could be killed. Some
Check the tires once a month or
further adjustment is necessary. high-speed rated tires require
more. Do not forget the compact
If the inflation pressure is low, inflation pressure adjustment for
spare, if the vehicle has one.
add air until the recommended high-speed operation. When
The cold compact spare tire
pressure is reached. If the speed limits and road conditions
pressure should be at 420 kPa
inflation pressure is high, press are such that a vehicle can be
(60 psi). See Compact Spare
on the metal stem in the center driven at high speeds, make sure
Tire on page 10-77.
of the tire valve to release air. (Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-50 Vehicle Care
this: Maximum load As an added safety feature, your

Warning (Continued) 690 kg (1521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi) vehicle has been equipped with a
Max. Press. tire pressure monitoring system
the tires are rated for high-speed (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
operation, in excellent condition,
and set to the correct cold tire
Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
inflation pressure for the System under-inflated.
vehicle load. The Tire Pressure Monitor System
Accordingly, when the low tire
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
pressure telltale illuminates, you
Vehicles with P235/65R18, P235/ technology to check tire pressure
should stop and check your tires as
55R20, or 235/55R20 size tires levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
soon as possible, and inflate them
require inflation pressure adjustment the air pressure in your tires and
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
when driving the vehicle at speeds transmit tire pressure readings to a
significantly under-inflated tire
of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. receiver located in the vehicle.
causes the tire to overheat and can
Set the cold inflation pressure to the Each tire, including the spare (if lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
maximum inflation pressure shown provided), should be checked also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
on the tire sidewall, or 260 kPa monthly when cold and inflated to tread life, and may affect the
(38 psi), whichever is lower. Return the inflation pressure recommended vehicle's handling and stopping
the tires to the recommended cold by the vehicle manufacturer on the ability.
tire inflation pressure when vehicle placard or tire inflation
Please note that the TPMS is not a
high-speed driving has ended. See pressure label. (If your vehicle has
substitute for proper tire
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-9 tires of a different size than the size
and Tire Pressure on page 10-48. maintenance, and it is the driver's
indicated on the vehicle placard or
responsibility to maintain correct tire
The maximum load and inflation tire inflation pressure label, you
pressure, even if under-inflation has
pressure is molded on the tire should determine the proper tire
not reached the level to trigger
sidewall, in small letters, near the inflation pressure for those tires.)
illumination of the TPMS low tire
rim flange. It will read something like pressure telltale.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-51
Your vehicle has also been alternate tires and wheels allow the
equipped with a TPMS malfunction TPMS to continue to function
indicator to indicate when the properly.
system is not operating properly. See Tire Pressure Monitor
The TPMS malfunction indicator is Operation on page 10-51.
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a See Radio Frequency Statement on
When a low tire pressure condition
malfunction, the telltale will flash for page 13-12.
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
approximately one minute and then the low tire pressure warning light
remain continuously illuminated. Tire Pressure Monitor on the instrument cluster. If the
This sequence will continue upon Operation warning light comes on, stop as
subsequent vehicle start-ups as soon as possible and inflate the
long as the malfunction exists. This vehicle may have a Tire
tires to the recommended pressure
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
When the malfunction indicator is shown on the Tire and Loading
The TPMS is designed to warn the
illuminated, the system may not be Information label. See Vehicle Load
driver when a low tire pressure
able to detect or signal low tire Limits on page 9-9.
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
pressure as intended. TPMS mounted onto each tire and wheel A message to check the pressure in
malfunctions may occur for a variety assembly, excluding the spare tire a specific tire displays in the Driver
of reasons, including the installation and wheel assembly. The TPMS Information Center (DIC). The low
of replacement or alternate tires or sensors monitor the air pressure in tire pressure warning light and the
wheels on the vehicle that prevent the tires and transmits the tire DIC warning message come on at
the TPMS from functioning properly. pressure readings to a receiver each ignition cycle until the tires are
Always check the TPMS malfunction located in the vehicle. inflated to the correct inflation
telltale after replacing one or more pressure. Using the DIC, tire
tires or wheels on your vehicle to pressure levels can be viewed. For
ensure that the replacement or additional information and details
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-52 Vehicle Care
about the DIC operation and maintenance. See Tire Inspection TPMS Malfunction Light and
displays see Driver Information on page 10-54, Tire Rotation on Message
Center (DIC) on page 5-25. page 10-55 and Tires on
page 10-41. The TPMS will not function properly
The low tire pressure warning light if one or more of the TPMS sensors
may come on in cool weather when are missing or inoperable. When the
the vehicle is first started, and then { Caution system detects a malfunction, the
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This low tire warning light flashes for
could be an early indicator that the Tire sealant materials are not all
about one minute and then stays on
air pressure is getting low and the same. A non-approved tire
for the remainder of the ignition
needs to be inflated to the proper sealant could damage the TPMS cycle. A DIC warning message also
pressure. sensors. TPMS sensor damage displays. The malfunction light and
caused by using an incorrect tire DIC warning message come on at
A Tire and Loading Information
sealant is not covered by the each ignition cycle until the problem
label, attached to your vehicle,
vehicle warranty. Always use only is corrected. Some of the conditions
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct the GM approved tire sealant that can cause these to come
inflation pressure for the tires when available through your dealer or on are:
they are cold. See Vehicle Load included in the vehicle. . One of the road tires has been
Limits on page 9-9, for an example replaced with the spare tire. The
of the Tire and Loading Information Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits spare tire does not have a
label and its location. Also see Tire use a GM approved liquid tire TPMS sensor. The malfunction
Pressure on page 10-48. sealant. Using non-approved tire light and DIC message should
The TPMS can warn about a low sealants could damage the TPMS go off after the road tire is
tire pressure condition but it does sensors. See Tire Sealant and replaced and the sensor
not replace normal tire Compressor Kit on page 10-63 for matching process is performed
information regarding the inflator kit successfully. See “TPMS Sensor
materials and instructions. Matching Process” later in this
section.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-53

. The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
process was not done or not being near facilities using radio following order: driver side front tire,
completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the passenger side front tire, passenger
rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS side rear tire, and driver side rear.
malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. See your dealer for service or to
message should go off after If the TPMS is not functioning purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
successfully completing the properly it cannot detect or signal a relearn tool can also be purchased.
sensor matching process. See low tire condition. See your dealer See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
"TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction Activation Tool at
Process" later in this section. light and DIC message comes on www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
. One or more TPMS sensors are and stays on. call 1-800-GM TOOLS
missing or damaged. The (1-800-468-6657).
malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching
There are two minutes to match the
message should go off when the Process first tire/wheel position, and
TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique five minutes overall to match all four
the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification tire/wheel positions. If it takes
performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new longer, the matching process stops
your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the and must be restarted.
. Replacement tires or wheels do vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
The TPMS sensor matching
not match the original equipment more of the TPMS sensors. The
process is:
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels TPMS sensor matching process
other than those recommended should also be performed after 1. Set the parking brake.
could prevent the TPMS from replacing a spare tire with a road 2. Place the vehicle power mode in
functioning properly. See Buying tire containing the TPMS sensor. ON/RUN/START. See Ignition
New Tires on page 10-57. The malfunction light and the DIC Positions on page 9-15.
message should go off at the next
ignition cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-54 Vehicle Care
3. Make sure the Tire Pressure info 7. Place the relearn tool against 12. Set all four tires to the
display option is turned on. The the tire sidewall, near the valve recommended air pressure
info displays on the DIC can be stem. Then press the button to level as indicated on the Tire
turned on and off through the activate the TPMS sensor. and Loading Information label.
Settings menu. See Driver A horn chirp confirms that the
Information Center (DIC) on sensor identification code has Tire Inspection
page 5-25. been matched to this tire and
wheel position. We recommend that the tires,
4. Use the five-way DIC control on including the spare tire, if the
the right side of the steering 8. Proceed to the passenger side
vehicle has one, be inspected
wheel to scroll to the Tire front tire, and repeat Step 7.
Pressure screen under the DIC for signs of wear or damage at
9. Proceed to the passenger side least once a month.
info page. See Driver rear tire, and repeat Step 7.
Information Center (DIC) on Replace the tire if:
page 5-25. 10. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat Step 7. The . The indicators at three or
5. Press and hold the SEL button horn sounds two times to more places around the tire
in the center of the five-way DIC indicate the sensor
control.
can be seen.
identification code has been
The horn sounds twice to signal matched to the driver side rear
. There is cord or fabric
the receiver is in relearn mode tire, and the TPMS sensor showing through the tire's
and the TIRE LEARNING matching process is no longer rubber.
ACTIVE message displays on active. The TIRE LEARNING . The tread or sidewall is
the DIC screen. ACTIVE message on the DIC
display screen goes off.
cracked, cut, or snagged
6. Start with the driver side deep enough to show cord or
front tire. 11. Shut the ignition off. fabric.
. The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-55

. The tire has a puncture, cut, alignment. See When It Is Time the tires have been rotated. See
or other damage that cannot for New Tires on page 10-56 Tire Pressure on page 10-48
be repaired well because of and Wheel Replacement on and Vehicle Load Limits on
the size or location of the page 10-60. page 9-9.
damage.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
Tire Rotation System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation on
Tires should be rotated every page 10-51.
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule on Check that all wheel nuts are
page 11-3. properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities
Tires are rotated to achieve a and Specifications on
uniform wear for all tires. The page 12-2.
first rotation is the most
important. { Warning
Anytime unusual wear is Use this rotation pattern when Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
noticed, rotate the tires as soon rotating the tires. parts to which it is fastened, can
as possible, check for proper tire make wheel nuts become loose
inflation pressure, and check for Do not include the compact
spare tire in the tire rotation. after time. The wheel could come
damaged tires or wheels. If the off and cause an accident. When
unusual wear continues after the Adjust the front and rear tires to changing a wheel, remove any
rotation, check the wheel the recommended inflation rust or dirt from places where the
pressure on the Tire and wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
Loading Information label after (Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-56 Vehicle Care
equipped, be replaced after six

Warning (Continued) years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
an emergency, a cloth or a paper digits of the DOT Tire Identification
towel can be used; however, use Number (TIN) which is molded into
a scraper or wire brush later to one side of the tire sidewall. The
remove all rust or dirt. first two digits represent the week
(01–52) and the last two digits, the
Lightly coat the center of the year. For example, the third week of
wheel hub with wheel bearing the year 2010 would have a
four-digit DOT date of 0310.
grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion Vehicle Storage
or rust build-up. Do not get Treadwear indicators are one way to
Tires age when stored normally
grease on the flat wheel tell when it is time for new tires.
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
mounting surface or on the Treadwear indicators appear when
a vehicle that will be stored for at
wheel nuts or bolts. the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
or less of tread remaining. See Tire
area away from direct sunlight to
Inspection on page 10-54 and Tire
When It Is Time for New Rotation on page 10-55.
slow aging. This area should be free
Tires of grease, gasoline, or other
The rubber in tires ages over time. substances that can deteriorate
Factors such as maintenance, This also applies to the spare tire, rubber.
temperatures, driving speeds, if the vehicle has one, even if it is
Parking for an extended period can
vehicle loading, and road conditions never used. Multiple factors
cause flat spots on the tires that
affect the wear rate of the tires. including temperatures, loading
may result in vibrations while
conditions, and inflation pressure
driving. When storing a vehicle for
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-57
at least a month, remove the tires or number is molded onto the tire's Winter tires with the same speed
raise the vehicle to reduce the sidewall near the tire size. If the rating as the original equipment
weight from the tires. tires have an all-season tread tires may not be available for H,
design, the TPC Spec number V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
Buying New Tires will be followed by MS for mud tires. Never exceed the winter
GM has developed and matched and snow. See Tire Sidewall tires’ maximum speed capability
specific tires for the vehicle. The Labeling on page 10-43. when using winter tires with a
original equipment tires installed GM recommends replacing worn lower speed rating.
were designed to meet General tires in complete sets of four.
Motors Tire Performance Criteria Uniform tread depth on all tires { Warning
Specification (TPC Spec) will help to maintain the
system rating. When Tires could explode during
performance of the vehicle. improper service. Attempting
replacement tires are needed, Braking and handling
GM strongly recommends to mount or dismount a tire
performance may be adversely could cause injury or death.
buying tires with the same TPC affected if all the tires are not
Spec rating. Only your dealer or authorized
replaced at the same time. tire service center should
GM's exclusive TPC Spec If proper rotation and mount or dismount the tires.
system considers over a dozen maintenance have been done,
critical specifications that impact all four tires should wear out at
the overall performance of the about the same time. See Tire
vehicle, including brake system Rotation on page 10-55.
performance, ride and handling, However, if it is necessary to
traction control, and tire replace only one axle set of
pressure monitoring worn tires, place the new tires
performance. GM's TPC Spec on the rear axle.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-58 Vehicle Care
sure they are the same size, may be affected. If the vehicle has
{ Warning load range, speed rating, and electronic systems such as antilock
construction (radial) as the brakes, rollover airbags, traction
Mixing tires of different sizes, control, electronic stability control,
brands, or types may cause original tires.
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
loss of control of the vehicle, Vehicles that have a tire of these systems can also be
resulting in a crash or other pressure monitoring system affected.
vehicle damage. Use the could give an inaccurate
correct size, brand, and type low-pressure warning if non-TPC { Warning
of tires on all wheels. Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor If different sized wheels are used,
System on page 10-50. there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
{ Warning The Tire and Loading tires not recommended for those
Information label indicates the wheels are selected. This
Using bias-ply tires on the original equipment tires on the increases the chance of a crash
vehicle may cause the wheel vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits and serious injury. Only use GM
rim flanges to develop cracks on page 9-9. specific wheel and tire systems
after many miles of driving. developed for the vehicle, and
A tire and/or wheel could fail Different Size Tires and have them properly installed by a
suddenly and cause a crash. GM certified technician.
Use only radial-ply tires with
Wheels
the wheels on the vehicle. If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original See Buying New Tires on
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle page 10-57 and Accessories and
If the vehicle tires must be performance, including its braking, Modifications on page 10-3.
replaced with a tire that does not ride and handling characteristics,
have a TPC Spec number, make stability, and resistance to rollover
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-59
Uniform Tire Quality must also conform to federal one-half (1½) times as well on
Grading safety requirements and the government course as a tire
additional General Motors Tire graded 100. The relative
The following information relates Performance Criteria (TPC) performance of tires depends
to the system developed by the standards. upon the actual conditions of
United States National Highway their use, however, and may
Traffic Safety Administration Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire depart significantly from the
(NHTSA), which grades tires by norm due to variations in driving
treadwear, traction, and sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For habits, service practices and
temperature performance. This differences in road
applies only to vehicles sold in example:
characteristics and climate.
the United States. The grades Treadwear 200 Traction AA
are molded on the sidewalls of Temperature A Traction
most passenger car tires. The All Passenger Car Tires Must The traction grades, from
Uniform Tire Quality Grading Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
(UTQG) system does not apply Requirements In Addition To and C. Those grades represent
to deep tread, winter tires, These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet
compact spare tires, tires with pavement as measured under
nominal rim diameters of Treadwear controlled conditions on
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), The treadwear grade is a specified government test
or to some limited-production comparative rating based on the surfaces of asphalt and
tires. wear rate of the tire when tested concrete. A tire marked C may
While the tires available on under controlled conditions on a have poor traction performance.
General Motors passenger cars specified government test Warning: The traction grade
and light trucks may vary with course. For example, a tire assigned to this tire is based on
respect to these grades, they graded 150 would wear one and straight-ahead braking traction
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-60 Vehicle Care
tests, and does not include test wheel than the minimum vibrating when driving on a smooth
acceleration, cornering, required by law. Warning: The road, the tires and wheels may need
hydroplaning, or peak traction temperature grade for this tire is to be rebalanced. See your dealer
characteristics. established for a tire that is for proper diagnosis.
properly inflated and not
Temperature
overloaded. Excessive speed, Wheel Replacement
The temperature grades are A underinflation, or excessive Replace any wheel that is bent,
(the highest), B, and C, loading, either separately or in cracked, or badly rusted or
representing the tire's resistance combination, can cause heat corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
to the generation of heat and its buildup and possible tire failure. loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
ability to dissipate heat when wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
tested under controlled Wheel Alignment and Tire Some aluminum wheels can be
conditions on a specified indoor Balance repaired. See your dealer if any of
laboratory test wheel. Sustained these conditions exist.
high temperature can cause the The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to Your dealer will know the kind of
material of the tire to degenerate provide the longest tire life and best wheel that is needed.
and reduce tire life, and overall performance. Adjustments to
excessive temperature can lead Each new wheel should have the
wheel alignment and tire balancing
to sudden tire failure. The grade same load-carrying capacity,
are not necessary on a regular
C corresponds to a level of diameter, width, offset, and be
basis. Consider an alignment check
mounted the same way as the one it
performance which all if there is unusual tire wear or the
replaces.
passenger car tires must meet vehicle is significantly pulling to one
under the Federal Motor Safety side or the other. Some slight pull to Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
Standard No. 109. Grades B and the left or right, depending on the nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
A represent higher levels of crown of the road and/or other road System (TPMS) sensors with new
surface variations such as troughs GM original equipment parts.
performance on the laboratory or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-61
Used Replacement Wheels

Using the wrong replacement { Warning parts. The area damaged by the
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel tire chains could cause loss of
Replacing a wheel with a used
nuts can be dangerous. It could control and a crash.
one is dangerous. How it has
affect the braking and handling of Use another type of traction
been used or how far it has been
the vehicle. Tires can lose air, device only if its manufacturer
driven may be unknown. It could
and cause loss of control, causing recommends it for the vehicle's
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
a crash. Always use the correct tire size combination and road
When replacing wheels, use a
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel conditions. Follow that
new GM original equipment
nuts for replacement. manufacturer's instructions. To
wheel.
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow
and readjust or remove the
{ Caution Tire Chains traction device if it contacts the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning If traction devices are used, install
problems with bearing life, brake them on the front tires.
cooling, speedometer or Do not use tire chains. There is
odometer calibration, headlamp not enough clearance. Tire chains
aim, bumper height, vehicle used on a vehicle without the
ground clearance, and tire or tire proper amount of clearance can
chain clearance to the body and cause damage to the brakes,
chassis. suspension, or other vehicle
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-62 Vehicle Care
If a Tire Goes Flat

It is unusual for a tire to blow out
while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause changing a flat tire. If it is used for
are maintained properly. See Tires permanent damage to the tire. anything else, you or others could
on page 10-41. If air goes out of a Re-inflating a tire after it has been be badly injured or killed if the
tire, it is much more likely to leak driven on while severely vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
out slowly. But if there is ever a underinflated or flat may cause a is provided with the vehicle, only
blowout, here are a few tips about blowout and a serious crash. use it for changing a flat tire.
what to expect and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
If a front tire fails, the flat tire that has been driven on while If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle severely underinflated or flat. and wheel damage by driving slowly
toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized to a level place, well off the road,
the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or if possible. Turn on the hazard
steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as warning flashers. See Hazard
maintain lane position, and then possible. Warning Flashers on page 6-6.
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
{ Warning
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
{ Warning Changing a tire can be
may require the same correction as Lifting a vehicle and getting under dangerous. The vehicle can slip
used in a skid. Stop pressing the it to do maintenance or repairs is off the jack and roll over or fall
accelerator pedal and steer to dangerous without the causing injury or death. Find a
straighten the vehicle. It may be appropriate safety equipment and level place to change the tire. To
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake training. If a jack is provided with help prevent the vehicle from
to a stop, well off the road, moving:
the vehicle, it is designed only for
if possible.
(Continued) (Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-63
Warning (Continued)
Then see Tire Changing on Tire Sealant and
page 10-71. To use the tire sealant
and compressor kit, see Tire
Compressor Kit
1. Set the parking brake firmly. Sealant and Compressor Kit on
2. Put an automatic page 10-63. { Warning
transmission in P (Park) or a When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
manual transmission in Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
use the following example as a area with poor ventilation is
1 (First) or R (Reverse). guide to assist you in the placement dangerous. Engine exhaust may
3. Turn off the engine and do of wheel blocks (1), if equipped. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
not restart while the vehicle
contains carbon monoxide (CO)
is raised.
which cannot be seen or smelled.
4. Do not allow passengers to It can cause unconsciousness
remain in the vehicle. and even death. Never run the
5. Place wheel blocks, engine in an enclosed area that
if equipped, on both sides of has no fresh air ventilation. For
the tire at the opposite more information, see Engine
corner of the tire being Exhaust on page 9-21.
changed.
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
This vehicle may come with a jack
and spare tire or a tire sealant and
2. Flat Tire { Warning
The following information explains
compressor kit. To use the jacking Overinflating a tire could cause
how to repair or change a tire.
equipment to change a spare tire the tire to rupture and you or
safely, follow the instructions below. others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the tire sealant
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-64 Vehicle Care
equipment, and on some vehicles The kit includes:

Warning (Continued) there may not be a place to store
a tire.
and compressor kit instructions
and inflate the tire to its The tire sealant and compressor
recommended pressure. Do not can be used to temporarily seal
exceed the recommended punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in
pressure. the tread area of the tire. It can also
be used to inflate an
underinflated tire.
If the tire has been separated from
{ Warning the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
or has a large puncture, the tire is
Storing the tire sealant and too severely damaged for the tire
compressor kit or other sealant and compressor kit to be
equipment in the passenger effective. See Roadside Service on
compartment of the vehicle could page 13-5.
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could Read and follow all of the tire
strike someone. Store the tire sealant and compressor kit
instructions.
sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and

compressor kit, there may not be a
spare tire or tire changing
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-65
1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air There is only enough sealant to seal

or Air Only) one tire. After usage, the sealant
2. On/Off Button canister and sealant/air hose
3. Pressure Gauge assembly must be replaced. See
4. Pressure Deflation Button “Removal and Installation of the
5. Tire Sealant Canister Sealant Canister” following.
6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) Using the Tire Sealant and
7. Air Only Hose (Black) Compressor Kit to Temporarily
8. Power Plug Seal and Inflate a
9. Canister Release Button Punctured Tire
(Under Sealant/Air Hose)
Follow the directions closely for
Tire Sealant correct sealant usage.
Read and follow the safe handling
instructions on the label adhered to
the sealant canister.
Check the tire sealant expiration
date on the sealant canister. The
sealant canister should be replaced
before its expiration date.
Replacement sealant canisters are
available at your local dealer. See
“Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister” following.
1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air
or Air Only)
2. On/Off Button
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-66 Vehicle Care
3. Pressure Gauge 1. Remove the tire sealant and 6. Plug the power plug (8) into the
4. Pressure Deflation Button compressor kit from its storage accessory power outlet in the
5. Tire Sealant Canister location. See Storing the Tire vehicle. Unplug all items from
6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) Sealant and Compressor Kit on other accessory power outlets.
7. Air Only Hose (Black) page 10-71. See Power Outlets on page 5-6.
8. Power Plug 2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6) If the vehicle has an accessory
9. Canister Release Button and the power plug (8). power outlet, do not use the
(Under Sealant/Air Hose) 3. Place the kit on the ground. cigarette lighter.
When using the tire sealant and Make sure the tire valve stem is If the vehicle only has a cigarette
compressor kit during cold positioned close to the ground lighter, use the cigarette lighter.
temperatures, warm the kit in a so the hose will reach it. Do not pinch the power plug
heated environment for five minutes. cord in the door or window.
This will help to inflate the tire 4. Remove the valve stem cap from
faster. the flat tire by turning it 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
counterclockwise. must be running while using the
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire air compressor.
and wheel damage by driving slowly 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)
to a level place. Turn on the hazard onto the tire valve stem. Turn it 8. Press and turn the selector
warning flashers. See Hazard clockwise until it is tight. switch (1) counterclockwise to
Warning Flashers on page 6-6. the Sealant + Air position.
See If a Tire Goes Flat on
page 10-62 for other important
safety warnings.
Do not remove any objects that
have penetrated the tire.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-67
9. Press the on/off button (2) to reading. The compressor may 11. Press the on/off button (2) to
turn the tire sealant and be turned on/off until the turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit on. correct pressure is reached. compressor kit off.
The compressor will inject The tire is not sealed and will
sealant and air into the tire. { Caution continue to leak air until the
The pressure gauge (3) will vehicle is driven and the
If the recommended pressure sealant is distributed in the tire,
initially show a high pressure cannot be reached after
while the compressor pushes the therefore, Steps 12–18 must be
approximately 25 minutes, the done immediately after
sealant into the tire. Once the vehicle should not be driven
sealant is completely dispersed Step 11.
farther. The tire is too severely
into the tire, the pressure will Be careful while handling the
damaged and the tire sealant and
quickly drop and start to rise tire sealant and compressor kit
compressor kit cannot inflate the
again as the tire inflates with as it could be warm after
air only. tire. Remove the power plug from usage.
the accessory power outlet and
10. Inflate the tire to the unscrew the inflating hose from 12. Unplug the power plug (8) from
recommended inflation the tire valve. See Roadside the accessory power outlet in
pressure using the pressure Service on page 13-5. the vehicle.
gauge (3). The recommended 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)
inflation pressure can be found counterclockwise to remove it
on the Tire and Loading from the tire valve stem.
Information label. See Tire
Pressure on page 10-48. 14. Replace the tire valve
stem cap.
The pressure gauge (3) may
read higher than the actual tire 15. Replace the sealant/air hose
pressure while the compressor (6), and the power plug (8)
is on. Turn the compressor off back in their original location.
to get an accurate pressure
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-68 Vehicle Care
19. Stop at a safe location and 21. Dispose of the used sealant
check the tire pressure. Refer canister (5) and sealant/air
to Steps 1–11 under “Using the hose (6) assembly at a local
Tire Sealant and Compressor dealer or in accordance with
Kit without Sealant to Inflate a local state codes and practices.
Tire (Not Punctured).” 22. Replace with a new canister
16. If the flat tire was able to inflate If the tire pressure has fallen assembly available from your
to the recommended inflation more than 68 kPa (10 psi) dealer.
pressure, remove the below the recommended 23. After temporarily sealing the
maximum speed label from the inflation pressure, stop driving tire using the tire sealant and
sealant canister (5) and place it the vehicle. The tire is too compressor kit, take the
in a highly visible location. Do severely damaged and the tire vehicle to an authorized dealer
not exceed the speed on this sealant cannot seal the tire. within 161 km (100 mi) of
label until the damaged tire is See Roadside Service on driving to have the tire repaired
repaired or replaced. page 13-5. or replaced.
17. Return the equipment to its If the tire pressure has not
original storage location in the dropped more than 68 kPa Using the Tire Sealant and
vehicle. (10 psi) from the recommended Compressor Kit without
18. Immediately drive the vehicle inflation pressure, inflate the Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not
8 km (5 mi) to distribute the tire to the recommended Punctured)
sealant in the tire. inflation pressure. To use the air compressor to inflate
20. Wipe off any sealant from the a tire with air only and not sealant:
wheel, tire, and vehicle.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-69
3. Pressure Gauge 3. Place the kit on the ground.

4. Pressure Deflation Button Make sure the tire valve stem is
5. Tire Sealant Canister positioned close to the ground
6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) so the hose will reach it.
7. Air Only Hose (Black)
4. Remove the tire valve stem cap
8. Power Plug from the flat tire by turning it
9. Canister Release Button counterclockwise.
(Under Sealant/Air Hose)
5. Attach the air only hose (7) onto
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire the tire valve stem by turning it
and wheel damage by driving slowly clockwise until it is tight.
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard 6. Plug the power plug (8) into the
Warning Flashers on page 6-6. accessory power outlet in the
vehicle. Unplug all items from
See If a Tire Goes Flat on other accessory power outlets.
page 10-62 for other important See Power Outlets on page 5-6.
safety warnings.
If the vehicle has an accessory
1. Remove the tire sealant and power outlet, do not use the
compressor kit from its storage cigarette lighter.
location. See Storing the Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit on If the vehicle only has a cigarette
page 10-71. lighter, use the cigarette lighter.
2. Unwrap the air only hose (7) and Do not pinch the power plug
the power plug (8). cord in the door or window.
1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
or Air Only) must be running while using the
2. On/Off Button air compressor.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-70 Vehicle Care
8. Press and turn the selector excess pressure by pressing 15. Place the equipment in the
switch (1) clockwise to the Air the pressure deflation original storage location in the
Only position. button (4) until the proper vehicle.
9. Press the on/off button (2) to pressure reading is reached.
turn the compressor on. This option is only functional
when using the air only
The compressor will inflate the hose (7).
tire with air only.
11. Press the on/off button (2) to
10. Inflate the tire to the turn the tire sealant and
recommended inflation compressor kit off.
pressure using the pressure
gauge (3). The recommended Be careful while handling the
inflation pressure can be found tire sealant and compressor kit
on the Tire and Loading as it could be warm after
Information label. See Tire usage.
Pressure on page 10-48. 12. Unplug the power plug (8) from
The pressure gauge (3) may the accessory power outlet in The tire sealant and compressor kit
read higher than the actual tire the vehicle. has an accessory adapter located in
pressure while the compressor 13. Disconnect the air only hose a compartment on the bottom of its
is on. Turn the compressor off (7) from the tire valve stem, by housing that may be used to inflate
to get an accurate reading. The turning it counterclockwise, and air mattresses, balls, etc.
compressor may be turned on/ replace the tire valve stem cap.
off until the correct pressure is Removal and Installation of the
14. Replace the air only hose (7) Sealant Canister
reached. and the power plug (8) and
If you inflate the tire higher cord back in its original To remove the sealant canister:
than the recommended location. 1. Unwrap the sealant hose.
pressure you can adjust the
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-71
2. Press the canister release This vehicle may have a tire sealant 1. Extension
button (9). and compressor kit in place of a 2. Jack
3. Pull up and remove the canister. jack or spare tire. It is located in a 3. Wheel Wrench
foam container in the rear 4. Wing Nut
4. Replace with a new canister compartment storage area. If the
which is available from your vehicle has a cargo cover, see To access the spare tire and tools:
dealer. Cargo Management System on 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
5. Push the new canister into page 4-5 for instructions on how to on page 2-14.
place. access the tire sealant and
compressor kit.
Storing the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
2. Press on the bottom of the

handle assembly to unlatch it
and lift up on the handle.
The prop rod locks into place
when open.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-72 Vehicle Care
1. Do a safety check before

proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat on page 10-62 for more
information.
2. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to loosen and
remove the wheel nut caps.
Do not try to remove plastic caps
from the cover or center cap.
3. Pull the cover or center cap
away from the wheel. Store the
3. Remove the spare tire cover. 5. Remove the nut retaining the wheel cover in the cargo area
spare tire. until you have the flat tire
repaired or replaced.
6. Remove the spare tire and place
it next to the tire being changed.
7. Remove the wing nut.
8. Remove the extension, jack, and
wheel wrench and place them
near the tire being changed.
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
Take off the wheel cover or center
cap, if the vehicle has one, to reach
4. Remove the rubber cover. the wheel bolts.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-73
4. Turn the wheel wrench 6. Position the jack lift head at the
counterclockwise to loosen all jack location nearest the flat tire. { Warning
the wheel nuts, but do not The jacking location is indicated
remove them yet. Getting under a vehicle when it is
by a V-shaped notch in the lifted on a jack is dangerous.
5. Place the jack near the flat tire. plastic molding. The jack must If the vehicle slips off the jack,
not be used in any other you could be badly injured or
{ Caution position. killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
Make sure that the jack lift head a jack.
is in the correct position or you
may damage your vehicle. The
repairs would not be covered by
your warranty. { Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
7. Insert the hooked end of the make the vehicle fall. To help
extension handle through the avoid personal injury and vehicle
jack and the flat end through the damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
wheel wrench. head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-74 Vehicle Care
10. Put the compact spare tire

{ Warning near you.
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
9. Raise the vehicle by turning the
is provided with the vehicle, only
wheel wrench clockwise until the
use it for changing a flat tire. slots in the jack head fit into the
metal flange located behind the Remove all of the wheel nuts.
8. Turn the extension with the triangle on the plastic moulding. 11. Remove the flat tire.
wheel wrench clockwise to raise
the jack lift head until the jack
just fits under the vehicle.
{ Caution { Warning
Using a jack to raise the vehicle
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
without positioning it correctly
parts to which it is fastened, can
could damage your vehicle. When
make wheel nuts become loose
raising your vehicle on a jack, be
after time. The wheel could come
sure to position it correctly under
off and cause an accident. When
the frame and avoid contact with
the plastic molding. (Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-75
13. Place the compact spare tire

Warning (Continued) on the wheel-mounting surface. Warning (Continued)
changing a wheel, remove any to the proper torque specification
rust or dirt from places where the { Warning after replacing. Follow the torque
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In Never use oil or grease on bolts specification supplied by the
an emergency, a cloth or a paper or nuts because the nuts might aftermarket manufacturer when
towel can be used; however, use come loose. The vehicle's wheel using accessory locking wheel
a scraper or wire brush later to could fall off, causing a crash. nuts. See Capacities and
remove all rust or dirt. Specifications on page 12-2 for
original equipment wheel nut
14. Reinstall the wheel nuts. torque specifications.
Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
15. Lower the vehicle by turning { Caution
the jack handle Improperly tightened wheel nuts
counterclockwise.
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
{ Warning brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
sequence and to the proper
incorrectly tightened can cause
torque specification. See
the wheels to become loose or
Capacities and Specifications on
12. Remove any rust or dirt from come off. The wheel nuts should
page 12-2 for the wheel nut
the wheel bolts, mounting be tightened with a torque wrench
torque specification.
surfaces, and spare wheel. (Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-76 Vehicle Care
2. Put back all tools as they were

{ Caution stored in the rear storage
compartment and put the
Wheel covers will not fit on the compartment cover back on. For
vehicle's compact spare. If you try more information, see “Storing
to put a wheel cover on the the Compact Spare Tire and
compact spare, the cover or the Tools” next in this section.
spare could be damaged.
3. Install the cargo cover. For more
information, see Cargo
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire Management System on
and Tools page 4-5.
4. Place the tire, lying flat, in the
16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
a crisscross sequence, as
{ Warning rear storage compartment.
shown. Storing a jack, a tire, or other
17. Lower the jack all the way and equipment in the passenger
remove the jack from under the compartment of the vehicle could
vehicle. cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly strike someone. Store all these in
with the wheel wrench.
the proper place.
When reinstalling the wheel cover or
center cap on the full-size tire,
To store the flat or spare tire and
tighten all six plastic caps hand
tools:
snug with the aid of the wheel
wrench and tighten them with the 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
wheel wrench an additional on page 2-14 for more
one-quarter of a turn. information.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-77
5. Attach the strap to the cargo The compact spare is for temporary designed for temporary use only.
tie-down in the rear of the use only. Replace the compact The vehicle will perform differently
vehicle. spare tire with a full-size tire as with the spare tire installed and it is
soon as you can. recommended that the vehicle
speed be limited to 80 km/h
Compact Spare Tire (50 mph). To conserve the tread of
the spare tire, have the standard tire
repaired or replaced as soon as
{ Warning convenient and return the spare tire
Driving with more than one to the storage area.
compact spare tire at a time could When using a compact spare tire,
result in loss of braking and the ABS and Traction Control
handling. This could lead to a systems may engage until the spare
crash and you or others could be tire is recognized by the vehicle,
injured. Use only one compact especially on slippery roads. Adjust
spare tire at a time. driving to reduce possible
6. Route the strap through the wheel slip.
wheel, as shown.
If this vehicle has a compact spare
7. Attach the strap to the other tire, it was fully inflated when new; { Caution
cargo tie-down in the rear of the however, it can lose air over time. When the compact spare is
vehicle. Check the inflation pressure
installed, do not take the vehicle
8. Tighten the strap. regularly. It should be 420 kPa
through an automatic car wash
(60 psi).
9. Replace the rubber cover. with guide rails. The compact
Stop as soon as possible and check spare can get caught on the rails
that the spare tire is correctly which can damage the tire, wheel,
inflated after being installed on the and other parts of the vehicle.
vehicle. The compact spare tire is
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-78 Vehicle Care
Do not use the compact spare on Jump Starting

other vehicles. { Caution
For more information about the
Do not mix the compact spare tire or Ignoring these steps could result
vehicle battery, see Battery on
wheel with other wheels or tires. in costly damage to the vehicle
page 10-21.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire that would not be covered by the
and its wheel together. If the vehicle battery has run down, vehicle warranty. Trying to start
you may want to use another the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
{ Caution vehicle and some jumper cables to
start your vehicle. Be sure to use
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle.
Tire chains will not fit the compact the following steps to do it safely.
spare. Using them can damage
the vehicle and the chains. Do not { Warning
use tire chains on the compact
spare. Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
. They contain acid that can
burn you.
. They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
. They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these 1. Remote Positive (+) Terminal
things can hurt you.
2. Remote Negative (−)
Terminal
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-79
Your vehicle is equipped with a

remote positive (+) terminal (1) and Caution (Continued) { Caution
a remote negative (−) terminal (2).
The remote positive (+) terminal is damaged. Only use a vehicle that If any accessories are left on or
located in the engine compartment has a 12-volt system with a plugged in during the jump
on the driver side of the vehicle, negative ground for jump starting. starting procedure, they could be
above the rear of the battery. The damaged. The repairs would not
remote negative (−) terminal is a 2. Get the vehicles close enough be covered by the vehicle
stud located in the engine so the jumper cables can reach, warranty. Whenever possible, turn
compartment on the driver side of but be sure the vehicles are not off or unplug all accessories on
the vehicle, on the front tie bar. See touching each other. If they are, either vehicle when jump starting.
Engine Compartment Overview on it could cause a ground
page 10-5. connection you do not want. You 3. Turn off the ignition on both
To uncover the remote positive (+) would not be able to start your vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
terminal, lift open the access panel vehicle, and the bad grounding accessories plugged into the
on the battery cover indicated by could damage the electrical cigarette lighter or the accessory
the (+) sign. systems. power outlet. Turn off the radio
1. Check the other vehicle. It must To avoid the possibility of the and all lamps that are not
have a 12-volt battery with a vehicles rolling, set the parking needed. This will avoid sparks,
negative ground system. brake firmly on both vehicles helping save both batteries and
involved in the jump start the radio.
procedure. Put the transmission
{ Caution in P (Park) before setting the
If the other vehicle does not have parking brake.
a 12-volt system with a negative
ground, both vehicles can be
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-80 Vehicle Care
4. Open the hood on the other 5. Check that the jumper cables do
vehicle and locate the Warning (Continued) not have loose or missing
positive (+) and negative (−) insulation. If they do, you could
terminal locations on that and some have been blinded. get a shock. The vehicles could
vehicle. Use a flashlight if you need more also be damaged.
light.
Open the hood on your vehicle Before you connect the cables,
and find the remote positive (+) Battery fluid contains acid that here are some basic things you
and remote negative (−) jump can burn you. Do not get it on should know. Positive (+) will go
starting terminals. you. If you accidentally get it in to positive (+) or to a remote
your eyes or on your skin, flush positive (+) terminal if the vehicle
{ Warning the place with water and get
medical help immediately.
has one. Negative (−) will go to a
heavy, unpainted metal engine
An electric fan can start up even part or to a remote negative (−)
when the engine is not running terminal if the vehicle has one.
and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away from any { Warning Do not connect positive (+) to
negative (−) or you will get a
underhood electric fan. Fans or other moving engine short that would damage the
parts can injure you badly. Keep battery and maybe other parts.
your hands away from moving Do not connect the negative (−)
cable to the negative (−) terminal
{ Warning parts once the engine is running.
on the dead battery because this
can cause sparks.
Using a match near a battery can
cause battery gas to explode.
People have been hurt doing this,
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-81
6. Connect the red positive (+) 9. Connect the other end of the
cable to the positive (+) terminal negative (−) cable away from the { Caution
on the vehicle with the dead dead battery, but not near
battery. Use a remote engine parts that move. The If the jumper cables are
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle electrical connection is just as connected or removed in the
has one. good there, and the chance of wrong order, electrical shorting
sparks getting back to the may occur and damage the
7. Do not let the other end touch vehicle. The repairs would not be
metal. Connect it to the battery is much less.
covered by the vehicle warranty.
positive (+) terminal of the good Your vehicle has a remote (−)
Always connect and remove the
battery. Use a remote terminal for this purpose.
jumper cables in the correct order,
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle 10. Now start the vehicle with the
has one. making sure that the cables do
good battery and run the not touch each other or other
8. Now connect the black engine for a while. metal.
negative (−) cable to the 11. Try to start the vehicle that had
negative (−) terminal of the good the dead battery. If it will not
battery. Use a remote Jumper Cable Removal
start after a few tries, it
negative (−) terminal if the probably needs service. Reverse the sequence exactly when
vehicle has one. removing the jumper cables.
Do not let the other end touch
anything until the next step. The
other end of the negative (−)
cable does not go to the dead
battery. It goes to a heavy,
unpainted metal engine part or
to a remote negative (−) terminal
on the vehicle with the dead
battery.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-82 Vehicle Care
Towing the Vehicle ground. Dolly towing is towing the Dinghy Towing
vehicle with two wheels on the
Front-wheel-drive and
ground and two wheels up on a
{ Caution device known as a dolly.
all-wheel-drive vehicles may be
dinghy towed from the front. These
Incorrectly towing a disabled Here are some important things to vehicles can also be towed by
vehicle may cause damage. The consider before recreational vehicle placing them on a platform trailer
damage would not be covered by towing: with all four wheels off of the
the vehicle warranty. . The towing capacity of the ground. For other towing options,
towing vehicle. Be sure to read see the information on dolly towing
the tow vehicle manufacturer's that follows.
Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck recommendations.
could damage the vehicle. . How far the vehicle will be { Caution
Consult your dealer or a towed. Some vehicles have If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded
professional towing service if the restrictions on how far and how while towing the vehicle, it could
disabled vehicle must be towed. long they can tow. be damaged. Never exceed
. The proper towing equipment. 105 km/h (65 mph) while towing
Recreational Vehicle See your dealer or trailering the vehicle.
Towing professional for additional advice
and equipment
Recreational vehicle towing means recommendations. For vehicles being dinghy towed,
towing the vehicle behind another the vehicle should be run at the
. If the vehicle is ready to be beginning of each day and at each
vehicle, such as behind a motor
towed. Just as preparing the RV fuel stop for about five minutes.
home. The two most common types
vehicle for a long trip, make sure This will ensure proper lubrication of
of recreational vehicle towing are
the vehicle is prepared to be transmission components.
known as dinghy towing and dolly
towed.
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-83
To tow the vehicle from the front 2. Remove the shift lever boot by 3. Use a small screwdriver or tool
with all four wheels on the ground: pulling up on the rear of the trim to press and hold the manual
1. Position the vehicle that will be plate. release button on the front right.
towed and secure it to the 4. Put the vehicle in N (Neutral).
towing vehicle.
{ Caution
If the vehicle is towed without
performing each of the steps
listed under “Dinghy Towing,” the
automatic transmission could be
damaged. Be sure to follow all
steps of the dinghy towing
procedure prior to and after
towing the vehicle.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-84 Vehicle Care
Once the destination has been Dolly Towing

reached: { Caution (Front-Wheel-Drive Vehicles)
1. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). Do not tow a vehicle with the front
2. Reinstall the shift lever boot by drive wheels on the ground if one
inserting the front edge and of the front tires is a compact
pressing the rear of the trim spare tire. Towing with two
plate until it snaps into place. different tire sizes on the front of
3. Start the engine and let it idle for the vehicle can cause severe
more than three minutes before damage to the transmission.
driving the vehicle.
Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive
{ Caution Vehicles)
Too much or too little fluid can All-wheel-drive vehicles should not
damage the transmission. Be be towed with two wheels on the
ground. To properly tow these To tow the vehicle from the front
sure that the transmission fluid is with the rear wheels on the ground:
vehicles, they should be placed on
at the proper level before towing
a platform trailer with all four wheels 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
with all four wheels on the
off of the ground or dinghy towed
ground. from the front. See “Dinghy Towing” 2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
earlier in this section. See Shifting Into Park on
page 9-19.
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
5. Follow the dolly manufacturer's
instructions for preparing the
vehicle and dolly for towing.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-85
6. Release the parking brake. Appearance Care

Towing the Vehicle from
the Rear Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-12.
Washing the Vehicle
{ Caution To preserve the vehicle's finish,
Towing the vehicle from the rear wash it often and out of direct
could damage it. Also, repairs sunlight.
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Never have the { Caution
vehicle towed from the rear.
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
(Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-86 Vehicle Care
washed. This could cause damage calcium chloride and other salts, ice
Caution (Continued) that would not be covered by the melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
vehicle warranty. sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
products can be obtained from industrial chimneys, etc., can
your dealer. Follow all If using an automatic car wash,
follow the car wash instructions. The damage the vehicle's finish if they
manufacturer directions regarding remain on painted surfaces. Wash
correct product usage, necessary windshield wiper and rear window
wiper, if equipped, must be off. the vehicle as soon as possible.
safety precautions, and If necessary, use non-abrasive
appropriate disposal of any Remove any accessories that may
be damaged or interfere with the car cleaners that are marked safe for
vehicle care product. painted surfaces to remove foreign
wash equipment.
matter.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all Occasional hand waxing or mild
{ Caution cleaning agents completely. If they polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
are allowed to dry on the surface,
Avoid using high-pressure they could stain. your dealer for approved cleaning
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) products.
to the surface of the vehicle. Use Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to Do not apply waxes or polishes to
of power washers exceeding uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result avoid surface scratches and water
spotting. decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
in damage or removal of paint as damage can occur.
and decals. Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat { Caution
The e symbol is on any sealant/wax materials is not
Machine compounding or
underhood compartment electrical recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to aggressive polishing on a
center that should not be power basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as (Continued)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-87
The bright metal moldings on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/

Caution (Continued) vehicle are aluminum or stainless Lenses, Emblems, Decals and
steel. To prevent damage always Stripes
may damage it. Use only follow these cleaning instructions:
non-abrasive waxes and polishes Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
. Be sure the molding is cool to
that are made for a basecoat/ soft cloth, and a car washing soap
clearcoat paint finish on the the touch before applying any to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
vehicle. cleaning solution. emblems, decals and stripes. Follow
. Use a cleaning solution instructions under "Washing the
approved for aluminum or Vehicle" previously in this section.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or stainless steel. Some cleaners Lamp covers are made of plastic,
covered whenever possible. are highly acidic or contain and some have a UV protective
alkaline substances and can coating. Do not clean or wipe them
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal damage the moldings. when dry.
Moldings . Always dilute a concentrated Do not use any of the following on
cleaner according to the lamp covers:
{ Caution manufacturer’s instructions.
. Abrasive or caustic agents.
Failure to clean and protect the
. Do not use chrome cleaners.
. Washer fluids and other cleaning
bright metal moldings can result . Do not use cleaners that are not agents in higher concentrations
in a hazy white finish or pitting. intended for automotive use. than suggested by the
This damage would not be manufacturer.
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the
covered by the vehicle warranty. vehicle after washing to protect . Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
and extend the molding finish. or other harsh cleaners.
. Ice scrapers or other hard items.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-88 Vehicle Care

. Aftermarket appearance caps or Windshield and Wiper Blades can be removed by rubbing with a
covers while the lamps are clean cloth. See Recommended
illuminated, due to excessive Clean the outside of the windshield
Fluids and Lubricants on
heat generated. with glass cleaner.
page 11-12.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
{ Caution cloth or paper towel soaked with Tires
windshield washer fluid or a mild Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
Failure to clean lamps properly detergent. Wash the windshield clean the tires.
can cause damage to the lamp thoroughly when cleaning the
cover that would not be covered
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
{ Caution
treatments may cause wiper Using petroleum-based tire
streaking. dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
{ Caution Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be or tires. When applying a tire
Using wax on low gloss black caused by extreme dusty dressing, always wipe off any
finish stripes can increase the conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, overspray from all painted
gloss level and create a snow, and ice. surfaces on the vehicle.
non-uniform finish. Clean low Weatherstrips
gloss stripes with soap and Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
water only. Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last or Chrome
longer, seal better, and not stick or Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
Air Intakes squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at soap and water to clean the wheels.
Clear debris from the air intakes, least once a year. Hot, dry climates After rinsing thoroughly with clean
between the hood and windshield may require more frequent water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
when washing the vehicle. application. Black marks from A wax may then be applied.
rubber material on painted surfaces
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-89
silicone grease on weatherstrips

{ Caution Caution (Continued) with a clean cloth will make them
last longer, seal better, and not stick
Chrome wheels and other chrome automatic car wash that uses or squeak.
trim may be damaged if the silicone carbide tire cleaning
vehicle is not washed after driving brushes. Damage could occur Underbody Maintenance
on roads that have been sprayed and the repairs would not be At least twice a year, spring and fall
with magnesium, calcium, covered by the vehicle warranty. use plain water to flush any
or sodium chloride. These corrosive materials from the
chlorides are used on roads for underbody. Take care to thoroughly
Steering, Suspension, and
conditions such as ice and dust. clean any areas where mud and
Chassis Components
Always wash the chrome with other debris can collect.
soap and water after exposure. Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis Sheet Metal Damage
components for damaged, loose, If the vehicle is damaged and
or missing parts or signs of wear at requires sheet metal repair or
{ Caution least once a year. replacement, make sure the body
Inspect power steering for proper repair shop applies anti-corrosion
To avoid surface damage, do not
hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, material to parts repaired or
use strong soaps, chemicals,
chafing, etc. replaced to restore corrosion
abrasive polishes, cleaners, protection.
brushes, or cleaners that contain Visually check constant velocity joint
acid on aluminum or boots and axle seals for leaks. Original manufacturer replacement
chrome-plated wheels. Use only parts will provide the corrosion
Body Component Lubrication protection while maintaining the
approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or Lubricate all key lock cylinders, vehicle warranty.
chrome-plated wheels through an hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel
fuel door hinge, unless the
(Continued)
components are plastic. Applying
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-90 Vehicle Care
Finish Damage Use a soft bristle brush to remove To prevent damage, do not clean
dust from knobs and crevices on the the interior using the following
Quickly repair minor chips and
instrument cluster. Using a mild cleaners or techniques:
scratches with touch-up materials
soap solution, immediately remove . Never use a razor or any other
available from your dealer to avoid
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect sharp object to remove a soil
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
repellent from all interior surfaces or from any interior surface.
damage can be corrected in your
permanent damage may result.
dealer's body and paint shop. . Never use a brush with stiff
Your dealer may have products for bristles.
Chemical Paint Spotting cleaning the interior. Use cleaners
Airborne pollutants can fall upon specifically designed for the . Never rub any surface
and attack painted vehicle surfaces surfaces being cleaned to prevent aggressively or with excessive
causing blotchy, ring-shaped permanent damage. Apply all pressure.
discolorations, and small, irregular cleaners directly to the cleaning . Do not use laundry detergents or
dark spots etched into the paint cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly dishwashing soaps with
surface. See “Finish Care” on any switches or controls. degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
previously in this section. Cleaners should be removed use approximately 20 drops per
quickly. Never allow cleaners to 3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
Interior Care remain on the surface being A concentrated soap solution will
cleaned for extended periods leave a residue that creates
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, of time. streaks and attracts dirt. Do not
regularly clean the vehicle's interior. use solutions that contain strong
Immediately remove any soils. Note Cleaners may contain solvents that
can become concentrated in the or caustic soap.
that newspapers or dark garments
that can transfer color to home interior. Before using cleaners, read . Do not heavily saturate the
furnishings can also permanently and adhere to all safety instructions upholstery when cleaning.
transfer color to the vehicle's on the label. While cleaning the
interior, maintain adequate
. Do not use solvents or cleaners
interior. containing solvents.
ventilation by opening the doors and
windows.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-91
Interior Glass Coated Moldings To clean:

To clean, use a terry cloth fabric Coated moldings should be cleaned. 1. Saturate a clean lint-free
dampened with water. Wipe droplets colorfast cloth with water.
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
left behind with a clean dry cloth. Microfiber cloth is recommended
sponge or soft lint-free cloth
Commercial glass cleaners may be to prevent lint transfer to the
dampened with water.
used, if necessary, after cleaning fabric or carpet.
the interior glass with plain water. . When heavily soiled, use warm
2. Remove excess moisture by
soapy water.
gently wringing until water does
{ Caution Fabric/Carpet/Suede not drip from the cleaning cloth.
To prevent scratching, never use Start by vacuuming the surface 3. Start on the outside edge of the
abrasive cleaners on automotive using a soft brush attachment. If a soil and gently rub toward the
glass. Abrasive cleaners or rotating brush attachment is being center. Fold the cleaning cloth to
used during vacuuming, only use it a clean area frequently to
aggressive cleaning may damage
on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, prevent forcing the soil in to the
the rear window defogger.
gently remove as much of the soil fabric.
as possible using one of the 4. Continue gently rubbing the
Cleaning the windshield with water following techniques: soiled area until there is no
during the first three to six months longer any color transfer from
of ownership will reduce tendency
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no the soil to the cleaning cloth.
to fog.
more soil can be removed. 5. If the soil is not completely
Speaker Covers . For solid soils, remove as much removed, use a mild soap
Vacuum around a speaker cover as possible prior to vacuuming. solution followed only by plain
gently, so that the speaker will not water.
be damaged. Clean spots with just If the soil is not completely
water and mild soap. removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-92 Vehicle Care
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small

hidden area for colorfastness before { Caution { Caution
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring Do not attach a device with a Soaking or saturating leather,
formation occurs, clean the entire suction cup to the display. This especially perforated leather, as
fabric or carpet. may cause damage and would well as other interior surfaces,
not be covered by the vehicle may cause permanent damage.
Following the cleaning process, a warranty. Wipe excess moisture from these
paper towel can be used to blot surfaces after cleaning and allow
excess moisture.
them to dry naturally. Never use
Instrument Panel, Leather,
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
and Vehicle Information and not use cleaners that contain
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and silicone or wax-based products.
Radio Displays Natural Open Pore Wood Cleaners containing these
For vehicles with high gloss Surfaces solvents can permanently change
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a
Use a soft microfiber cloth the appearance and feel of
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces.
dampened with water to remove leather or soft trim, and are not
Before wiping the surface with the
dust and loose dirt. For a more recommended.
microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
thorough cleaning, use a soft
brush to remove dirt that could
microfiber cloth dampened with a
scratch the surface. Then use the Do not use cleaners that increase
mild soap solution.
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to gloss, especially on the instrument
clean. Never use window cleaners panel. Reflected glare can decrease
or solvents. Periodically hand wash visibility through the windshield
the microfiber cloth separately, under certain conditions.
using mild soap. Do not use bleach
or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
and air dry before next use.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Vehicle Care 10-93
Use the following guidelines for

{ Caution { Warning proper floor mat usage.
Use of air fresheners may cause Do not bleach or dye safety belts. . The original equipment floor
permanent damage to plastics It may severely weaken them. In mats were designed for your
and painted surfaces. If an air a crash, they might not be able to vehicle. If the floor mats need
freshener comes in contact with provide adequate protection. replacing, it is recommended
any plastic or painted surface in Clean safety belts only with mild that certified floor mats be
the vehicle, blot immediately and soap and lukewarm water. purchased. Non-certified floor
mats may not fit properly and
clean with a soft cloth dampened
may interfere with the pedals.
with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners Floor Mats Always check that the floor mats
do not interfere with the pedals.
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. { Warning . Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
If a floor mat is the wrong size or floor mat retainer on the driver
Cargo Cover and is not properly installed, it can side floor.
Convenience Net interfere with the pedals. . Use the floor mat with the
Wash with warm water and mild Interference with the pedals can correct side up. Do not turn
detergent. Do not use chlorine cause unintended acceleration it over.
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
. Do not place anything on top of
then dry completely.
and injury. Make sure the floor the driver side floor mat.
Care of Safety Belts mat does not interfere with the . Use only a single floor mat on
Keep belts clean and dry. pedals. the driver side.
. Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
10-94 Vehicle Care
Removing and Replacing the 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor

Floor Mats mat retainer openings over the
carpet retainers and snapping
The driver side floor mat is held in into position.
place by two button-type retainers.
The passenger side floor mat is held 3. Make sure the floor mat is
in place by one button-type retainer. properly secured and verify that
it does not interfere with the
pedals.
1. Pull up on the rear of the floor

mat to unlock each retainer and
remove.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and Recommended Fluids,

Lubricants, and Parts
General Information
Maintenance Recommended Fluids and Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Maintenance Replacement the required maintenance for the
General Information Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13 vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 protect against major repair
Maintenance Records expenses resulting from neglect or
Cadillac Premium Care Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-14 inadequate maintenance. It may
Maintenance also help to maintain the value of
Cadillac Premium Care the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-3 Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
Special Application Services maintenance using genuine
Special Application replacement parts. They have
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
Additional Maintenance dealers have extended evening and
and Care Saturday hours, courtesy
Additional Maintenance transportation, and online
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
11-2 Service and Maintenance
technicians, the dealer is the place Because of the way people use
. Frequently towing a trailer.
for routine maintenance such as oil vehicles, maintenance needs vary. . Used for high speed or
changes and tire rotations and There may need to be more competitive driving.
additional maintenance items like frequent checks and services. The
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper Additional Required Services -
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery
blades. Normal are for vehicles that: service.
. Carry passengers and cargo Refer to the information in the
{ Caution within recommended limits on Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe chart.
the Tire and Loading Information
Damage caused by improper label. See Vehicle Load Limits
maintenance can lead to costly on page 9-9. { Warning
repairs and may not be covered
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can
surfaces within legal driving be dangerous and can cause
Maintenance intervals, checks,
limits. serious injury. Perform
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to . Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the
keep the vehicle in good working Fuel on page 9-56. required information, proper tools,
condition. Refer to the information in the and equipment are available.
Maintenance Schedule Additional If they are not, see your dealer to
Required Services - Normal chart. have a trained technician do the
The Tire Rotation and Required
work. See Doing Your Own
Services are the responsibility of the The Additional Required Services -
vehicle owner. It is recommended to Service Work on page 10-3.
Severe are for vehicles that are:
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to in hot weather.
keep the vehicle in good working . Mainly driven in hilly or
condition, improves fuel economy, mountainous terrain.
and reduces vehicle emissions.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14

. Tire rotation every 12 000 km
Cadillac Premium (7,500 mi). Maintenance
Care Maintenance . Engine air cleaner filter Schedule
Your vehicle comes with the replacement.
Owner Checks and Services
Cadillac Premium Care . Passenger compartment air filter
Maintenance. It is a maintenance replacement. At Each Fuel Stop
program that covers select . Check the engine oil level. See
maintenance services during the
. Multi‐point vehicle inspection
(MPVI) performed by a qualified Engine Oil on page 10-7.
first 4 years or 80 000 km
(50,000 mi), whichever comes first. technician. Once a Month
Cadillac Premium Care Cadillac requires that all Cadillac . Check the tire inflation
Maintenance covers routine Premium Care Maintenance pressures. See Tire Pressure on
maintenance services, when services be performed by a Cadillac page 10-48.
scheduled in accordance with the authorized service dealer. . Inspect the tires for wear. See
owner manual, including: Tire Inspection on page 10-54.
. Oil changes based on the . Check the windshield washer
vehicle's oil life monitor system. fluid level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-18.
Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system may not
indicate the need for vehicle service
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
for up to a year. The engine oil and

. Check engine coolant level. See or missing parts or signs of
filter must be changed at least once Engine Coolant on page 10-13. wear. See Exterior Care on
a year and the oil life system must . Check windshield washer fluid page 10-85.
be reset. Your trained dealer level. See Washer Fluid on . Check restraint system
technician can perform this work. page 10-18. components. See Safety System
If the engine oil life system is reset Check on page 3-19.
accidentally, service the vehicle
. Visually inspect windshield wiper
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the blades for wear, cracking, . Visually inspect fuel system for
last service. Reset the oil life or contamination. See Exterior damage or leaks.
system when the oil is changed. Care on page 10-85. Replace
worn or damaged wiper blades.
. Visually inspect exhaust system
See Engine Oil Life System on and nearby heat shields for
page 10-9. See Wiper Blade Replacement
on page 10-23. loose or damaged parts.
Tire Rotation and Required . Check tire inflation pressures.
. Lubricate body components. See
Services Every 12 000 km/ See Tire Pressure on Exterior Care on page 10-85.
7,500 mi page 10-48. . Check starter switch. See Starter
Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Switch Check on page 10-22.
the vehicle, and perform the Inspection on page 10-54. . Check automatic transmission
following services. See Tire . shift lock control function. See
Rotation on page 10-55. Visually check for fluid leaks.
Automatic Transmission Shift
. Check engine oil level and oil
. Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Lock Control Function Check on
life percentage. If needed, See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 10-23.
change engine oil and filter, and page 10-10. . Check parking brake and
reset oil life system. See Engine . Inspect brake system. automatic transmission park
Oil on page 10-7 and Engine Oil mechanism. See Park Brake and
. Visually inspect steering,
Life System on page 10-9. P (Park) Mechanism Check on
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose, page 10-23.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14

. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
. Check tire sealant expiration
date, if equipped. See Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit on
page 10-63.
. Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof on
page 2-26.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6) @ @ @
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Footnotes — Maintenance (3) Or every four years, whichever

Schedule Additional Required comes first.
Services - Normal (4) Or every five years, whichever
(1) Or every two years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System on
comes first. More frequent page 10-12.
replacement may be needed if the
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
excessive cracking, or damage;
or areas with high dust levels.
replace, if needed.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow, (6) Or every three years, whichever
excessive window fogging, or odors. comes first.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6) @ @ @
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Footnotes — Maintenance Special Application Additional

Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe Services Maintenance and Care
(1) Or every two years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
comes first. More frequent Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
replacement may be needed if the components every 5 000 km/ may help to avoid future costly
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy 3,000 mi. repairs. To maintain vehicle
traffic, areas with poor air quality, . performance, additional
Have underbody flushing service
or areas with high dust levels. maintenance services may be
performed. See "Underbody
Replacement may also be needed if required.
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
there is a reduction in air flow,
on page 10-85. It is recommended that your dealer
excessive window fogging, or odors.
perform these services — their
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines trained dealer technicians know
and hoses for proper hook-up, your vehicle best. Your dealer can
routing, and condition. also perform a thorough
(3) Or every four years, whichever assessment with a multi-point
comes first. inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System on The following list is intended to
page 10-12. explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever services are required.
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage; Battery
replace, if needed. The battery supplies power to start
(6) Or every three years, whichever the engine and operate any
comes first. additional electrical accessories.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps
start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment
battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and Properly working headlamps,
recommend quality parts taillamps, and brake lamps are
. Trained dealer technicians have important to see and be seen on
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle.
the road.
the battery and ensure that the Fluids
connections and cables are
. Signs that the headlamps need
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved attention include dimming, failure
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage.
Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be
. Belts may need replacing if they Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
squeak or show signs of Lubricants on page 11-12 for GM that they light when braking.
cracking or splitting. approved fluids. . With a multi-point inspection,
. Trained dealer technicians have
. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps
access to tools and equipment washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns.
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill.
Shocks and Struts
recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids Shocks and struts help aid in control
may be low and need to be for a smoother ride.
Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include
Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/
crucial to safe driving. Hoses
sway while braking, longer
. Signs of brake wear may include Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven
chirping, grinding, or squealing be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear.
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point
With a multi-point inspection, your
inspection, trained dealer
dealer can inspect the hoses and
technicians can visually inspect
advise if replacement is needed.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
the shocks and struts for signs Vehicle Care Windshield

of leaking, blown seals, To help keep the vehicle looking like For safety, appearance, and the
or damage, and can advise new, vehicle care products are best viewing, keep the windshield
when service is needed. available from your dealer. For clean and clear.
Tires information on how to clean and . Signs of damage include
protect the vehicle’s interior and scratches, cracks, and chips.
Tires need to be properly inflated, exterior, see Interior Care on
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining page 10-90 and Exterior Care on . Trained dealer technicians can
the tires can save money and fuel, page 10-85. inspect the windshield and
and can reduce the risk of tire recommend proper replacement
failure. Wheel Alignment if needed.
. Signs that the tires need to be Wheel alignment is critical for Wiper Blades
replaced include three or more ensuring that the tires deliver
visible treadwear indicators; cord optimal wear and performance. Wiper blades need to be cleaned
or fabric showing through the and kept in good condition to
. Signs that the alignment may provide a clear view.
rubber; cracks or cuts in the need to be adjusted include
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or pulling, improper vehicle . Signs of wear include streaking,
split in the tire. handling, or unusual tire wear. skipping across the windshield,
. Trained dealer technicians can and worn or split rubber.
. Your dealer has the required
inspect and recommend the right equipment to ensure proper . Trained dealer technicians can
tires. Your dealer can also wheel alignment. check the wiper blades and
provide tire/wheel balancing replace them when needed.
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE
viscosity grade. Look for the dexos1 approved logo for GM approved
engine oil. See Engine Oil on page 10-7.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10-13.
Fuel Additive Fuel System Treatment PLUS (Part No. 88861013).
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON ®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 19256084, in Canada 19256085).
Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood, and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hinges Canada 10953474).
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint, Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Category LB or GC-LB.
Release Pawl
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 20897358 A3147C
Engine Oil Filter 89017525 PF63
Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13271191 CF176
Spark Plugs 12622561 41–109
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in) 22870539 —
Passenger Side – 42.5 cm (16.7 in) 22870540 —
Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 20825882 —
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed
Reading
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is
Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine,
Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications”
Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 on page 12-2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Service Parts
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label
This label, on the inside of the rear
side cargo management cover, has
the following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
This legal identifier is in the front
. Model designation.
corner of the instrument panel, on . Paint information.
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
. Production options and special
outside. The VIN also appears on equipment.
the Vehicle Certification and Service Do not remove this label from the
Parts labels and certificates of title vehicle.
and registration.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type, and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label located
under the hood. See your dealer for more
information.
Engine Cooling System
3.6L V6 Engine 12.8 L 13.5 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Fuel Tank 79.5 L 21.0 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 0.65 L 0.69 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Technical Data 12-3
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
3.6L V6 (LFX) 3 Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing

7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Customer Information 13-1
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Cadillac. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4 however, despite the best intentions
Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-14 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Scheduling Service can occur. If your concern has not
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-15 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Courtesy Transportation the following steps should be taken:
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-8 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
Service Publications with a member of dealership
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-10 management. Normally, concerns
Radio Frequency can be quickly resolved at that level.
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-11 If the matter has already been
Radio Frequency reviewed with the sales, service or
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 parts manager, contact the owner of
your dealership or the general
manager.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Cadillac, 40 days. If you do not agree with the
member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you
it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any
resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available
further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you.
Cadillac Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Center at 1-800–458–8006. In Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Canada, call the Canadian Cadillac dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
1-888-446-2000. with the new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
We encourage you to call the if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
toll-free number in order to give your after following the procedure Inc.
inquiry prompt attention. Have the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard
following information available to can file with the Better Business Suite 800
give the Customer Assistance Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838
representative: to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
. Vehicle Identification The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
Number (VIN). This is available out-of-court program administered
from the vehicle registration or by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all
title, or the plate at the top left of Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of
the instrument panel and visible disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
through the windshield. the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other
Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. the right to change eligibility
be required to resort to this informal
. Vehicle delivery date and dispute resolution program prior to limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. filing a court action, use of the participation in this program.
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance

Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Cadillac encourages customers to
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care call the toll-free number for
and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-888-446-2000 (English), assistance. However, if a customer
Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Cadillac,
participation in a no-charge or write to: the letter should be addressed to:
mediation/arbitration program. Mediation/Arbitration Program
General Motors of Canada Limited United States and Puerto Rico
c/o Customer Care Centre
has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Cadillac Customer Assistance
of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Center
factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Cadillac Motor Car Division
claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 P.O. Box 33169
the review of the facts involved by Detroit, MI 48232-5169
an impartial third party arbiter, and The inquiry should be accompanied www.Cadillac.com
may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification
before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). 1-800-458-8006
designed so that the entire dispute 1-800-833-2622 (For Text
settlement process, from the time Telephone devices (TTYs))
you file your complaint to the final Roadside Service: 1-800-224-1400
decision, should be completed in From U.S. Virgin Islands:
approximately 70 days. We believe 1-800-496-9994
our impartial program offers
advantages over courts in most
jurisdictions because it is informal,
quick, and free of charge.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Canada communicate with Cadillac by D (Preferred Dealer

dialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY users Information): Select a dealer and
General Motors of Canada Limited
in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. view locations, maps, phone
Canadian Cadillac Customer Care
Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 numbers, and hours.
1908 Colonel Sam Drive Online Owner Center J (Warranty Tracking
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Online Owner Experience Information): Track the vehicle’s
www.gm.ca (U.S.) my.cadillac.com warranty information.
1-888-446-2000 (English)
The Cadillac online owner J (Recall Information): View
1-800-263-7854 (French) active recalls or search by Vehicle
experience allows interaction with
Roadside Service: 1-800-882-1112 Identification Number (VIN). See
Cadillac and keeps important
vehicle-specific information in one Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Overseas on page 12-1.
place.
Contact the local General Motors
Business Unit. Membership Benefits
H (Other Account Information):
View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
E (Vehicle Information): radio, and OnStar account
Customer Assistance for Download owner manuals and view information.
Text Telephone (TTY) vehicle-specific how-to videos.
F (Live Chat Support): Chat with
Users G (Maintenance Information): online help representatives.
View maintenance schedules,
To assist customers who are deaf, See my.cadillac.com to register your
required alerts, and OnStar onboard
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired vehicle.
vehicle diagnostic information.
and who use Text Telephones
Schedule service appointments.
(TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipment
available at its Customer Assistance I (Service History): View
Center. Any TTY user can printable dealer-recorded service
records and self-recorded service
records.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Cadillac Owner Centre Calling for Service Roadside Service is not a part of the
(Canada) cadillacowner.ca New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
When calling Roadside Service,
General Motors North America and
Visit the Cadillac Owner Centre: have the following information
Cadillac reserve the right to make
ready:
. Chat live with online help any changes or discontinue the
representatives. . Your name, home address, and Roadside Service program at any
home telephone number. time without notification.
. Locate owner resources such as
. Telephone number of your General Motors North America and
lease-end, financing, and
warranty information. location. Cadillac reserve the right to limit
. . Location of the vehicle. services or payment to an owner or
Retrieve favorite articles,
driver if they decide the claims are
quizzes, tips, and multimedia . Model, year, color, and license made too often, or the same type of
galleries organized into the plate number of the vehicle. claim is made many times.
Featured Articles and Auto Care
Sections.
. Odometer reading, Vehicle Cadillac Owner Privileges™
Identification Number (VIN), and
. Download owner manuals. delivery date of the vehicle. . Emergency Fuel Delivery:
. Find Cadillac-recommended Delivery of enough fuel for the
. Description of the problem. vehicle to get to the nearest
maintenance services.
Coverage service station.
Roadside Service Services are provided up to 6 years/
. Lock-Out Service: Service to
110 000 km (70,000 mi), whichever unlock the vehicle if you are
U.S.: 1-800-224-1400.
comes first. locked out. A remote unlock may
Canada: 1-800-882-1112. be available if you have OnStar.
In the U.S., anyone driving the For security reasons, the driver
Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S. vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
Only): 1-888-889-2438. must present identification
person driving the vehicle without before this service is given.
Service is available 24 hours a day, permission from the owner is not
365 days a year. covered.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14

. Emergency Tow from a Public Cadillac Technician Roadside
. Legal fines.
Road or Highway: Tow to the Service (U.S. Only) . Mounting, dismounting,
nearest Cadillac dealer for or changing of snow tires,
warranty service, or if the vehicle Cadillac's exceptional Roadside
Service is more than an auto club or chains, or other traction devices.
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is not given towing service. It provides every Service is not provided if a vehicle
when the vehicle is stuck in the Cadillac owner in the United States is in an area that is not accessible
sand, mud, or snow. with the advantage of contacting a to the service vehicle or is not a
Cadillac advisor and, where regularly traveled or maintained
. Flat Tire Change: Service to available, a Cadillac trained dealer public road, which includes ice and
change a flat tire with a spare technician who can provide on-site winter roads. Off-road use is not
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, service. covered.
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is your A dealer technician will travel to Services Specific to
responsibility for the repair or your location within a 30-mile radius Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
replacement of the tire if it is not of a participating Cadillac
covered by the warranty. dealership. If beyond this radius, we
. Fuel delivery: Reimbursement
will arrange to have your car towed is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel
. Battery Jump Start: Service to to the nearest Cadillac dealership. delivery may be restricted.
jump start a dead battery. Each technician travels with a Propane and other fuels are not
. Trip Interruption Benefits and specially equipped service vehicle provided through this service.
Service: If your trip is complete with the necessary . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
interrupted due to a warranty Cadillac parts and tools required to registration is required.
failure, incidental expenses may handle most roadside repairs.
be reimbursed during the
. Trip Interruption Benefits and
6 years/110 000 km (70,000 mi) Services Not Included in Service: Pre-authorization,
Powertrain warranty period. Roadside Service original detailed receipts, and a
Items considered are hotel, copy of the repair orders are
. Impound towing caused by required. Once authorization has
meals, and rental car. violation of any laws. been received, the Roadside
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Service advisor will help you of your transportation needs, your extended powertrain, and/or
make arrangements and explain dealer can help minimize your hybrid-specific warranties in both
how to receive payment. inconvenience. the U.S. and Canada.
. Alternative Service: If If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation
assistance cannot be provided into the service department options are available to assist in
right away, the Roadside Service immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when
advisor may give you permission can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required.
to get local emergency road unless, of course, the problem is Courtesy Transportation is not a
service. You will receive safety related. If it is, please call part of the New Vehicle Limited
payment, up to $100, after your dealership, let them know this, Warranty. A separate booklet
sending the original receipt to and ask for instructions. entitled “Limited Warranty and
Roadside Service. Mechanical If your dealer requests you to bring Owner Assistance Information”
failures may be covered, the vehicle for service, you are furnished with each new vehicle
however any cost for parts and urged to do so as early in the work provides detailed warranty coverage
labor for repairs not covered by day as possible to allow for information.
the warranty are the owner same-day repair.
responsibility. Transportation Options
Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Warranty service can generally be

Program completed while you wait. However,
Appointments if you are unable to do so, your
To enhance your ownership dealer may offer the following
When the vehicle requires warranty experience, we and our participating
service, contact your dealer and transportation options:
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
request an appointment. By Transportation, a customer support Shuttle Service
scheduling a service appointment program for vehicles with the This includes one-way or round-trip
and advising the service consultant Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty shuttle service within reasonable
Coverage period in Canada), time and distance parameters of
your dealer's area.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Public Transportation or Fuel Requirements vary and may include Collision Damage Repair
Reimbursement minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. If the vehicle is involved in a
If overnight warranty repairs are collision and it is damaged, have the
needed, and public transportation is Additional fees such as fuel usage
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, damage repaired by a qualified
used, the expense must be technician using the proper
supported by original receipts and excessive mileage, or rental usage
beyond the completion of the repair equipment and quality replacement
within the maximum amount allowed parts. Poorly performed collision
by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. are also your responsibility.
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
customers arrange their own It may not be possible to provide a value, and safety performance can
transportation, limited like vehicle as a courtesy rental. be compromised in subsequent
reimbursement for reasonable fuel collisions.
expenses may be available. Claim Additional Program
amounts should reflect actual costs Information Collision Parts
and be supported by original All program options, such as shuttle Genuine GM Collision parts are new
receipts. See your dealer for service, may not be available at parts made with the same materials
information. every dealer. Contact your dealer and construction methods as the
Courtesy Rental Vehicle for specific availability. parts with which the vehicle was
General Motors reserves the right to originally built. Genuine GM
For an overnight warranty repair, the Collision parts are the best choice to
dealer may provide an available unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy ensure that the vehicle's designed
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for appearance, durability, and safety
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim are preserved. The use of Genuine
Reimbursement is limited and must GM parts can help maintain the GM
be supported by original receipts as eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
well as a signed and completed
rental agreement and meet state/ sole discretion. Recycled original equipment parts
provincial, local, and rental vehicle may also be used for repair. These
provider requirements. parts are typically removed from
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
vehicles that were total losses in Repair Facility recommend that you ensure that the
prior crashes. In most cases, the vehicle will be repaired with GM
GM also recommends that you
parts being recycled are from original equipment collision parts.
choose a collision repair facility that
undamaged sections of the vehicle. If such insurance coverage is not
meets your needs before you ever
A recycled original equipment GM available from your current
need collision repairs. Your dealer
part may be an acceptable choice to insurance carrier, consider switching
may have a collision repair center
maintain the vehicle's originally to another insurance carrier.
with GM-trained technicians and
designed appearance and safety If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
performance; however, the history of company may require you to have
able to recommend a collision repair
these parts is not known. Such parts insurance that ensures repairs with
center that has GM-trained
are not covered by the GM New Genuine GM Original Equipment
technicians and comparable
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
equipment.
related failures are not covered by Genuine Manufacturer replacement
that warranty. Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as
Aftermarket collision parts are also Protect your investment in the GM you may be charged at the end of
available. These are made by vehicle with comprehensive and the lease for poor quality repairs.
companies other than GM and may collision insurance coverage. There
not have been tested for the vehicle. If a Crash Occurs
are significant differences in the
As a result, these parts may fit quality of coverage afforded by If there has been an injury, call
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ various insurance policy terms. emergency services for help. Do not
corrosion problems, and may not Many insurance policies provide leave the scene of a crash until all
perform properly in subsequent reduced protection to the GM matters have been taken care of.
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not vehicle by limiting compensation for Move the vehicle only if its position
covered by the GM New Vehicle damage repairs by using puts you in danger, or you are
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some instructed to move it by a police
failure related to such parts is not insurance companies will not officer.
covered by that warranty. specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Give only the necessary information If the airbag has inflated, see What obligated to have the vehicle
to police and other parties involved Will You See after an Airbag repaired with Genuine GM parts,
in the crash. Inflates? on page 3-25. even if your insurance coverage
For emergency towing see does not pay the full cost.
Managing the Vehicle Damage
Roadside Service on page 13-5. Repair Process If another party's insurance
Gather the following information: company is paying for the repairs,
In the event that the vehicle requires you are not obligated to accept a
. Driver name, address, and damage repairs, GM recommends repair valuation based on that
telephone number. that you take an active role in its insurance company's collision policy
repair. If you have a pre-determined repair limits, as you have no
. Driver license number.
repair facility of choice, take the contractual limits with that company.
. Owner name, address, and vehicle there, or have it towed there. In such cases, you can have control
telephone number. Specify to the facility that any of the repair and parts choices as
. Vehicle license plate number. required replacement collision parts long as the cost stays within
be original equipment parts, either reasonable limits.
. Vehicle make, model, and new Genuine GM parts or recycled
model year. original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications
. Vehicle Identification recycled parts will not be covered by
Number (VIN). the GM vehicle warranty. Ordering Information
. Insurance company and policy Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals
number. but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis
Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the
. General description of the your insurance company may
damage to the other vehicle. engines, transmission, axle,
initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical,
Choose a reputable repair facility aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc.
that uses quality replacement parts. the repair professional, and insist on
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this Genuine GM parts. Remember,
section. if the vehicle is leased, you may be
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Service Bulletins RETAIL SELL PRICE: Radio Frequency

$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
Service Bulletins give additional
shipping fees.
Identification (RFID)
technical service information
RFID technology is used in some
needed to knowledgeably service Current and Past Models vehicles for functions such as tire
General Motors cars and trucks.
Technical Service Bulletins and pressure monitoring and ignition
Each bulletin contains instructions
Manuals are available for current system security, as well as in
to assist in the diagnosis and
and past model GM vehicles. connection with conveniences such
service of the vehicle.
as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
ORDER TOLL FREE:
Owner Information transmitters for remote door locking/
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday
unlocking and starting, and
Owner publications are written 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time
in-vehicle transmitters for garage
specifically for owners and intended For Credit Card Orders Only door openers. RFID technology in
to provide basic operational (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see GM vehicles does not use or record
information about the vehicle. The Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. personal information or link with any
Owner Manual includes the other GM system containing
Maintenance Schedule for all Or write to:
personal information.
models. Helm, Incorporated
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Attention: Customer Service
Owner Manual, and Warranty 47911 Halyard Drive
Manual. Plymouth, MI 48170
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 – Prices are subject to change without
$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and notice and without incurring
shipping fees. obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
funds.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Radio Frequency Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot

Statement become involved in individual
Defects problems between you, your
This vehicle has systems that dealer, or General Motors.
operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the To contact NHTSA, you may call
Federal Communications
to the United States the Vehicle Safety Hotline
Commission (FCC) rules and with Government toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
RSS-GEN/210/220/310, ICES‐001. http://www.safercar.gov; or
has a defect which could cause
Operation is subject to the following a crash or could cause injury or write to:
two conditions: death, you should immediately Administrator, NHTSA
1. The device may not cause inform the National Highway 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
harmful interference. Traffic Safety Administration Washington, D.C. 20590
2. The device must accept any (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
You can also obtain other
interference received, including General Motors.
information about motor
interference that may cause If NHTSA receives similar vehicle safety from
undesired operation of the complaints, it may open an http://www.safercar.gov.
device.
investigation, and if it finds that
Changes or modifications to any of a safety defect exists in a group
these systems by other than an of vehicles, it may order a recall
authorized service facility could void and remedy campaign.
authorization to use this equipment.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data

to the Canadian to General Motors Recording and
Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Privacy
If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like
believe that the vehicle has a safety this, notify General Motors. The vehicle has a number of
defect, notify Transport Canada computers that record information
Call 1-800-458-8006, or write:
immediately, and notify General about the vehicle’s performance and
Cadillac Customer Assistance how it is driven. For example, the
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
Center vehicle uses computer modules to
Transport Canada at
Cadillac Motor Car Division monitor and control engine and
1-800-333-0510 or write to:
P.O. Box 33169 transmission performance, to
Transport Canada Detroit , MI 48232-5169 monitor the conditions for airbag
Road Safety Branch deployment and deploy them in a
In Canada, call 1‐888‐446‐2000,
80 rue Noel crash, and, if equipped, to provide
or write:
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 antilock braking to help the driver
Canadian Cadillac Customer Care control the vehicle. These modules
Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 may store data to help the dealer
General Motors of Canada Limited technician service the vehicle.
1908 Colonel Sam Drive Some modules may also store data
Oshawa , Ontario L1H 8P7 about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access this data or
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the
This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or,
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are if the vehicle is leased, with the
main purpose of an EDR is to recorded by your vehicle only if a consent of the lessee; in response
record, in certain crash or near non-trivial crash situation occurs; no to an official request by police or
crash-like situations, such as an air data are recorded by the EDR under similar government office; as part of
bag deployment or hitting a road normal driving conditions and no GM's defense of litigation through
obstacle, data that will assist in personal data (e.g., name, gender, the discovery process; or, as
understanding how a vehicle’s age, and crash location) are required by law. Data that GM
systems performed. The EDR is recorded. However, other parties, collects or receives may also be
designed to record data related to such as law enforcement, could used for GM research needs or may
vehicle dynamics and safety combine the EDR data with the type be made available to others for
systems for a short period of time, of personally identifying data research purposes, where a need is
typically 30 seconds or less. The routinely acquired during a crash shown and the data is not tied to a
EDR in this vehicle is designed to investigation. specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
record such data as:
To read data recorded by an EDR,
. How various systems in your special equipment is required, and
vehicle were operating; access to the vehicle or the EDR is
. Whether or not the driver and needed. In addition to the vehicle
passenger safety belts were manufacturer, other parties, such as
buckled/fastened; law enforcement, that have the
.
special equipment, can read the
How far (if at all) the driver was information if they have access to
depressing the accelerator and/ the vehicle or the EDR.
or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
OnStar® Infotainment System

If the vehicle is equipped with If the vehicle is equipped with a
OnStar® and has an active navigation system as part of the
subscription, additional data may be infotainment system, use of the
collected through the OnStar system may result in the storage of
system. This includes information destinations, addresses, telephone
about the vehicle’s operation; numbers, and other trip information.
collisions involving the vehicle; the See the infotainment manual for
use of the vehicle and its features; information on stored data and for
and, in certain situations, the deletion instructions.
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
OnStar Terms and Conditions and
Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
2 NOTES
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
OnStar 14-1
OnStar OnStar Overview vehicle, including location

information. See OnStar’s Terms
and Conditions and Privacy
Statement for more details including
OnStar Overview
system limitations at
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar Services www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 The OnStar system status light is
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 next to the OnStar buttons. If the
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 = Voice Command Button status light is:
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4 Q Blue OnStar Button
Vehicle Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
. Solid Green: System is on.
> Emergency Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Red: Indicates a problem.
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6 comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live OnStar
. Off: System is off. Press the blue
Advisor for Emergency, Security, OnStar button twice to speak
Navigation, Connection, and with an OnStar Advisor.
Diagnostic Services. OnStar Press Q or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
services may require a paid (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
subscription. OnStar requires the Advisor.
vehicle battery and electrical
system, cellular service, and GPS Press = to:
satellite signals to be available and
operating. OnStar acts as a link to
. Make a call, end a call,
existing public emergency service or answer an incoming call.
providers. OnStar may collect . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
information about you and your voice commands.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
14-2 OnStar
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn . Receive Roadside Assistance.
Navigation voice commands. OnStar Services
. Manage WiFi Settings (if
Requires a specific OnStar equipped).
subscription plan. Emergency
. Obtain the WiFi network name, Press > to get a priority connection With Automatic Crash Response,
or Service Set Identifier or SSID, to an OnStar Emergency Advisor the OnStar system can
and passphrase (if equipped). available 24/7 to: automatically connect to an OnStar
. Get help for an emergency. Emergency Advisor. The built-in
Press Q to connect to a live system can automatically connect to
Advisor to: . Be a Good Samaritan or help in certain crashes.
respond to an AMBER Alert.
. Verify account information or
. Get assistance in severe Press > to connect to an OnStar
update contact information.
weather or other crisis and Emergency Advisor. GPS
. Get driving directions. Requires evacuation routes. technology is used to identify the
a specific OnStar vehicle location and can provide
subscription plan. important information to emergency
. Receive On-Demand personnel. OnStar Emergency
Diagnostics for a check of the Advisors are trained to provide
vehicle’s key operating systems. assistance and link to existing
public emergency service providers
in emergency situations.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Crisis Advisors are available
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
assistance, and information if a
crisis occurs.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
OnStar 14-3
Security 4. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds

commands. with the last direction given, then
OnStar provides services including responds with “OnStar ready,”
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote Using Voice Commands then a tone.
Ignition Block, and Roadside During a Planned Route
Assistance, if equipped. OnStar can Get My Destination
unlock the vehicle doors remotely, Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds:
if equipped with automatic door 1. Press =. System responds:
locks, and can help police locate the “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say
vehicle if it is stolen. “Cancel route.” System 2. Say “Get my destination.”
responds: “Do you want to System responds with the
Navigation cancel directions?” address and the distance to the
destination, then responds with
OnStar navigation requires a 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
specific OnStar subscription plan. “OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.” Other Navigation Services
Press Q to receive directions or Available from OnStar
have them sent to the vehicle Route Preview
navigation screen, if equipped. OnStar eNav: Subscribers can
Destinations can also be forwarded 1. Press =. System responds: send destinations from
to the vehicle from MapQuest.com. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. MapQuest.com to the vehicle
2. Say “Route preview.” System Turn-by-Turn Navigation or
Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three screen-based navigation system (if
maneuvers. equipped). When ready, the
1. Press Q to connect to a live
directions will be downloaded to the
Advisor. Repeat vehicle.
2. Request directions.
1. Press =. System responds: Destination Download: Press Q,
3. Directions are downloaded to the “OnStar ready,” then a tone. then request the Advisor to
vehicle. download directions to the
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
14-4 OnStar
navigation system in the vehicle (if WiFi Connectivity (If Equipped) pressure (if the vehicle is equipped
equipped). After the call ends, press The vehicle has a WiFi hotspot that with the tire pressure monitoring
the “Go” button on the navigation provides a high-speed, wireless system); or activate remote horn
screen to begin driving directions. Internet connection to connect and lights. Also remote start the
If directions are downloaded to the multiple mobile devices (data plan vehicle (if factory equipped) or
navigation system, the route can required). unlock the doors from anywhere
only be canceled through the with a wireless connection (if
1. To retrieve WiFi hotspot equipped with automatic locks).
navigation system.
information, press = and select With a required specific OnStar
Destinations can also be or say “WiFi settings.” subscription plan, a destination can
downloaded on the go. For be sent to the vehicle. For OnStar
information about eNav or 2. The WiFi settings will display the RemoteLink information and
Destination Download, see WiFi network name/SSID, compatibility, see www.onstar.com
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or passphrase, and level of (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
www.onstar.ca (Canada). encryption.
3. To change the SSID or OnStar RemoteLink® Key Fob
Connections Services
passphrase, press Q or call
1-888-4-ONSTAR to connect This feature is included for five
The required specific Onstar
with an Advisor. years and allows for remote door
subscription plan includes the
lock/unlock (if equipped with
services that follow to help OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App automatic locks), remote start (if
customers stay connected. (If Equipped) factory equipped), or activation of
For coverage maps, see Download the OnStar RemoteLink horn and lights from anywhere with
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or mobile app to select Apple®, a wireless signal. Download the app
www.onstar.ca (Canada). Android™, and BlackBerry® or and start using it any time during the
Windows 7 or 8 mobile devices. trial period to get started.
From the mobile device, check the
vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, or tire
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
OnStar 14-5
OnStar Hands-Free Calling 3. Say “911” without pausing. 3. Say the entire number without
System responds: “911.” pausing. System responds:
This service allows calls to be made
4. Say “Call.” System responds: “Please say the name tag.”
and received from the vehicle.
“OK, dialing 911.” 4. Pick a name tag. System
To Make a Call responds: “About to store <name
Retrieve My Number tag>. Does that sound OK?”
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.” 1. Press =. System responds: 5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to try
2. Say “Call.” System responds: “OnStar ready.” again. System responds: “OK,
“Call. Please say the name or 2. Say “My number.” System storing <name tag>.”
number to call.” responds: “Your OnStar Place a Call Using a Stored
3. Say the entire number without Hands-Free Calling number is,” Number
pausing, including a “1” and the then says the number.
area code. System responds: 1. Press =. System responds:
End a Call “OnStar ready.”
“OK calling.”
Press =. System responds: “Call 2. Say “Call <name tag>.” System
Calling 911 Emergency ended.” responds: “OK, calling
1. Press =. System responds: Store a Name Tag for Speed
<name tag>.”
“OnStar Ready,” followed by Dialing Verify Minutes and Expiration
a tone.
2. Say “Call.” System responds: 1. Press =. System responds: Press = and say “Minutes” then
“Call. Please say the name or “OnStar ready.” “Verify” to check how many minutes
number to call.” 2. Say “Store.” System responds: remain and their expiration date.
“Please say the number you
would like to store.”
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
14-6 OnStar
Vehicle Diagnostics OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works

OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics can Information Automatic Crash Response,
perform a vehicle check every Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
transmission, antilock brakes, and Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
other major vehicle systems. It also Press Q to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
vehicle is equipped with the Tire can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not
Pressure Monitoring System. If an account information. all OnStar services are available
On-Demand Diagnostics check is everywhere or on all vehicles. For
Selling/Transferring the more information, a full description
needed, press Q, and an Advisor Vehicle of OnStar services, system
can run a check.
Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR immediately limitations, and OnStar terms and
to terminate your OnStar services if conditions:
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, . Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
transferred, or if the lease ends. (1-888-466-7827).
Reactivation for Subsequent . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
Owners . See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Press Q and follow the prompts to . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible. The Advisor will update
. Press Q to speak with an
vehicle records and explain the Advisor.
OnStar service options available. OnStar services cannot work unless
the vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
OnStar 14-7
in that area. The wireless service Services for People with OnStar Personal Identification
provider must also have coverage, Disabilities Number (PIN)
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar Advisors provide services to help A PIN is needed to access some of
services. Service involving location subscribers with physical disabilities the OnStar services, like Remote
information about the vehicle cannot and medical conditions. Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle
work unless GPS signals are Assistance. The PIN will need to be
Press Q for help with: changed the first time when
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar . Locating a gas station with an speaking with an Advisor. To
hardware. OnStar services may not attendant to pump gas. change the OnStar PIN, contact an
work if the OnStar equipment is not . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
properly installed or it has not been that meets accessibility needs. calling 1-888-4-ONSTAR.
properly maintained. If equipment or
software is added, connected,
. Providing directions to the Warranty
or modified, OnStar services may closest hospital or pharmacy in OnStar equipment may be
not work. Other problems beyond urgent situations. warranted as part of the vehicle
the control of OnStar may prevent TTY Users warranty.
service such as hills, tall buildings,
tunnels, weather, electrical system OnStar has the ability to Languages
design and architecture of the communicate to deaf, The vehicle can be programmed to
vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired respond in multiple languages.
crash, or wireless phone network customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
congestion or jamming. Advisors are available in English,
system can provide in-vehicle
See Radio Frequency Statement on access to all of the OnStar services, Spanish, and French. Available
page 13-12. except Virtual Advisor and OnStar languages may vary by country.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
14-8 OnStar
Potential Issues A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems
loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected.
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Advisor may give a verbal route or
Assistance after the vehicle has Add-on Electrical Equipment
may ask for a call back after the
been off continuously for five days.
vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated
After five days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance and a into the electrical architecture of the
Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical
locksmith to help gain access to the
vehicle. Do not place items over or near the equipment. See Add-On Electrical
antenna to prevent blocking cellular Equipment on page 9-68. Added
Global Positioning and GPS signal reception. Cellular electrical equipment may interfere
System (GPS) reception is required for OnStar to with the operation of the OnStar
send remote signals to the vehicle. system and cause it to not operate.
. Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar Privacy
buildings; in parking garages; Message The complete OnStar Privacy
around airports; in tunnels,
If there is limited cellular coverage Statement may be found at
underpasses; or in an area with
or the cellular network has reached www.onstar.com (U.S.),
very dense trees. If GPS signals
maximum capacity, this message or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
are not available, the OnStar
may come on. Press Q to try the recommend that you review it. If you
system should still operate to
call again or try again after driving a have any questions, call
call OnStar. However, OnStar
few miles into another cellular area. 1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
could have difficulty identifying
the exact location. or press Q to speak with an
Vehicle and Power Issues Advisor. Users of wireless
. In emergency situations, OnStar communications are cautioned that
OnStar services require a vehicle
can use the last stored GPS the privacy of any information sent
electrical system, wireless service,
location to send to emergency via wireless cellular communications
and GPS satellite technologies to be
responders. cannot be assured. Third parties
available and operating for features
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
OnStar 14-9
may unlawfully intercept or access above copyright notice and this or other dealings in this Software
transmissions and private permission notice appear in all without prior written authorization of
communications without consent. copies. the copyright holder.
OnStar - software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED unzip:
acknowledgements “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Certain OnStar components include IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT Info-ZIP copyright and license.
libcurl and unzip software and other LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES The definitive version of this
third party software. Below are the OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS document should be available
notices and licenses associated with FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
libcurl and unzip and for other third AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF license.html indefinitely.
party software please see http:// THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
www.lg.com/global/support/ EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR rights reserved.
opensource/index and https:// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
www.onstar.com/web/portal/ For the purposes of this copyright
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
getdocuments DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, the following set of individuals:
libcurl: WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
NOTICE OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
THE SOFTWARE. Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
All rights reserved. Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Except as contained in this notice, Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Permission to use, copy, modify, the name of a copyright holder shall
and distribute this software for any Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
not be used in advertising or Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
purpose with or without fee is otherwise to promote the sale, use
hereby granted, provided that the George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
14-10 OnStar
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, this list of conditions in thereof, including, but not limited
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, documentation and/or other to, different capitalizations),
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the “Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception “MacZip” without the explicit
Rich Wales, Mike White. to this condition is redistribution permission of Info-ZIP. Such
This software is provided “as is,” of a standard UnZipSFX binary altered versions are further
without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a prohibited from
express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is misrepresentative use of the
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the addresses or of the
incidental, special or consequential normal SFX banner has not Info-ZIP URL(s).
damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary or 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
inability to use this software. disabled. the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
Permission is granted to anyone to 3. Altered versions–including, but “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
use this software for any purpose, not limited to, ports to new “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
including commercial applications, operating systems, existing ports and “MacZip” for its own source
and to alter it and redistribute it with new graphical interfaces, and binary releases.
freely, subject to the following and dynamic, shared, or static
restrictions: library versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not be
1. Redistributions of source code misrepresented as being the
must retain the above copyright original source. Such altered
notice, definition, disclaimer, and versions also must not be
this list of conditions. misrepresented as being
2. Redistributions in binary form Info-ZIP releases–including, but
(compiled executables) must not limited to, labeling of the
reproduce the above copyright altered versions with the names
notice, definition, disclaimer, and “Info-ZIP” (or any variation
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
INDEX i-1
A Airbag System All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . 9-26, 10-22

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32 Antilock Brake
Accessories and
How Does an Airbag System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Passenger Sensing Appearance Care
Active Emergency
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85
Braking System . . . . . . . . 1-18, 9-51
What Makes an Airbag Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . 9-35
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24 Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Adaptive Forward
What Will You See after an Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25 Assistance Systems for
Adaptive Forward Lighting
When Should an Airbag Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 Assistance Systems for
Add-On Electrical
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-22 Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-68
Airbags Automatic
Additional Information
Adding Equipment to the Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-6
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Additional Maintenance
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-14 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Adjustable Throttle and
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Automatic Transmission
Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Adjustments
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20 Shift Lock Control
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Alarm Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-10
Alert
Air Filter, Passenger
Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . .9-52
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
i-2 INDEX
B Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Carbon Monoxide

Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Exterior Lighting Battery
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . 10-25, 10-26 Cargo
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
High Intensity Discharge Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Management System . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-31 Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Voltage and Charging
Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Cargo Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-23
Cautions, Danger, and
Brake
Pedal and Adjustable C Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Cadillac Premium Care Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-3
Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-18
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-15
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
California Check
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-57 Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
Perchlorate Materials Child Restraints
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Infants and Young
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii Lower Anchors and
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Capacities and Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-40
Braking System
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
Active Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48, 3-51
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
INDEX i-3
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Coolant Customer Information

Cleaning Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Service Publications
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85 Engine Temperature Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-10
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12 Customer Satisfaction
Climate Control Systems Engine Temperature Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 D
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-8
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Danger, Warnings, and
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-8 Courtesy Transportation Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-14
Compartments Cover Daytime Running
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Compressor Kit, Tire Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Connections Cruise Control, Active . . . . . . . . . 9-35 Door
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-4 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Control Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Traction and Electronic Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30 Text Telephone (TTY) Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4 Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . .3-12
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
i-4 INDEX
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4 E Engine (cont'd)

Drive Systems Coolant Temperature
ECO Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . 9-26, 10-22 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Economy Mode
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . 9-43 Coolant Temperature
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Driver Information Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-18
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Electrical Equipment,
Driving Cooling System Messages . . .5-30
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-68
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-48 Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
Electrical System
Characteristics and Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
Engine Compartment
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Gasoline Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16
Fuses and Circuit
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-20 Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
Instrument Panel Fuse
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-6 Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Rear Compartment Fuse
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-22
Emergency
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-66
Engine
Dual Automatic Climate Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-14
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Check and Service Engine
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-5
Exterior Lighting Battery
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
INDEX i-5
F Front Seats G
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Features Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Filter, Gasoline Engine, Starting . . . . . . 9-16
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Gauges
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-57
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Engine Coolant
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-6 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Economy Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Filling a Portable Fuel
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-59
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-93 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-58
Fluid Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-57
Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-10 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Warning Lights and
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-23
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Requirements, California . . . . .9-57
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 General Information
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Fog Lamps Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1
Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60
Fuses
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Engine Compartment
Forward Collision Alert Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48
Fuses and Circuit
Frequency Statement
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Instrument Panel Fuse
Front Fog Lamp
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
i-6 INDEX
H Heater J
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-6
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . 10-49
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-6 K
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-32
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Adaptive Forward Keyless Entry
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
How to Wear Safety Belts
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 L
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 I Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-43
High Intensity Discharge Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 Lamps
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Indicator Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-3 Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-3
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-24 Infants and Young Children, Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Exterior Lighting Battery
Heated Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 2-23 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Heated and Ventilated Front Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-15
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
INDEX i-7
Lamps (cont'd) Lights Lights (cont'd)

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Antilock Brake System Traction Control System
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Lane Departure Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-18 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Lane Departure Warning Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Locks
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . .5-18 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Engine Coolant Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
LATCH System Temperature Warning . . . . . . .5-21 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Replacing Parts after a Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
LATCH, Lower Anchors and Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-40 Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-23
Light High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-3 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Adaptive Forward Lighting Lane Departure Warning . . . . . .5-20 for Children (LATCH
(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-12 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Lighting Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Adaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Service Electric Parking
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
i-8 INDEX
M Messages (cont'd) N
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-36
Maintenance Navigation
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Maintenance and Care Net
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . 11-3 Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Recommended Fluids New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-15
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38 O
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24 Object Detection System
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Mirrors
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-22
Messages Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Automatic Dimming
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36 Off-Road
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23
Battery Voltage and Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Oil
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . .10-9
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-30 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-33
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . 2-23
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Monitor System, Tire
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 OnStar®
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32 System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21
Object Detection System . . . . .5-33
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
INDEX i-9
OnStar® Additional Parking or Backing Program

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6 Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-44 Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-7
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-4 Passenger Airbag Status Proposition 65 Warning,
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 Passenger Compartment Air
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 R
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-26 Radio Frequency
OnStar® Vehicle Perchlorate Materials Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . . 13-11
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6 Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Radio Frequency
Ordering Personalization Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Service Publications . . . . . . . . 13-10 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Outlets Power Rear Axle
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21 Rear Climate Control System . . . 8-6
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Rear Seat
P Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10 Pass-Through Door . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Park Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-19 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20 Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-4
Parking Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27 Pregnancy, Using Safety Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-23
Brake and P (Park) Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-23 Premium Care Maintenance Recommended Fluids and
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-21 Cadillac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Privacy Records
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . 13-13 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
i-10 INDEX
Recreational Vehicle Ride Control Systems Safety Defects Reporting

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82 Limited Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .9-32 Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13
Remote Keyless Entry Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2, 2-3 Selective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Roads Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Replacement Parts Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-7
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32 Roof Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26 Seats
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-32 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Replacing LATCH System Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . 3-8
Replacing Safety Belt Running the Vehicle While Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-19 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-4
Reporting Safety Defects Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13 S Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Restraints Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 Securing Child
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39 How to Wear Safety Belts Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48, 3-51
Retained Accessory Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13 Security
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-19 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-18 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
INDEX i-11
Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . . . 9-32 Side Blind Zone Storage Areas

Service Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52 Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Accessories and Signals, Turn and Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Cargo Management System . . . 4-5
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-3 Spare Tire Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-14 Special Application Services . . . 11-9 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Maintenance, General Specifications and Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Publications Ordering StabiliTrak Storing the Tire Sealant
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-10 OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-71
Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7 Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Service Electric Parking Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Starting the Gasoline Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Services Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 Starting the Vehicle System
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37 Active Emergency Braking . . . .9-51
Shift Lock Control Function Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Forward Collision
Check, Automatic Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1, 13-15
Shifting Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Systems
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20 Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-43
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
i-12 INDEX
T Tires (cont'd) Traction

Sealant and Compressor Control System (TCS)/
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43 Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .9-32
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-19
Terminology and Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45 Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . .9-32
Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . 3-5
Uniform Tire Quality Traction Control/Electronic
Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Wheel Alignment and Tire Trailer
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . .9-67
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-60 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-63
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
When It Is Time for New Transmission
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Towing Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-60 Transportation Program,
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-66 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-60 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-51
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-82 Turn and Lane-Change
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-63 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-67 Twilight Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-50
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
INDEX i-13
U Vehicle Care Wheels

Storing the Tire Sealant Alignment and Tire
Uniform Tire Quality
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-71 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-46
Vehicle Data Recording Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48
and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 When It Is Time for New
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46
Vehicle Diagnostics Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-6 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-39
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
V Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
Vehicle Windshield
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
W Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Warning Winter
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Identification Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . .9-54
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-23
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Wipers
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 5-20
7707476) - 2015 - crc - 9/5/14
i-14 INDEX
2 NOTES

2015 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual 2nd Printing

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2015 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual 2nd Printing

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2k15cadillac_srx_22933433B.

NO RECYCLABLE LOGO ON BACK COVERS FOR CADILLAC

2015 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

2015 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M

Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Danger, Warnings, and Symbols

A circle with a slash through it is a

Vehicle Symbol Chart + : Fuses

In Brief Steering Wheel Rear Vision

Initial Drive b : Press twice to open or close

Press and hold 7 for three seconds

To adjust a power seat, if equipped: Memory Features Heated and Ventilated

Press C or {, if available, to Head Restraint Safety Belts

Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status To adjust the mirror:

To adjust the steering wheel:

Reading Lamps Exterior Lighting 3 : Turns on the headlamps

Climate Touch Screen Controls

See Dual Automatic Climate Control Vehicle Features Cruise Control

SET−: Press the control down Forward Collision Alert

Active Emergency Power Outlets See Power Outlets on page 5-6.

Performance and . Press and release g again to Tire Pressure Monitor

Replace the vehicle's tires with

the same TPC Spec number

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

With an active OnStar subscription,

Remote Keyless Entry

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

Remote Keyless Entry vehicle personalization. If the

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from If other electronic devices interfere

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

Programming without a 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

1. Press the button on the side of / (Remote Vehicle Start): This

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Doors Manual Liftgate

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

Power Liftgate Choose the power liftgate mode and

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-21

2-22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Resetting the Power Folding Heated Mirrors Reverse Tilt Mirrors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-23

Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming Windows

Manual Rearview Mirror

2-24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The vehicle aerodynamics are Express-Down/Up Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-25

2-26 Keys, Doors, and Windows